6.2 RRC messages
6.2.1 General message structure
–NR-RRC-Definitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the NR RRC PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-NR-RRC-DEFINITIONS-START NR-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::= BEGIN -- TAG-NR-RRC-DEFINITIONS-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–BCCH-BCH-Message
The BCCH-BCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the network to the UE via BCH on the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-START BCCH-BCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message BCCH-BCH-MessageType } BCCH-BCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { mib MIB, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–BCCH-DL-SCH-Message
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the network to the UE via DL-SCH on the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BCCH-DL-SCH-MESSAGE-START BCCH-DL-SCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType } BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { systemInformation SystemInformation, systemInformationBlockType1 SIB1 }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-BCCH-DL-SCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–DL-CCCH-Message
The DL-CCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the Network to the UE on the downlink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DL-CCCH-MESSAGE-START DL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message DL-CCCH-MessageType } DL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { rrcReject RRCReject, rrcSetup RRCSetup, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-DL-CCCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–DL-DCCH-Message
The DL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the network to the UE on the downlink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START DL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message DL-DCCH-MessageType } DL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { rrcReconfiguration RRCReconfiguration, rrcResume RRCResume, rrcRelease RRCRelease, rrcReestablishment RRCReestablishment, securityModeCommand SecurityModeCommand, dlInformationTransfer DLInformationTransfer, ueCapabilityEnquiry UECapabilityEnquiry, counterCheck CounterCheck, mobilityFromNRCommand MobilityFromNRCommand, dlDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16, ueInformationRequest-r16 UEInformationRequest-r16, dlInformationTransferMRDC-r16 DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16, loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16 LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16, spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–PCCH-Message
The PCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the Network to the UE on the PCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-PCCH-PCH-MESSAGE-START PCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message PCCH-MessageType } PCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { paging Paging, spare1 NULL }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-PCCH-PCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UL-CCCH-Message
The UL-CCCH-Message class is the set of 48-bits RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the Network on the uplink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UL-CCCH-MESSAGE-START UL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message UL-CCCH-MessageType } UL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { rrcSetupRequest RRCSetupRequest, rrcResumeRequest RRCResumeRequest, rrcReestablishmentRequest RRCReestablishmentRequest, rrcSystemInfoRequest RRCSystemInfoRequest }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-UL-CCCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UL-CCCH1-Message
The UL-CCCH1-Message class is the set of 64-bits RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the Network on the uplink CCCH1 logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UL-CCCH1-MESSAGE-START UL-CCCH1-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message UL-CCCH1-MessageType } UL-CCCH1-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { rrcResumeRequest1 RRCResumeRequest1, spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-UL-CCCH1-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UL-DCCH-Message
The UL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the network on the uplink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START UL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message UL-DCCH-MessageType } UL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { measurementReport MeasurementReport, rrcReconfigurationComplete RRCReconfigurationComplete, rrcSetupComplete RRCSetupComplete, rrcReestablishmentComplete RRCReestablishmentComplete, rrcResumeComplete RRCResumeComplete, securityModeComplete SecurityModeComplete, securityModeFailure SecurityModeFailure, ulInformationTransfer ULInformationTransfer, locationMeasurementIndication LocationMeasurementIndication, ueCapabilityInformation UECapabilityInformation, counterCheckResponse CounterCheckResponse, ueAssistanceInformation UEAssistanceInformation, failureInformation FailureInformation, ulInformationTransferMRDC ULInformationTransferMRDC, scgFailureInformation SCGFailureInformation, scgFailureInformationEUTRA SCGFailureInformationEUTRA }, messageClassExtension CHOICE { c2 CHOICE { ulDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16, dedicatedSIBRequest-r16 DedicatedSIBRequest-r16, mcgFailureInformation-r16 MCGFailureInformation-r16, ueInformationResponse-r16 UEInformationResponse-r16, sidelinkUEInformationNR-r16 SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16, ulInformationTransferIRAT-r16 ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16, iabOtherInformation-r16 IABOtherInformation-r16, spare9 NULL,spare8 NULL,spare7 NULL,spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL,spare4 NULL,spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL }, messageClassExtensionFuture-r16 SEQUENCE {} } } -- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

6.2.2 Message definitions
–CounterCheck
The CounterCheck message is used by the network to indicate the current COUNT MSB values associated to each DRB and to request the UE to compare these to its COUNT MSB values and to report the comparison results to the network.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-COUNTERCHECK-START CounterCheck ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { counterCheck CounterCheck-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } CounterCheck-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
drb-CountMSB-InfoListIndicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.
DRB-CountMSB-InfoList, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } DRB-CountMSB-InfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountMSB-Info DRB-CountMSB-Info ::= SEQUENCE { drb-Identity DRB-Identity,
countMSB-UplinkIndicates the value of 25 MSBs from TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
INTEGER(0..33554431),
countMSB-DownlinkIndicates the value of 25 MSBs from RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
INTEGER(0..33554431) } -- TAG-COUNTERCHECK-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CounterCheck-IEs field descriptions
drb-CountMSB-InfoList
Indicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.
DRB-CountMSB-Info field descriptions
countMSB-Downlink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
countMSB-Uplink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.

–CounterCheckResponse
The CounterCheckResponse message is used by the UE to respond to a CounterCheck message.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-COUNTERCHECKRESPONSE-START CounterCheckResponse ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { counterCheckResponse CounterCheckResponse-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } CounterCheckResponse-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
drb-CountInfoListIndicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.
DRB-CountInfoList, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } DRB-CountInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountInfo DRB-CountInfo ::= SEQUENCE { drb-Identity DRB-Identity,
count-UplinkIndicates the value of TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
INTEGER(0..4294967295),
count-DownlinkIndicates the value of RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
INTEGER(0..4294967295) } -- TAG-COUNTERCHECKRESPONSE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CounterCheckResponse-IEs field descriptions
drb-CountInfoList
Indicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.
DRB-CountInfo field descriptions
count-Downlink
Indicates the value of RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
count-Uplink
Indicates the value of TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.

–DedicatedSIBRequest
The DedicatedSIBRequest message is used to request SIB(s)required by the UE in RRC_CONNECTED as specified in clause 5.2.2.3.5.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DEDICATEDSIBREQUEST-START DedicatedSIBRequest-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { dedicatedSIBRequest-r16 DedicatedSIBRequest-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } DedicatedSIBRequest-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { onDemandSIB-RequestList-r16 SEQUENCE {
requestedSIB-List-r16Contains a list of SIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxOnDemandSIB-r16)) OF SIB-ReqInfo-r16 OPTIONAL,
requestedPosSIB-List-r16Contains a list of posSIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxOnDemandPosSIB-r16)) OF PosSIB-ReqInfo-r16 OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } SIB-ReqInfo-r16 ::= ENUMERATED { sib12, sib13, sib14, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } PosSIB-ReqInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
gnss-id-r16The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific GNSS. Indicates a specific GNSS (see also TS 37.355 [49])
GNSS-ID-r16 OPTIONAL,
sbas-id-r16The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific SBAS. Indicates a specific SBAS (see also TS 37.355 [49]).
SBAS-ID-r16 OPTIONAL, posSibType-r16 ENUMERATED { posSibType1-1, posSibType1-2, posSibType1-3, posSibType1-4, posSibType1-5, posSibType1-6, posSibType1-7, posSibType1-8, posSibType2-1, posSibType2-2, posSibType2-3, posSibType2-4, posSibType2-5, posSibType2-6, posSibType2-7, posSibType2-8, posSibType2-9, posSibType2-10, posSibType2-11, posSibType2-12, posSibType2-13, posSibType2-14, posSibType2-15, posSibType2-16, posSibType2-17, posSibType2-18, posSibType2-19, posSibType2-20, posSibType2-21, posSibType2-22, posSibType2-23, posSibType3-1, posSibType4-1, posSibType5-1, posSibType6-1, posSibType6-2, posSibType6-3,... } } -- TAG-DEDICATEDSIBREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DedicatedSIBRequest field descriptions
requestedSIB-List
Contains a list of SIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.
requestedPosSIB-List
Contains a list of posSIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.
PosSIB-ReqInfo field descriptions
gnss-id
The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific GNSS. Indicates a specific GNSS (see also TS 37.355 [49])
sbas-id
The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific SBAS. Indicates a specific SBAS (see also TS 37.355 [49]).

–DLDedicatedMessageSegment
The DLDedicatedMessageSegment message is used to transfer one segment of the RRCResume or RRCReconfiguration messages.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DLDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-START DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { dlDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
segmentNumber-r16Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded DL DCCH message.The network transmits the segments with continuously increasing segmentNumber order so that the UE's RRC layer may expect to obtain them from lower layers in the correct order. Hence, the UE is not required to perform segment re-ordering on RRC level.
INTEGER(0..4),
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer-r16Includes a segment of the encoded DL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough so the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
OCTET STRING,
rrc-MessageSegmentType-r16Indicates whether the included DL DCCH message segment is the last segment of the message or not.
ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-DLDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DLDedicatedMessageSegment field descriptions
segmentNumber
Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded DL DCCH message.The network transmits the segments with continuously increasing segmentNumber order so that the UE's RRC layer may expect to obtain them from lower layers in the correct order. Hence, the UE is not required to perform segment re-ordering on RRC level.
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer
Includes a segment of the encoded DL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough so the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
rrc-MessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included DL DCCH message segment is the last segment of the message or not.

–DLInformationTransfer
The DLInformationTransfer message is used for the downlink transfer of NAS dedicated information and timing information for the 5G internal system clock.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFER-START DLInformationTransfer ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { dlInformationTransfer DLInformationTransfer-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } DLInformationTransfer-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { dedicatedNAS-Message DedicatedNAS-Message OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension DLInformationTransfer-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } DLInformationTransfer-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { referenceTimeInfo-r16 ReferenceTimeInfo-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFER-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–DLInformationTransferMRDC
The DLInformationTransferMRDC message is used for the downlink transfer of RRC messages during fast MCG link recovery.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-START DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { dlInformationTransferMRDC-r16 DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16-IEs, spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL }, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16-IEs::= SEQUENCE {
dl-DCCH-MessageNR-r16Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRCReconfiguration,RRCRelease, and MobilityFromNRCommandmessages.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need N
dl-DCCH-MessageEUTRA-r16Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration,RRCConnectionRelease, and MobilityFromEUTRACommand messages as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DLInformationTransferMRDC field descriptions
dl-DCCH-MessageNR
Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRCReconfiguration,RRCRelease, and MobilityFromNRCommandmessages.
dl-DCCH-MessageEUTRA
Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration,RRCConnectionRelease, and MobilityFromEUTRACommand messages as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

–FailureInformation
The FailureInformation message is used to inform the network about a failure detected by the UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-FAILUREINFORMATION-START FailureInformation ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { failureInformation FailureInformation-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } FailureInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { failureInfoRLC-Bearer FailureInfoRLC-Bearer OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension FailureInformation-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } FailureInfoRLC-Bearer ::= SEQUENCE { cellGroupId CellGroupId, logicalChannelIdentity LogicalChannelIdentity, failureType ENUMERATED {rlc-failure, spare3, spare2, spare1} } FailureInformation-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { failureInfoDAPS-r16 FailureInfoDAPS-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } FailureInfoDAPS-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { failureType-r16 ENUMERATED {daps-failure, spare3, spare2, spare1} } -- TAG-FAILUREINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–IABOtherInformation
The IABOtherInformation message is used by IAB-MT to request the network to allocate IP addresses for the collocated IAB-DU or inform the network about IP addresses allocated to the collocated IAB-DU.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-IABOTHERINFORMATION-START IABOtherInformation-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { iabOtherInformation-r16 IABOtherInformation-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } IABOtherInformation-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ip-InfoType-r16 CHOICE { iab-IP-Request-r16 SEQUENCE {
iab-IPv4-AddressNumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IPv4 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-r16 OPTIONAL, iab-IPv6-AddressReq-r16 CHOICE {
iab-IPv6-AddressNumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-r16,
iab-IPv6-AddressPrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressPrefixReq-r16, ... } OPTIONAL }, iab-IP-Report-r16 SEQUENCE {
iab-IPv4-AddressReport-r16This field is used to report the numbers of IPv4 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-r16 OPTIONAL, iab-IPv6-Report-r16 CHOICE {
iab-IPv6-AddressReport-r16This field is used to report the numbers of the IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-r16,
iab-IPv6-PrefixReport-r16This field is used to report the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-PrefixAndTraffic-r16, ... } OPTIONAL }, ... }, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
all-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for all traffic.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL,
f1-C-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-C traffic.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL,
f1-U-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-U traffic.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL,
non-F1-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for non-F1 traffic.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, ... } IAB-IP-AddressPrefixReq-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
all-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for all traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
f1-C-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
f1-U-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
non-F1-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, ... } IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
all-Traffic-IAB-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IPv4 address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for all traffic.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
f1-C-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
f1-U-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
non-F1-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL } IAB-IP-PrefixAndTraffic-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
all-Traffic-IAB-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IPv4 address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for all traffic.
IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
f1-C-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic.
IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
f1-U-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic.
IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
non-F1-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic.
IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL } -- TAG-IABOTHERINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
IABOtherInformation-IEs field descriptions
iab-IPv4-AddressNumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IPv4 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv4-AddressReport
This field is used to report the numbers of IPv4 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-AddressNumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-AddressPrefixReq
This field is used to request the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-AddressReport
This field is used to report the numbers of the IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-PrefixReport
This field is used to report the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-IEs field descriptions
all-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for all traffic.
f1-C-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-C traffic.
f1-U-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-U traffic.
non-F1-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for non-F1 traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressPrefixReq-IEs field descriptions
all-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for all traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
f1-C-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
f1-U-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
non-F1-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-IEs field descriptions
all-Traffic-IAB-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IPv4 address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for all traffic.
f1-C-Traffic-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic.
f1-U-Traffic-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic.
non-F1-Traffic-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic.

–LocationMeasurementIndication
The LocationMeasurementIndication message is used to indicate that the UE is going to either start or stop location related measurement which requires measurement gaps.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINDICATION-START LocationMeasurementIndication ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { locationMeasurementIndication LocationMeasurementIndication-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } LocationMeasurementIndication-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { measurementIndication SetupRelease {LocationMeasurementInfo}, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINDICATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–LoggedMeasurementConfiguration
The LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message is used to perform logging of measurement results while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE. It is used to transfer the logged measurement configuration for network performance optimisation.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-LOGGEDMEASUREMENTCONFIGURATION-START LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16 LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { traceReference-r16 TraceReference-r16,
traceRecordingSessionRef-r16Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].
OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
tce-Id-r16Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)),
absoluteTimeInfo-r16Indicates the absolute time in the current cell.
AbsoluteTimeInfo-r16,
areaConfiguration-r16Used to restrict the area in which the UE performs measurement logging to cells broadcasting either one of the included cell identities or one of the included tracking area codes/ frequencies.
AreaConfiguration-r16 OPTIONAL, --Need R
plmn-IdentityList-r16Indicates a set of PLMNs defining when the UE performs measurement logging as well as the associated status indication and information retrieval i.e. the UE performs these actions when the RPLMN is part of this set of PLMNs.
PLMN-IdentityList2-r16 OPTIONAL, --Need R bt-NameList-r16 SetupRelease {BT-NameList-r16} OPTIONAL, --Need M wlan-NameList-r16 SetupRelease {WLAN-NameList-r16} OPTIONAL, --Need M sensor-NameList-r16 SetupRelease {Sensor-NameList-r16} OPTIONAL, --Need M loggingDuration-r16 LoggingDuration-r16,
reportTypeParameter configures the type of MDT configuration, specifically Periodic MDT conifguraiton or Event Triggerd MDT configuration.
CHOICE { periodical LoggedPeriodicalReportConfig-r16, eventTriggered LoggedEventTriggerConfig-r16, ... }, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } LoggedPeriodicalReportConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { loggingInterval-r16 LoggingInterval-r16, ... } LoggedEventTriggerConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
eventType-r16The value outOfCoverage indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the UE enters any cell selection state, and the value eventL1 indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the triggering condition (similar as event A2 as specified in 5.5.4.3) as configured in the event is met for the camping cell in camped normally state.
EventType-r16, loggingInterval-r16 LoggingInterval-r16, ... } EventType-r16 ::= CHOICE { outOfCoverage NULL, eventL1 SEQUENCE { l1-Threshold MeasTriggerQuantity, hysteresis Hysteresis, timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger }, ... } -- TAG-LOGGEDMEASUREMENTCONFIGURATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration field descriptions
absoluteTimeInfo
Indicates the absolute time in the current cell.
areaConfiguration
Used to restrict the area in which the UE performs measurement logging to cells broadcasting either one of the included cell identities or one of the included tracking area codes/ frequencies.
eventType
The value outOfCoverage indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the UE enters any cell selection state, and the value eventL1 indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the triggering condition (similar as event A2 as specified in 5.5.4.3) as configured in the event is met for the camping cell in camped normally state.
plmn-IdentityList
Indicates a set of PLMNs defining when the UE performs measurement logging as well as the associated status indication and information retrieval i.e. the UE performs these actions when the RPLMN is part of this set of PLMNs.
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].
reportType
Parameter configures the type of MDT configuration, specifically Periodic MDT conifguraiton or Event Triggerd MDT configuration.

–MCGFailureInformation
The MCGFailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding NR MCG failures detected by the UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MCGFAILUREINFORMATION-START MCGFailureInformation-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { mcgFailureInformation-r16 MCGFailureInformation-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } MCGFailureInformation-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { failureReportMCG-r16 FailureReportMCG-r16 OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } FailureReportMCG-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { failureType-r16 ENUMERATED {t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, rlc-MaxNumRetx, t312-Expiry-r16, lbt-Failure-r16, beamFailureRecoveryFailure-r16, bh-RLF-r16, spare1} OPTIONAL,
measResultFreqList-r16The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the MCG.
MeasResultList2NR OPTIONAL,
measResultFreqListEUTRA-r16The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
MeasResultList2EUTRA OPTIONAL,
measResultSCG-r16The field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available measurement results on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the SCG.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING MeasResultSCG-Failure) OPTIONAL,
measResultSCG-EUTRA-r16The field contains the EUTRA MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC IE which includes available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
measResultFreqListUTRA-FDD-r16The field contains available results of measurements on UTRA FDD frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
MeasResultList2UTRA OPTIONAL, ... } MeasResultList2UTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2UTRA-FDD-r16 MeasResult2UTRA-FDD-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreq-r16 ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-r16, measResultNeighCellList-r16 MeasResultListUTRA-FDD-r16 } MeasResultList2EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-r16 -- TAG-MCGFAILUREINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MCGFailureInformation field descriptions
measResultFreqList
The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the MCG.
measResultFreqListEUTRA
The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
measResultFreqListUTRA-FDD
The field contains available results of measurements on UTRA FDD frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
measResultSCG
The field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available measurement results on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the SCG.
measResultSCG-EUTRA
The field contains the EUTRA MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC IE which includes available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

–MeasurementReport
The MeasurementReport message is used for the indication of measurement results.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-START MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { measurementReport MeasurementReport-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } MeasurementReport-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { measResults MeasResults, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MIB
The MIB includes the system information transmitted on BCH.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MIB-START MIB ::= SEQUENCE {
systemFrameNumberThe 6 most significant bits (MSB) of the 10-bit System Frame Number (SFN). The 4 LSB of the SFN are conveyed in the PBCH transport block as part of channel coding (i.e. outside the MIBencoding), as defined in clause 7.1 in TS 38.212 [17].
BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
subCarrierSpacingCommonSubcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR1 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 15 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 30 kHz. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR2 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 60 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 120 kHz. For operation with shared spectrum channel access (see 37.213 [48]), the subcarrier spacing for SIB1 is same as that for the corresponding SSB and this field instead is used for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
ENUMERATED {scs15or60, scs30or120},
ssb-SubcarrierOffsetCorresponds to kSSB (see TS 38.213 [13]), which is the frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers. (See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1).For operation with shared spectrum channel access (see 37.213 [48]), this field corresponds to , and kSSB is obtained from (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1); the LSB of this field is used also for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. The value range of this field may be extended by an additional most significant bit encoded within PBCH as specified in TS 38.213 [13]. This field may indicate that this cell does not provide SIB1 and that there is hence no CORESET#0 configured in MIB (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13). In this case, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 may indicate the frequency positions where the UE may (not) find a SS/PBCH with a control resource set and search space for SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
INTEGER (0..15),
dmrs-TypeA-PositionPosition of (first) DM-RS for downlink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2) and uplink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3).
ENUMERATED {pos2, pos3},
pdcch-ConfigSIB1Determines a common ControlResourceSet (CORESET), a common search space and necessary PDCCH parameters. If the field ssb-SubcarrierOffset indicates that SIB1 is absent, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 indicates the frequency positions where the UE may find SS/PBCH block with SIB1 or the frequency range where the network does not provide SS/PBCH block with SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
PDCCH-ConfigSIB1,
cellBarredValue barred means that the cell is barred, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
intraFreqReselectionControls cell selection/reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 38.304 [20].This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed}, spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) } -- TAG-MIB-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MIB field descriptions
cellBarred
Value barred means that the cell is barred, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
dmrs-TypeA-Position
Position of (first) DM-RS for downlink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2) and uplink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3).
intraFreqReselection
Controls cell selection/reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 38.304 [20].This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
pdcch-ConfigSIB1
Determines a common ControlResourceSet (CORESET), a common search space and necessary PDCCH parameters. If the field ssb-SubcarrierOffset indicates that SIB1 is absent, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 indicates the frequency positions where the UE may find SS/PBCH block with SIB1 or the frequency range where the network does not provide SS/PBCH block with SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
ssb-SubcarrierOffset
Corresponds to kSSB (see TS 38.213 [13]), which is the frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers. (See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1).For operation with shared spectrum channel access (see 37.213 [48]), this field corresponds to , and kSSB is obtained from (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1); the LSB of this field is used also for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. The value range of this field may be extended by an additional most significant bit encoded within PBCH as specified in TS 38.213 [13]. This field may indicate that this cell does not provide SIB1 and that there is hence no CORESET#0 configured in MIB (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13). In this case, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 may indicate the frequency positions where the UE may (not) find a SS/PBCH with a control resource set and search space for SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
subCarrierSpacingCommon
Subcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR1 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 15 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 30 kHz. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR2 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 60 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 120 kHz. For operation with shared spectrum channel access (see 37.213 [48]), the subcarrier spacing for SIB1 is same as that for the corresponding SSB and this field instead is used for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
systemFrameNumber
The 6 most significant bits (MSB) of the 10-bit System Frame Number (SFN). The 4 LSB of the SFN are conveyed in the PBCH transport block as part of channel coding (i.e. outside the MIBencoding), as defined in clause 7.1 in TS 38.212 [17].

–MobilityFromNRCommand
The MobilityFromNRCommand message is used to command handover from NR to E-UTRA/EPC, E-UTRA/5GC or UTRA-FDD.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MOBILITYFROMNRCOMMAND-START MobilityFromNRCommand ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { mobilityFromNRCommand MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
targetRAT-TypeIndicates the target RAT type.
ENUMERATED { eutra, utra-fdd-v1610, spare2, spare1, ...},
targetRAT-MessageContainerThe field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard. See NOTE 1
OCTET STRING,
nas-SecurityParamFromNRIf targetRAT-Type is eutra, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to LTE/EPC handovers and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11]. If targetRAT-Type is utra-fdd, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to FDD UTRAN handover and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11].
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-ToEPCUTRAN lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension MobilityFromNRCommand-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } MobilityFromNRCommand-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
voiceFallbackIndication-r16Indicates the handover is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-MOBILITYFROMNRCOMMAND-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs field descriptions
nas-SecurityParamFromNR
If targetRAT-Type is eutra, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to LTE/EPC handovers and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11]. If targetRAT-Type is utra-fdd, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to FDD UTRAN handover and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11].
targetRAT-MessageContainer
The field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard. See NOTE 1
targetRAT-Type
Indicates the target RAT type.
voiceFallbackIndication
Indicates the handover is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].
targetRAT-TypeStandard to applytargetRAT-MessageContainer
eutra
TS 36.331 [10] (clause 5.4.2)
DL-DCCH-Message including theRRCConnectionReconfiguration
utra-fdd
TS 25.331 [45] (clause 10.2.16a)
Handover TO UTRAN command
Conditional PresenceExplanation
HO-ToEPCUTRAN
This field is mandatory present in case of inter system handover to "EPC" or "FDD UTRAN". Otherwise it is absent.

–Paging
The Paging message is used for the notification of one or more UEs.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-PAGING-START Paging ::= SEQUENCE { pagingRecordList PagingRecordList OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } PagingRecordList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofPageRec)) OF PagingRecord PagingRecord ::= SEQUENCE { ue-Identity PagingUE-Identity,
accessTypeIndicates whether the Paging message is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access.
ENUMERATED {non3GPP} OPTIONAL, -- Need N ... } PagingUE-Identity ::= CHOICE { ng-5G-S-TMSI NG-5G-S-TMSI, fullI-RNTI I-RNTI-Value, ... } -- TAG-PAGING-STOP -- ASN1STOP
PagingRecord field descriptions
accessType
Indicates whether the Paging message is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access.

–RRCReestablishment
The RRCReestablishment message is used to re-establish SRB1.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENT-START RRCReestablishment ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcReestablishment RRCReestablishment-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCReestablishment-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { nextHopChainingCount NextHopChainingCount, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENT-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–RRCReestablishmentComplete
The RRCReestablishmentComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection re-establishment.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTCOMPLETE-START RRCReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcReestablishmentComplete RRCReestablishmentComplete-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCReestablishmentComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReestablishmentComplete-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReestablishmentComplete-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTCOMPLETE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–RRCReestablishmentRequest
The RRCReestablishmentRequest message is used to request the reestablishment of an RRC connection.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTREQUEST-START RRCReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE { rrcReestablishmentRequest RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs } RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
ue-IdentityUE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
ReestabUE-Identity,
reestablishmentCauseIndicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. gNB is not expected to reject a RRCReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ReestablishmentCause, spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) } ReestabUE-Identity ::= SEQUENCE { c-RNTI RNTI-Value,
physCellIdThe Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
PhysCellId, shortMAC-I ShortMAC-I } ReestablishmentCause ::= ENUMERATED {reconfigurationFailure, handoverFailure, otherFailure, spare1} -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ReestabUE-Identity field descriptions
physCellId
The Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs field descriptions
reestablishmentCause
Indicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. gNB is not expected to reject a RRCReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.

–RRCReconfiguration
The RRCReconfiguration message is the command to modify an RRC connection. It may convey information for measurement configuration, mobility control, radio resource configuration (including RBs, MAC main configuration and physical channel configuration) and AS security configuration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-START RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcReconfiguration RRCReconfiguration-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCReconfiguration-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
radioBearerConfigConfiguration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. In EN-DC this field may only be present if the RRCReconfiguration is transmitted over SRB3.
RadioBearerConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
secondaryCellGroupConfiguration of secondary cell group ((NG)EN-DC or NR-DC).
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCG measConfig MeasConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfiguration-v1530-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfiguration-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
masterCellGroupConfiguration of master cell group.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
fullConfigIndicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCReconfiguration message for intra-system intra-RAT HO. For inter-RAT HO from E-UTRA to NR, fullConfig indicates whether or not delta signalling of SDAP/PDCP from source RAT is applicable. This field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or when the RRCReconfiguration message is transmitted on SRB3, and in an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond FullConfig
dedicatedNAS-MessageListThis field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB)) OF DedicatedNAS-Message OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonHO masterKeyUpdate MasterKeyUpdate OPTIONAL, -- Cond MasterKeyChange
dedicatedSIB1-DeliveryThis field is used to transfer SIB1 to the UE.The field has the same values as the corresponding configuration in servingCellConfigCommon.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SIB1) OPTIONAL, -- Need N
dedicatedSystemInformationDeliveryThis field is used to transfer SIB6, SIB7, SIB8 to the UE with an active BWP with no common serach space configured. For UEs in RRC_CONNECTED, this field is used to transfer the SIBs requested on-demand.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformation) OPTIONAL, -- Need N
otherConfigContains configuration related to other configurations. When configured for the SCG, only fields drx-PreferenceConfig, maxBW-PreferenceConfig, maxCC-PreferenceConfig, maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig,minSchedulingOffsetPreferenceConfig, btNameList, wlanNameList, sensorNameListand obtainCommonLocationcan be included.
OtherConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfiguration-v1540-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfiguration-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { otherConfig-v1540 OtherConfig-v1540 OPTIONAL, -- Need M nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfiguration-v1560-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfiguration-v1560-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig SetupRelease { MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
radioBearerConfig2Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sk-CounterA counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB or S-KeNB, as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB or S-KeNB. This field is always included either upon initial configuration of an NR SCG or upon configuration of the first RB with keyToUse set to secondary, whichever happens first. This field is absent if there is neither any NR SCG nor any RB with keyToUse set to secondary.
SK-Counter OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfiguration-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfiguration-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { otherConfig-v1610 OtherConfig-v1610 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
bap-Config-r16This field is used to configure the BAP entity for IAB nodes.
SetupRelease { BAP-Config-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M iab-IP-AddressConfigurationList-r16 IAB-IP-AddressConfigurationList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
conditionalReconfiguration-r16Configuration of candidate target SpCell(s) and execution condition(s) for conditional handover or conditional PSCell change.For conditional PSCell change, this field may only be present in an RRCReconfiguration message for intra-SN PSCell change. The network does not configure a UE with both conditional PCell change and conditional PSCell change simultaneously. The field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or if the masterCellGroupincludes ReconfigurationWithSync.For conditional PSCell change, the field is absent if the secondaryCellGroup includes ReconfigurationWithSync. The RRCReconfiguration message contained in DLInformationTransferMRDC cannot contain the field conditionalReconfiguration for conditional PSCell change.
ConditionalReconfiguration-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
daps-SourceRelease-r16Indicates to UE that the source cell part of DAPS operation is to be stopped and the source cell part of DAPS configuration is to be released.
ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
t316-r16Indicates the value for timer T316 as described in clause 7.1. Value ms50 corresponds to 50 ms, value ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on. This field can be configured only if the UE is configured with split SRB1 or SRB3.
SetupRelease {T316-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
needForGapsConfigNR-r16Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
SetupRelease {NeedForGapsConfigNR-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
onDemandSIB-Request-r16If the field is present, the UE is allowed to request SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5.
SetupRelease { OnDemandSIB-Request-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
dedicatedPosSysInfoDelivery-r16This field is used to transfer SIBPos to the UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING PosSystemInformation-r16-IEs) OPTIONAL, -- Need N
sl-ConfigDedicatedNR-r16This field is used to provide the dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication.
SetupRelease {SL-ConfigDedicatedNR-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info-r16This field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration can only includes sidelink related fields for V2X sidelink communication, i.e. sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated, sl-V2X-SPS-Config, measConfig and/or otherConfig.
SetupRelease {SL-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M targetCellSMTC-SCG-r16 SSB-MTC OPTIONAL, -- Need S nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
mrdc-ReleaseAndAddThis field indicates that the current SCG configuration is released and a new SCG is added at the same time.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupIncludes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC.For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup, otherConfig, conditionalReconfiguration and measConfig. For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message can only include the field scg-Configuration.
CHOICE { nr-SCG OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration), eutra-SCG OCTET STRING } } BAP-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
bap-Address-r16Indicates the BAP address of an IAB-node. The BAP address of an IAB-node cannot be changed once configured to the BAP entity.
BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID-r16This field is used for IAB-node to configure the default uplink Routing ID, which is used by IAB-node during IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishment for F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes. This field is mandatory only for IAB-node bootstrapping.
BAP-RoutingID-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel-r16This field is used for IAB-nodes to configure the default uplink BH RLC channel, which is used by IAB-nodeduring IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishmentfor F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes, and the new IP address is anchored at a different IAB-donor-DU. This field is mandatory for IAB-node bootstrapping. If the IAB-MT is operating in EN-DC, the default uplink BH RLC channel is referring to an RLC channel on the SCG; Otherwise, it is referring to an RLC channel on the MCG.
BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
flowControlFeedbackType-r16This field is only used for IAB-node that support hop-by-hop flow control to configure the type of flow control feedback. Value perBH-RLC-Channel indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per BH RLC channel, value perRoutingID indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per routing ID, and value both indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback both per BH RLC channel and per routing ID.
ENUMERATED {perBH-RLC-Channel, perRoutingID, both} OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } MasterKeyUpdate ::= SEQUENCE {
keySetChangeIndicatorIndicates whether UE shall derive a new KgNB. If reconfigurationWithSync is included, value true indicates that a KgNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, or N2 handover procedure with KAMF change, as described in TS 33.501 [11] for KgNB re-keying. Value false indicates that the new KgNB key is obtained from the current KgNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [11].
BOOLEAN,
nextHopChainingCountParameter NCC: See TS 33.501 [11]
NextHopChainingCount,
nas-ContainerThis field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although it affects activation of AS security after inter-system handover to NR. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Cond securityNASC ... } OnDemandSIB-Request-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
onDemandSIB-RequestProhibitTimer-r16Prohibit timer for requesting SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 seconds, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 seconds, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20, s30} } T316-r16 ::= ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, ms1000, ms1500, ms2000} IAB-IP-AddressConfigurationList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
iab-IP-AddressToAddModList-r16List of IP addresses allocated for IAB-node to be added and modified.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxIAB-IP-Address-r16)) OF IAB-IP-AddressConfiguration-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
iab-IP-AddressToReleaseList-r16List of IP address allocated for IAB-node to be released.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxIAB-IP-Address-r16)) OF IAB-IP-AddressIndex-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N ... } IAB-IP-AddressConfiguration-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
iab-IP-AddressIndex-r16This field is used to identify a configuration of an IP address.
IAB-IP-AddressIndex-r16,
iab-IP-Address-r16This field is used to provide the IP address information for IAB-node.
IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
iab-IP-Usage-r16This field is used to indicate the usage of the assigned IP address. If this field is not configured, the assigned IP address is used for all traffic.
IAB-IP-Usage-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
iab-donor-DU-BAP-Address-r16This field is used to indicate the BAP address of the IAB-donor-DU where the IP address is anchored.
BIT STRING (SIZE(10)) OPTIONAL, -- Need M ... } SL-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-r16 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need M sl-TimeOffsetEUTRA-List-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (8)) OF SL-TimeOffsetEUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need M } SL-TimeOffsetEUTRA-r16 ::= ENUMERATED {ms0, ms0dot25, ms0dot5, ms0dot625, ms0dot75, ms1, ms1dot25, ms1dot5, ms1dot75, ms2, ms2dot5, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20} -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCReconfiguration-IEs field descriptions
bap-Config
This field is used to configure the BAP entity for IAB nodes.
bap-Address
Indicates the BAP address of an IAB-node. The BAP address of an IAB-node cannot be changed once configured to the BAP entity.
conditionalReconfiguration
Configuration of candidate target SpCell(s) and execution condition(s) for conditional handover or conditional PSCell change.For conditional PSCell change, this field may only be present in an RRCReconfiguration message for intra-SN PSCell change. The network does not configure a UE with both conditional PCell change and conditional PSCell change simultaneously. The field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or if the masterCellGroupincludes ReconfigurationWithSync.For conditional PSCell change, the field is absent if the secondaryCellGroup includes ReconfigurationWithSync. The RRCReconfiguration message contained in DLInformationTransferMRDC cannot contain the field conditionalReconfiguration for conditional PSCell change.
daps-SourceRelease
Indicates to UE that the source cell part of DAPS operation is to be stopped and the source cell part of DAPS configuration is to be released.
dedicatedNAS-MessageList
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list.
dedicatedPosSysInfoDelivery
This field is used to transfer SIBPos to the UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
dedicatedSIB1-Delivery
This field is used to transfer SIB1 to the UE.The field has the same values as the corresponding configuration in servingCellConfigCommon.
dedicatedSystemInformationDelivery
This field is used to transfer SIB6, SIB7, SIB8 to the UE with an active BWP with no common serach space configured. For UEs in RRC_CONNECTED, this field is used to transfer the SIBs requested on-demand.
defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID
This field is used for IAB-node to configure the default uplink Routing ID, which is used by IAB-node during IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishment for F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes. This field is mandatory only for IAB-node bootstrapping.
defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel
This field is used for IAB-nodes to configure the default uplink BH RLC channel, which is used by IAB-nodeduring IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishmentfor F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes, and the new IP address is anchored at a different IAB-donor-DU. This field is mandatory for IAB-node bootstrapping. If the IAB-MT is operating in EN-DC, the default uplink BH RLC channel is referring to an RLC channel on the SCG; Otherwise, it is referring to an RLC channel on the MCG.
flowControlFeedbackType
This field is only used for IAB-node that support hop-by-hop flow control to configure the type of flow control feedback. Value perBH-RLC-Channel indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per BH RLC channel, value perRoutingID indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per routing ID, and value both indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback both per BH RLC channel and per routing ID.
fullConfig
Indicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCReconfiguration message for intra-system intra-RAT HO. For inter-RAT HO from E-UTRA to NR, fullConfig indicates whether or not delta signalling of SDAP/PDCP from source RAT is applicable. This field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or when the RRCReconfiguration message is transmitted on SRB3, and in an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1.
iab-IP-Address
This field is used to provide the IP address information for IAB-node.
iab-IP-AddressIndex
This field is used to identify a configuration of an IP address.
iab-IP-AddressToAddModList
List of IP addresses allocated for IAB-node to be added and modified.
iab-IP-AddressToReleaseList
List of IP address allocated for IAB-node to be released.
iab-IP-Usage
This field is used to indicate the usage of the assigned IP address. If this field is not configured, the assigned IP address is used for all traffic.
iab-donor-DU-BAP-Address
This field is used to indicate the BAP address of the IAB-donor-DU where the IP address is anchored.
keySetChangeIndicator
Indicates whether UE shall derive a new KgNB. If reconfigurationWithSync is included, value true indicates that a KgNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, or N2 handover procedure with KAMF change, as described in TS 33.501 [11] for KgNB re-keying. Value false indicates that the new KgNB key is obtained from the current KgNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [11].
masterCellGroup
Configuration of master cell group.
mrdc-ReleaseAndAdd
This field indicates that the current SCG configuration is released and a new SCG is added at the same time.
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup
Includes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC.For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup, otherConfig, conditionalReconfiguration and measConfig. For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message can only include the field scg-Configuration.
nas-Container
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although it affects activation of AS security after inter-system handover to NR. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
needForGapsConfigNR
Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
nextHopChainingCount
Parameter NCC: See TS 33.501 [11]
onDemandSIB-Request
If the field is present, the UE is allowed to request SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5.
onDemandSIB-RequestProhibitTimer
Prohibit timer for requesting SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 seconds, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 seconds, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
otherConfig
Contains configuration related to other configurations. When configured for the SCG, only fields drx-PreferenceConfig, maxBW-PreferenceConfig, maxCC-PreferenceConfig, maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig,minSchedulingOffsetPreferenceConfig, btNameList, wlanNameList, sensorNameListand obtainCommonLocationcan be included.
radioBearerConfig
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. In EN-DC this field may only be present if the RRCReconfiguration is transmitted over SRB3.
radioBearerConfig2
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
secondaryCellGroup
Configuration of secondary cell group ((NG)EN-DC or NR-DC).
sk-Counter
A counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB or S-KeNB, as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB or S-KeNB. This field is always included either upon initial configuration of an NR SCG or upon configuration of the first RB with keyToUse set to secondary, whichever happens first. This field is absent if there is neither any NR SCG nor any RB with keyToUse set to secondary.
sl-ConfigDedicatedNR
This field is used to provide the dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication.
sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info
This field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration can only includes sidelink related fields for V2X sidelink communication, i.e. sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated, sl-V2X-SPS-Config, measConfig and/or otherConfig.
sl-TimeOffsetEUTRA
This field indicates the possible time offset to (de)activation of V2X sidelink transmission after receiving DCI format 3_1 used for scheduling V2X sidelink communication. Value ms0dpt75 corresponds to 0.75ms, ms1 corresponds to 1ms and so on. The network includes this field only when sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA is configured.
targetCellSMTC-SCGThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell addition and SN change. When UE receives this field, UE applies the configuration based on the timing reference of NR PCell for PSCell addition and PSCell change. If both this field and the smtc in secondaryCellGroup -> SpCellConfig -> reconfigurationWithSync are absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
t316
Indicates the value for timer T316 as described in clause 7.1. Value ms50 corresponds to 50 ms, value ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on. This field can be configured only if the UE is configured with split SRB1 or SRB3.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
nonHO
The field is absent in case of reconfiguration with sync within NR or to NR; otherwise it is optionally present, need N.
securityNASC
This field is mandatory present in case of inter system handover. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need N.
MasterKeyChange
This field is mandatory present in case masterCellGroup includes ReconfigurationWithSync and RadioBearerConfig includes SecurityConfig with SecurityAlgorithmConfig, indicating a change of the AS security algorithms associated to the master key. If ReconfigurationWithSync is included for other cases, this field is optionally present, need N. Otherwise the field is absent.
FullConfig
The field is mandatory present in case of inter-system handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR. It is optionally present, Need N, during reconfiguration with sync and also in first reconfiguration after reestablishment; or for intra-system handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR. It is absent otherwise.
SCG
The field is optional present, Need M, in:
-an RRCReconfiguration message transmitted on SRB3, -an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or in an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1 -an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or in an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) which is contained in DLInformationTransferMRDCtransmitted on SRB3 (as a response to ULInformationTransferMRDC including an MCGFailureInformation) -in an RRCReconfiguration message contained in an RRCResume message (or in an RRCConnectionResume message, see TS 36.331 [10]). Otherwise, the field is absent

–RRCReconfigurationComplete
The RRCReconfigurationComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection reconfiguration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-START RRCReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcReconfigurationComplete RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
uplinkTxDirectCurrentListThe Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
UplinkTxDirectCurrentList OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1560-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1560-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
scg-ResponseIn case of NR-DC (nr-SCG-Response), this field includes the RRCReconfigurationComplete message. In case of NE-DC (eutra-SCG-Response), this field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
CHOICE { nr-SCG-Response OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfigurationComplete), eutra-SCG-Response OCTET STRING } OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 OPTIONAL,
needForGapsInfoNR-r16This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
NeedForGapsInfoNR-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1640-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1640-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).
UplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs field descriptions
needForGapsInfoNR
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
scg-Response
In case of NR-DC (nr-SCG-Response), this field includes the RRCReconfigurationComplete message. In case of NE-DC (eutra-SCG-Response), this field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
uplinkTxDirectCurrentList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).

–RRCReject
The RRCReject message is used to reject an RRC connection establishment or an RRC connection resumption.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCREJECT-START RRCReject ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcReject RRCReject-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCReject-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
waitTimeWait time value in seconds. The field is always included.
RejectWaitTime OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCREJECT-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCReject-IEs field descriptions
waitTime
Wait time value in seconds. The field is always included.

–RRCRelease
The RRCRelease message is used to command the release of an RRC connection or the suspension of the RRC connection.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRELEASE-START RRCRelease ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcRelease RRCRelease-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCRelease-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
redirectedCarrierInfoIndicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an NR or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of cell selection at transition to RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. Based on UE capability, the network may includeredirectedCarrierInfo in RRCRelease message with suspendConfig if this message is sent in response to an RRCResumeRequest or an RRCResumeRequest1 which is triggered by the NAS layer (see 5.3.1.4 in TS 24.501 [23]).
RedirectedCarrierInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need N cellReselectionPriorities CellReselectionPriorities OPTIONAL, -- Need R
suspendConfigIndicates configuration for the RRC_INACTIVE state. The network does not configure suspendConfig when the network redirect the UE to an inter-RAT carrier frequencyor if the UE is configured with a DAPS bearer.
SuspendConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need R
deprioritisationReqIndicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised.
SEQUENCE { deprioritisationType ENUMERATED {frequency, nr},
deprioritisationTimerIndicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or NR is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min15, min30} } OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCRelease-v1540-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCRelease-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { waitTime RejectWaitTime OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension RRCRelease-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCRelease-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
voiceFallbackIndication-r16Indicates the RRC release is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
measIdleConfig-r16Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
SetupRelease {MeasIdleConfigDedicated-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } RedirectedCarrierInfo ::= CHOICE { nr CarrierInfoNR, eutra RedirectedCarrierInfo-EUTRA, ... } RedirectedCarrierInfo-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { eutraFrequency ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
cnTypeIndicate that the UE is redirected to EPC or 5GC.
ENUMERATED {epc,fiveGC} OPTIONAL -- Need N } CarrierInfoNR ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
ARFCN-ValueNR,
ssbSubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of SSB in the redirected SSB frequency. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
SubcarrierSpacing,
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration for the redirected SSB frequency. It is based on timing reference of PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.
SSB-MTC OPTIONAL, -- Need S ... } SuspendConfig ::= SEQUENCE { fullI-RNTI I-RNTI-Value, shortI-RNTI ShortI-RNTI-Value,
ran-PagingCycleRefers to the UE specific cycle for RAN-initiated paging. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
PagingCycle,
ran-NotificationAreaInfoNetwork ensures that the UE in RRC_INACTIVE always has a valid ran-NotificationAreaInfo.
RAN-NotificationAreaInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need M
t380Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.
PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue OPTIONAL, -- Need R nextHopChainingCount NextHopChainingCount, ... } PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue ::= ENUMERATED { min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min360, min720} CellReselectionPriorities ::= SEQUENCE { freqPriorityListEUTRA FreqPriorityListEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Need M freqPriorityListNR FreqPriorityListNR OPTIONAL, -- Need M t320 ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min180, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } PagingCycle ::= ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256} FreqPriorityListEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA FreqPriorityListNR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityNR FreqPriorityEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority, cellReselectionSubPriority CellReselectionSubPriority OPTIONAL -- Need R } FreqPriorityNR ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
ARFCN-ValueNR, cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority, cellReselectionSubPriority CellReselectionSubPriority OPTIONAL -- Need R } RAN-NotificationAreaInfo ::= CHOICE {
cellListA list of cells configured as RAN area.
PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList,
ran-AreaConfigListA list of RAN area codes or RA code(s) as RAN area.
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList, ... } PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMNIdentities)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaCell PLMN-RAN-AreaCell ::= SEQUENCE {
plmn-IdentityPLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE uses the ID of the registered PLMN.
PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL, -- Need S
ran-AreaCellsThe total number of cells of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF CellIdentity } PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMNIdentities)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
plmn-IdentityPLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE uses the ID of the registered PLMN.
PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL, -- Need S
ran-AreaIndicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA code(s) or both TA code(s) and RAN area code(s) to configure a UE. The total number of TACs across all PLMNs does not exceed 16.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF RAN-AreaConfig } RAN-AreaConfig ::= SEQUENCE { trackingAreaCode TrackingAreaCode,
ran-AreaCodeListThe total number of RAN-AreaCodes of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF RAN-AreaCode OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-RRCRELEASE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCRelease-IEs field descriptions
cnType
Indicate that the UE is redirected to EPC or 5GC.
deprioritisationReq
Indicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised.
deprioritisationTimer
Indicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or NR is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
measIdleConfig
Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
suspendConfig
Indicates configuration for the RRC_INACTIVE state. The network does not configure suspendConfig when the network redirect the UE to an inter-RAT carrier frequencyor if the UE is configured with a DAPS bearer.
redirectedCarrierInfo
Indicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an NR or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of cell selection at transition to RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. Based on UE capability, the network may includeredirectedCarrierInfo in RRCRelease message with suspendConfig if this message is sent in response to an RRCResumeRequest or an RRCResumeRequest1 which is triggered by the NAS layer (see 5.3.1.4 in TS 24.501 [23]).
voiceFallbackIndication
Indicates the RRC release is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].
CarrierInfoNR field descriptions
carrierFreq
Indicates the redirected NR frequency.
ssbSubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of SSB in the redirected SSB frequency. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration for the redirected SSB frequency. It is based on timing reference of PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.
RAN-NotificationAreaInfo field descriptions
cellList
A list of cells configured as RAN area.
ran-AreaConfigList
A list of RAN area codes or RA code(s) as RAN area.
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig field descriptions
plmn-Identity
PLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-Area belong. If the field is absent the UE uses the ID of the registered PLMN.
ran-AreaCodeList
The total number of RAN-AreaCodes of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
ran-Area
Indicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA code(s) or both TA code(s) and RAN area code(s) to configure a UE. The total number of TACs across all PLMNs does not exceed 16.
PLMN-RAN-AreaCell field descriptions
plmn-Identity
PLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE uses the ID of the registered PLMN.
ran-AreaCells
The total number of cells of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
SuspendConfig field descriptions
ran-NotificationAreaInfo
Network ensures that the UE in RRC_INACTIVE always has a valid ran-NotificationAreaInfo.
ran-PagingCycle
Refers to the UE specific cycle for RAN-initiated paging. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
t380
Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.

–RRCResume
The RRCResume message is used to resume the suspended RRC connection.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRESUME-START RRCResume ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcResume RRCResume-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCResume-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
radioBearerConfigConfiguration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP.
RadioBearerConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
masterCellGroupConfiguration of the master cell group.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Need M measConfig MeasConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M fullConfig ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCResume-v1560-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCResume-v1560-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
radioBearerConfig2Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sk-CounterA counter used to derive S-KgNB or S-KeNB based on the newly derived KgNB during RRC Resume. The field is only included when there is one or more RB with keyToUse set to secondaryor mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is included.
SK-Counter OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension RRCResume-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCResume-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
idleModeMeasurementReq-r16This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurements, if available, to the network in the RRCResumeComplete message
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
restoreMCG-SCells-r16Indicates that the UE shall restore the MCG SCells from the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
restoreSCG-r16Indicates that the UE shall restore the SCG configurationsfrom the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup-r16Includes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC. For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message only includes fields secondaryCellGroup, with at least reconfigurationWithSync,otherConfigand measConfig. For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message only include the field scg-Configuration with at least mobilityControlInfoSCG.
CHOICE { nr-SCG-r16 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration), eutra-SCG-r16 OCTET STRING } OPTIONAL, -- Cond RestoreSCG
needForGapsConfigNR-r16Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
SetupRelease {NeedForGapsConfigNR-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCRESUME-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCResume-IEs field descriptions
idleModeMeasurementReq
This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurements, if available, to the network in the RRCResumeComplete message
masterCellGroup
Configuration of the master cell group.
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup
Includes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC. For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message only includes fields secondaryCellGroup, with at least reconfigurationWithSync,otherConfigand measConfig. For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message only include the field scg-Configuration with at least mobilityControlInfoSCG.
needForGapsConfigNR
Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
radioBearerConfig
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP.
radioBearerConfig2
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
restoreMCG-SCells
Indicates that the UE shall restore the MCG SCells from the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
restoreSCG
Indicates that the UE shall restore the SCG configurationsfrom the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
sk-Counter
A counter used to derive S-KgNB or S-KeNB based on the newly derived KgNB during RRC Resume. The field is only included when there is one or more RB with keyToUse set to secondaryor mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is included.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
RestoreSCG
The field is mandatory present if restoreSCG is included. It is optionally present, Need M, otherwise.

–RRCResumeComplete
The RRCResumeComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection resumption.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRESUMECOMPLETE-START RRCResumeComplete ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcResumeComplete RRCResumeComplete-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCResumeComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { dedicatedNAS-Message DedicatedNAS-Message OPTIONAL,
selectedPLMN-IdentityIndex of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityListor npn-IdentityInfoListfields included in SIB1.
INTEGER (1..maxPLMN) OPTIONAL,
uplinkTxDirectCurrentListThe Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
UplinkTxDirectCurrentList OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCResumeComplete-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCResumeComplete-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
idleMeasAvailable-r16Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
measResultIdleEUTRA-r16EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultIdleNR-r16NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
MeasResultIdleNR-r16 OPTIONAL, scg-Response-r16 CHOICE { nr-SCG-Response OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfigurationComplete), eutra-SCG-Response OCTET STRING } OPTIONAL, ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 OPTIONAL, mobilityHistoryAvail-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, mobilityState-r16 ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare} OPTIONAL,
needForGapsInfoNR-r16This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
NeedForGapsInfoNR-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCResumeComplete-v1640-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCResumeComplete-v1640-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).
UplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCRESUMECOMPLETE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCResumeComplete-IEs field descriptions
idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
measResultIdleEUTRA
EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
measResultIdleNR
NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
needForGapsInfoNR
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityListor npn-IdentityInfoListfields included in SIB1.
uplinkTxDirectCurrentList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).

–RRCResumeRequest
The RRCResumeRequest message is used to request the resumption of a suspended RRC connection or perform an RNA update.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST-START RRCResumeRequest ::= SEQUENCE { rrcResumeRequest RRCResumeRequest-IEs } RRCResumeRequest-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
resumeIdentityUE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
ShortI-RNTI-Value,
resumeMAC-IAuthentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
resumeCauseProvides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers or RRC. The network is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ResumeCause, spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) } -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCResumeRequest-IEs field descriptions
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers or RRC. The network is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeIdentity
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
resumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.

–RRCResumeRequest1
The RRCResumeRequest1 message is used to request the resumption of a suspended RRC connection or perform an RNA update.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST1-START RRCResumeRequest1 ::= SEQUENCE { rrcResumeRequest1 RRCResumeRequest1-IEs } RRCResumeRequest1-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
resumeIdentityUE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
I-RNTI-Value,
resumeMAC-IAuthentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
resumeCauseProvides the resume cause for the RRCResumeRequest1 as provided by the upper layers or RRC. A gNB is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest1 due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ResumeCause, spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) } -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST1-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCResumeRequest1-IEs field descriptions
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRCResumeRequest1 as provided by the upper layers or RRC. A gNB is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest1 due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeIdentity
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
resumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.

–RRCSetup
The RRCSetup message is used to establish SRB1.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCSETUP-START RRCSetup ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcSetup RRCSetup-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCSetup-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
radioBearerConfigOnly SRB1 can be configured in RRC setup.
RadioBearerConfig,
masterCellGroupThe network configures only the RLC bearer for the SRB1, mac-CellGroupConfig, physicalCellGroupConfig and spCellConfig.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig), lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCSETUP-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCSetup-IEs field descriptions
masterCellGroup
The network configures only the RLC bearer for the SRB1, mac-CellGroupConfig, physicalCellGroupConfig and spCellConfig.
radioBearerConfig
Only SRB1 can be configured in RRC setup.

–RRCSetupComplete
The RRCSetupComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection establishment.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCSETUPCOMPLETE-START RRCSetupComplete ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcSetupComplete RRCSetupComplete-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCSetupComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
selectedPLMN-IdentityIndex of the PLMN or SNPN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList or npn-IdentityInfoList fields included in SIB1.
INTEGER (1..maxPLMN),
registeredAMFThis field is used to transfer the GUAMI of the AMF where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [21].
RegisteredAMF OPTIONAL,
guami-TypeThis field is used to indicate whether the GUAMI included is native (derived from native 5G-GUTI) or mapped (from EPS, derived from EPS GUTI) as specified in TS 24.501 [23].
ENUMERATED {native, mapped} OPTIONAL, s-NSSAI-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofS-NSSAI)) OF S-NSSAI OPTIONAL, dedicatedNAS-Message DedicatedNAS-Message, ng-5G-S-TMSI-Value CHOICE { ng-5G-S-TMSI NG-5G-S-TMSI,
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2The leftmost 9 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
BIT STRING (SIZE (9)) } OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCSetupComplete-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCSetupComplete-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
iab-NodeIndication-r16This field is used to indicate that the connection is being established by an IAB-node as specified in TS 38.300 [2].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
idleMeasAvailable-r16Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 OPTIONAL, mobilityHistoryAvail-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
mobilityState-r16This field indicates the UE mobility state (as defined in TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.3) just prior to UE going into RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE indicates the value of medium and high when being in Medium-mobility and High-mobility states respectively. Otherwise the UE indicates the value normal.
ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare} OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } RegisteredAMF ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-Identity PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL, amf-Identifier AMF-Identifier } -- TAG-RRCSETUPCOMPLETE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCSetupComplete-IEs field descriptions
guami-Type
This field is used to indicate whether the GUAMI included is native (derived from native 5G-GUTI) or mapped (from EPS, derived from EPS GUTI) as specified in TS 24.501 [23].
iab-NodeIndication
This field is used to indicate that the connection is being established by an IAB-node as specified in TS 38.300 [2].
idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
mobilityState
This field indicates the UE mobility state (as defined in TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.3) just prior to UE going into RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE indicates the value of medium and high when being in Medium-mobility and High-mobility states respectively. Otherwise the UE indicates the value normal.
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2
The leftmost 9 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
registeredAMF
This field is used to transfer the GUAMI of the AMF where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [21].
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN or SNPN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList or npn-IdentityInfoList fields included in SIB1.

–RRCSetupRequest
The RRCSetupRequest message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCSETUPREQUEST-START RRCSetupRequest ::= SEQUENCE { rrcSetupRequest RRCSetupRequest-IEs } RRCSetupRequest-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
ue-IdentityUE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
InitialUE-Identity,
establishmentCauseProvides the establishment cause for the RRCSetupRequest in accordance with the information received from upper layers. gNB is not expected to reject an RRCSetupRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
EstablishmentCause, spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) } InitialUE-Identity ::= CHOICE {
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1The rightmost 39 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
BIT STRING (SIZE (39)),
randomValueInteger value in the range 0 to 239 – 1.
BIT STRING (SIZE (39)) } EstablishmentCause ::= ENUMERATED { emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling, mo-Data, mo-VoiceCall, mo-VideoCall, mo-SMS, mps-PriorityAccess, mcs-PriorityAccess, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} -- TAG-RRCSETUPREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCSetupRequest-IEs field descriptions
establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRCSetupRequest in accordance with the information received from upper layers. gNB is not expected to reject an RRCSetupRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
InitialUE-Identity field descriptions
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1
The rightmost 39 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
randomValue
Integer value in the range 0 to 239 – 1.

–RRCSystemInfoRequest
The RRCSystemInfoRequest message is used to request SI message(s) required by the UE as specified in clause 5.2.2.3.3.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCSYSTEMINFOREQUEST-START RRCSystemInfoRequest ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcSystemInfoRequest RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture-r16 CHOICE { rrcPosSystemInfoRequest-r16 RRC-PosSystemInfoRequest-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } } RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
requested-SI-ListContains a list of requested SI messages. According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.
BIT STRING (SIZE (maxSI-Message)), --32bits spare BIT STRING (SIZE (12)) } RRC-PosSystemInfoRequest-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
requestedPosSI-ListContains a list of requested SI messages. According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by posSchedulingInfoList in posSI-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.
BIT STRING (SIZE (maxSI-Message)), --32bits spare BIT STRING (SIZE (11)) } -- TAG-RRCSYSTEMINFOREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs field descriptions
requested-SI-List
Contains a list of requested SI messages. According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.
requestedPosSI-List
Contains a list of requested SI messages. According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by posSchedulingInfoList in posSI-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.

–SCGFailureInformation
The SCGFailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding NR SCG failures detected by the UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATION-START SCGFailureInformation ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { scgFailureInformation SCGFailureInformation-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SCGFailureInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { failureReportSCG FailureReportSCG OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SCGFailureInformation-v1590-IEs OPTIONAL } SCGFailureInformation-v1590-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } FailureReportSCG ::= SEQUENCE { failureType ENUMERATED { t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, rlc-MaxNumRetx, synchReconfigFailureSCG, scg-ReconfigFailure, srb3-IntegrityFailure, other-r16, spare1},
measResultFreqListThe field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
MeasResultFreqList OPTIONAL,
measResultSCG-FailureThe field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR SCG RRCReconfiguration message.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING MeasResultSCG-Failure) OPTIONAL, ..., [[ locationInfo-r16 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL, failureType-v1610 ENUMERATED {scg-lbtFailure-r16, beamFailureRecoveryFailure-r16, t312-Expiry-r16, bh-RLF-r16, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL ]] } MeasResultFreqList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2NR -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SCGFailureInformation field descriptions
measResultFreqList
The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultSCG-Failure
The field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR SCG RRCReconfiguration message.

–SCGFailureInformationEUTRA
The SCGFailureInformationEUTRA message is used to provide information regarding E-UTRA SCG failures detected by the UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATIONEUTRA-START SCGFailureInformationEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { scgFailureInformationEUTRA SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { failureReportSCG-EUTRA FailureReportSCG-EUTRA OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-v1590-IEs OPTIONAL } SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-v1590-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } FailureReportSCG-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { failureType ENUMERATED { t313-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,rlc-MaxNumRetx, scg-ChangeFailure,scg-lbtFailure-r16, beamFailureRecoveryFailure-r16, t312-Expiry-r16, spare}, measResultFreqListMRDC MeasResultFreqListFailMRDC OPTIONAL, measResultSCG-FailureMRDC OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ locationInfo-r16 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL ]] } MeasResultFreqListFailMRDC ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATIONEUTRA-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SecurityModeCommand
The SecurityModeCommand message is used to command the activation of AS security.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMMAND-START SecurityModeCommand ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { securityModeCommand SecurityModeCommand-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SecurityModeCommand-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { securityConfigSMC SecurityConfigSMC, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } SecurityConfigSMC ::= SEQUENCE { securityAlgorithmConfig SecurityAlgorithmConfig, ... } -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMMAND-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SCGFailureInformationEUTRA field descriptions
measResultFreqListMRDC
The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultSCG-FailureMRDC
Includes the E-UTRA MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.

–SecurityModeComplete
The SecurityModeComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of a security mode command.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMPLETE-START SecurityModeComplete ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { securityModeComplete SecurityModeComplete-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SecurityModeComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMPLETE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SecurityModeFailure
The SecurityModeFailure message is used to indicate an unsuccessful completion of a security mode command.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SECURITYMODEFAILURE-START SecurityModeFailure ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { securityModeFailure SecurityModeFailure-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SecurityModeFailure-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-SECURITYMODEFAILURE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIB1
SIB1 contains information relevant when evaluating if a UE is allowed to access a cell and defines the scheduling of other system information. It also contains radio resource configuration information that is common for all UEs and barring information applied to the unified access control.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB1-START SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellSelectionInfoParameters for cell selection related to the serving cell.
SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
Q-RxLevMin,
q-RxLevMinOffsetParameter "Qrxlevminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
q-RxLevMinSULParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
Q-RxLevMin OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
Q-QualMin OPTIONAL, -- Need S
q-QualMinOffsetParameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset.Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL -- Need S } OPTIONAL, -- Cond Standalone cellAccessRelatedInfo CellAccessRelatedInfo, connEstFailureControl ConnEstFailureControl OPTIONAL, -- Need R si-SchedulingInfo SI-SchedulingInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need R
servingCellConfigCommonConfiguration of the serving cell.
ServingCellConfigCommonSIB OPTIONAL, -- Need R
ims-EmergencySupportIndicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
eCallOverIMS-SupportIndicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services as defined in TS 23.501 [32]. If absent, eCall over IMS is not supported by the network in the cell.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
ue-TimersAndConstantsTimer and constant values to be used by the UE. The cell operating as PCell always provides this field.
UE-TimersAndConstants OPTIONAL, -- Need R uac-BarringInfo SEQUENCE {
uac-BarringForCommonCommon access control parameters for each access category. Common values are used for all PLMNs, unless overwritten by the PLMN specific configuration provided in uac-BarringPerPLMN-List. The parameters are specified by providing an index to the set of configurations (uac-BarringInfoSetList). UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.14.2.
UAC-BarringPerCatList OPTIONAL, -- Need S uac-BarringPerPLMN-List UAC-BarringPerPLMN-List OPTIONAL, -- Need S uac-BarringInfoSetList UAC-BarringInfoSetList,
uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfoInformation used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. If plmnCommon is chosen,the UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo is applicable to all the PLMNs in plmn-IdentityList.If individualPLMNList is chosen, the 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first PLMN in plmn-IdentityList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second PLMN in plmn-IdentityList and so on.If uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 is present, the UE shall ignore the uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo.
CHOICE { plmnCommon UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo, individualPLMNList SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxPLMN)) OF UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo } OPTIONAL -- Need S } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
useFullResumeIDIndicates which resume identifier and Resume request message should be used. UE uses fullI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest1 if the field is present, or shortI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest if the field is absent.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SIB1-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } SIB1-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
idleModeMeasurementsEUTRA-r16This field indicates that a UE that is configured for EUTRA idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform EUTRA idle/inactive measurements.
ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
idleModeMeasurementsNR-r16This field indicates that a UE that is configured for NR idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform NR idle/inactive measurements.
ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R posSI-SchedulingInfo-r16 PosSI-SchedulingInfo-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R nonCriticalExtension SIB1-v1630-IEs OPTIONAL } SIB1-v1630-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { uac-BarringInfo-v1630 SEQUENCE {
uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. The 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first PLMN in plmn-IdentityList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second PLMN in plmn-IdentityList and so on.Value notConfigured indicates that Access Category1 isnot configured for the corresponding PLMN.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxPLMN)) OF UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need R nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c} UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, notConfigured} -- TAG-SIB1-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB1 field descriptions
cellSelectionInfo
Parameters for cell selection related to the serving cell.
eCallOverIMS-Support
Indicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services as defined in TS 23.501 [32]. If absent, eCall over IMS is not supported by the network in the cell.
idleModeMeasurementsEUTRA
This field indicates that a UE that is configured for EUTRA idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform EUTRA idle/inactive measurements.
idleModeMeasurementsNR
This field indicates that a UE that is configured for NR idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform NR idle/inactive measurements.
ims-EmergencySupport
Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-QualMinOffset
Parameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset.Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
q-RxLevMinOffset
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
servingCellConfigCommon
Configuration of the serving cell.
uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo
Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. If plmnCommon is chosen,the UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo is applicable to all the PLMNs in plmn-IdentityList.If individualPLMNList is chosen, the 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first PLMN in plmn-IdentityList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second PLMN in plmn-IdentityList and so on.If uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 is present, the UE shall ignore the uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo.
uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo
Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. The 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first PLMN in plmn-IdentityList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second PLMN in plmn-IdentityList and so on.Value notConfigured indicates that Access Category1 isnot configured for the corresponding PLMN.
uac-BarringForCommon
Common access control parameters for each access category. Common values are used for all PLMNs, unless overwritten by the PLMN specific configuration provided in uac-BarringPerPLMN-List. The parameters are specified by providing an index to the set of configurations (uac-BarringInfoSetList). UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.14.2.
ue-TimersAndConstants
Timer and constant values to be used by the UE. The cell operating as PCell always provides this field.
useFullResumeID
Indicates which resume identifier and Resume request message should be used. UE uses fullI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest1 if the field is present, or shortI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest if the field is absent.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
Standalone
The field is mandatory present in a cell that supports standalone operation, otherwise it is absent.

–SidelinkUEInformationNR
The SidelinkUEinformationNR message is used for the indication of NR sidelink UE information to the network.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIDELINKUEINFORMATIONNR-START SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { sidelinkUEInformationNR-r16 SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-RxInterestedFreqList-r16Indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to receive NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list.
SL-InterestedFreqList-r16 OPTIONAL, sl-TxResourceReqList-r16 SL-TxResourceReqList-r16 OPTIONAL, sl-FailureList-r16 SL-FailureList-r16 OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } SL-InterestedFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF INTEGER (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16) SL-TxResourceReqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-Dest-r16)) OF SL-TxResourceReq-r16 SL-TxResourceReq-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-DestinationIdentity-r16Indicates the destination for which the SL failure is reporting for unicast.
SL-DestinationIdentity-r16,
sl-CastType-r16Indicates the cast type for the correponding destination for which to request the resource.
ENUMERATED {broadcast, groupcast, unicast, spare1}, sl-RLC-ModeIndicationList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofSLRB-r16)) OF SL-RLC-ModeIndication-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-QoS-InfoList-r16Includes the QoS profile of the sidelink QoS flow as specified in TS 23.287 [55]
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-QFIsPerDest-r16)) OF SL-QoS-Info-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-TypeTxSyncList-r16A list of synchronization reference used by the UE. The UE shall include the same number of entries, listed in the same order, as in sl-TxInterestedFreqList, i.e. one for each carrier freqeuncy included in sl-TxInterestedFreqList.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF SL-TypeTxSync-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-TxInterestedFreqList-r16Each entry of this field indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. In this relase, only one entry can be included in the list.
SL-TxInterestedFreqList-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-CapabilityInformationSidelink-r16Includes the UECapabilityInformationSidelink message (which can be also included in ueCapabilityInformationSidelink-r16 in UECapabilityEnquirySidelink from peer UE) received from the peer UE.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL } SL-TxInterestedFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF INTEGER (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16) SL-QoS-Info-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
SL-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16, sl-QoS-Profile-r16 SL-QoS-Profile-r16 OPTIONAL } SL-RLC-ModeIndication-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sl-Mode-r16 CHOICE { sl-AM-Mode-r16 NULL, sl-UM-Mode-r16 NULL },
sl-QoS-InfoList-r16Includes the QoS profile of the sidelink QoS flow as specified in TS 23.287 [55]
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-QFIsPerDest-r16)) OF SL-QoS-Info-r16 } SL-FailureList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-Dest-r16)) OF SL-Failure-r16 SL-Failure-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-DestinationIdentity-r16Indicates the destination for which the SL failure is reporting for unicast.
SL-DestinationIdentity-r16,
sl-Failure-r16Indicates the sidelink failure cause for the sidelink RLF (value rlf) and sidelink AS configuration failure (value configFailure) for the associated destination for unicast.
ENUMERATED {rlf,configFailure, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} } -- TAG-SIDELINKUEINFORMATIONNR-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SidelinkUEinformationNR field descriptions
sl-RxInterestedFreqList
Indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to receive NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list.
sl-TxResourceReq
Paramters to request the transmisison resouces for NR sidelink communication to the network in the Sidelink UE Information report.
SL-TxResourceReq field descriptions
sl-CapabilityInformationSidelink
Includes the UECapabilityInformationSidelink message (which can be also included in ueCapabilityInformationSidelink-r16 in UECapabilityEnquirySidelink from peer UE) received from the peer UE.
sl-CastType
Indicates the cast type for the correponding destination for which to request the resource.
sl-DestinationIdentity
Indicates the destination for which the TX resource request and allocation from the network are concerned.
sl-QoS-InfoList
Includes the QoS profile of the sidelink QoS flow as specified in TS 23.287 [55]
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity
This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
sl-RLC-ModeIndication
This field indicates the RLC mode and optionally the related QoS profiles for the sidelink radio bearer, which has not been configured by the network and is initiated by another UE in unicast. The RLC mode for one sidelink radio bearer is aligned between UE and NW by the sl-QoS-FlowIdentity.
sl-TxInterestedFreqList
Each entry of this field indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. In this relase, only one entry can be included in the list.
sl-TypeTxSyncList
A list of synchronization reference used by the UE. The UE shall include the same number of entries, listed in the same order, as in sl-TxInterestedFreqList, i.e. one for each carrier freqeuncy included in sl-TxInterestedFreqList.
SL-Failure field descriptions
sl-DestinationIdentity
Indicates the destination for which the SL failure is reporting for unicast.
sl-Failure
Indicates the sidelink failure cause for the sidelink RLF (value rlf) and sidelink AS configuration failure (value configFailure) for the associated destination for unicast.

–SystemInformation
The SystemInformation message is used to convey one or more System Information Blocks or Positioning System Information Blocks. All the SIBs or posSIBs included are transmitted with the same periodicity.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SYSTEMINFORMATION-START SystemInformation ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { systemInformation SystemInformation-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture-r16 CHOICE { posSystemInformation-r16 PosSystemInformation-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } } SystemInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { sib-TypeAndInfo SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE { sib2 SIB2, sib3 SIB3, sib4 SIB4, sib5 SIB5, sib6 SIB6, sib7 SIB7, sib8 SIB8, sib9 SIB9, ..., sib10-v1610 SIB10-r16, sib11-v1610 SIB11-r16, sib12-v1610 SIB12-r16, sib13-v1610 SIB13-r16, sib14-v1610 SIB14-r16 }, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-SYSTEMINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UEAssistanceInformation
The UEAssistanceInformation message is used for the indication of UE assistance information to the network.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UEASSISTANCEINFORMATION-START UEAssistanceInformation ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { ueAssistanceInformation UEAssistanceInformation-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } UEAssistanceInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
delayBudgetReportIndicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX.
DelayBudgetReport OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension UEAssistanceInformation-v1540-IEs OPTIONAL } DelayBudgetReport::= CHOICE {
type1Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the long DRX cycle length with respect to the current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40 corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.
ENUMERATED { msMinus1280, msMinus640, msMinus320, msMinus160,msMinus80, msMinus60, msMinus40, msMinus20, ms0, ms20,ms40, ms60, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280}, ... } UEAssistanceInformation-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { overheatingAssistance OverheatingAssistance OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension UEAssistanceInformation-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } OverheatingAssistance ::= SEQUENCE { reducedMaxCCs ReducedMaxCCs-r16 OPTIONAL, reducedMaxBW-FR1 ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16 OPTIONAL, reducedMaxBW-FR2 ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16 OPTIONAL, reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR1 SEQUENCE {
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-DLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
MIMO-LayersDL,
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-ULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layerscan only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
MIMO-LayersUL } OPTIONAL, reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR2 SEQUENCE {
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-DLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
MIMO-LayersDL,
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-ULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
MIMO-LayersUL } OPTIONAL } ReducedAggregatedBandwidth ::= ENUMERATED {mhz0, mhz10, mhz20, mhz30, mhz40, mhz50, mhz60, mhz80, mhz100, mhz200, mhz300, mhz400} UEAssistanceInformation-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { idc-Assistance-r16 IDC-Assistance-r16 OPTIONAL, drx-Preference-r16 DRX-Preference-r16 OPTIONAL, maxBW-Preference-r16 MaxBW-Preference-r16 OPTIONAL, maxCC-Preference-r16 MaxCC-Preference-r16 OPTIONAL, maxMIMO-LayerPreference-r16 MaxMIMO-LayerPreference-r16 OPTIONAL,
minSchedulingOffsetPreference-r16Indicates the UE's preferences on minimumSchedulingOffset of cross-slot scheduling for power saving.
MinSchedulingOffsetPreference-r16 OPTIONAL, releasePreference-r16 ReleasePreference-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-UE-AssistanceInformationNR-r16Indicates the traffic characteristic of sidelink logical channel(s), specified in the IE SL-TrafficPatternInfo, that are setup for NR sidelink communication.
SL-UE-AssistanceInformationNR-r16 OPTIONAL,
referenceTimeInfoPreference-r16Indicates whether the UE prefers being provisioned with the timing information specified in the IE ReferenceTimeInfo.
BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } IDC-Assistance-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
affectedCarrierFreqList-r16Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencies that are affected by IDC problem.
AffectedCarrierFreqList-r16 OPTIONAL,
affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r16Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencie combinations that are affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and harmonics from NR when configured with UL CA.
AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r16 OPTIONAL, ... } AffectedCarrierFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreqIDC-r16)) OF AffectedCarrierFreq-r16 AffectedCarrierFreq-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreq-r16 ARFCN-ValueNR,
interferenceDirection-r16Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value nr indicates that only NR is victim of IDC interference, value other indicates that only another radio is victim of IDC interference and value both indicates that both NR and another radio are victims of IDC interference. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see TR 36.816 [44]).
ENUMERATED {nr, other, both, spare} } AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r16)) OF AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r16 AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { affectedCarrierFreqComb-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxNrofServingCells)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
victimSystemType-r16Indicate the list of victim system types to which IDC interference is caused from NR when configured with UL CA. Value gps, glonass, bds, galileo and navIC indicates the type of GNSS. Value wlan indicates WLAN and value bluetooth indicates Bluetooth.
VictimSystemType-r16 } VictimSystemType-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { gps-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, glonass-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, bds-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, galileo-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, navIC-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, wlan-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, bluetooth-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, ... } DRX-Preference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
preferredDRX-InactivityTimer-r16Indicates the UE's preferred DRX inactivity timer length for power saving. Value in ms (milliSecond). ms0 corresponds to 0, ms1 corresponds to 1 ms, ms2 corresponds to 2 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the DRX inactivity timer. If secondary DRX group is configured, the preferredDRX-InactivityTimer only applies to the default DRX group.
ENUMERATED { ms0, ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL,
preferredDRX-LongCycle-r16Indicates the UE's preferred long DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms10 corresponds to 10ms, ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms32 corresponds to 32 ms, and so on. If preferredDRX-ShortCycleis provided, the value of preferredDRX-LongCycleshall be a multiple of the preferredDRX-ShortCyclevalue. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the long DRX cycle.
ENUMERATED { ms10, ms20, ms32, ms40, ms60, ms64, ms70, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms256, ms320, ms512, ms640, ms1024, ms1280, ms2048, ms2560, ms5120, ms10240, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL,
preferredDRX-ShortCycle-r16Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms2 corresponds to 2ms, ms3 corresponds to 3 ms, ms4 corresponds to 4 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle.
ENUMERATED { ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms7, ms8, ms10, ms14, ms16, ms20, ms30, ms32, ms35, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms256, ms320, ms512, ms640, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL,
preferredDRX-ShortCycleTimer-r16Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle timer for power saving. Value in multiples of preferredDRX-ShortCycle. A value of 1 corresponds to preferredDRX-ShortCycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * preferredDRX-ShortCycle and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle timer. A preference for the short DRX cycle is indicated when a preference for the short DRX cycle timer is indicated.
INTEGER (1..16) OPTIONAL } MaxBW-Preference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { reducedMaxBW-FR1-r16 ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16 OPTIONAL, reducedMaxBW-FR2-r16 ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16 OPTIONAL } MaxCC-Preference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { reducedMaxCCs-r16 ReducedMaxCCs-r16 OPTIONAL } MaxMIMO-LayerPreference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR1-r16 SEQUENCE {
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-DL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (1..8),
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-UL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layerscan only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (1..4) } OPTIONAL, reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR2-r16 SEQUENCE {
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-DL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (1..8),
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-UL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (1..4) } OPTIONAL } MinSchedulingOffsetPreference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
preferredK0-r16Indicates the UE's preferred value of k0 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PDSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling.
SEQUENCE { preferredK0-SCS-15kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6} OPTIONAL, preferredK0-SCS-30kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6} OPTIONAL, preferredK0-SCS-60kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12} OPTIONAL, preferredK0-SCS-120kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12} OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL,
preferredK2-r16Indicates the UE's preferred value of k2 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PUSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling.
SEQUENCE { preferredK2-SCS-15kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6} OPTIONAL, preferredK2-SCS-30kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6} OPTIONAL, preferredK2-SCS-60kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12} OPTIONAL, preferredK2-SCS-120kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12} OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL } ReleasePreference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
preferredRRC-State-r16Indicates the UE's preferred RRC state. The value idle is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_IDLE. The value inactive is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_INACTIVE. The value connected is indicated if the UE prefers to revert an earlier indication to leave RRC_CONNECTED state. The value outOfConnected is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and has no preferred RRC state to transition to.The value connected can only be indicated if the UE is configured with connectedReporting.
ENUMERATED {idle, inactive, connected, outOfConnected} } ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { reducedBW-DL-r16 ReducedAggregatedBandwidth, reducedBW-UL-r16 ReducedAggregatedBandwidth } ReducedMaxCCs-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
reducedCCsDL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of downlink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (0..31),
reducedCCsUL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of uplink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (0..31) } SL-UE-AssistanceInformationNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofTrafficPattern-r16)) OF SL-TrafficPatternInfo-r16 SL-TrafficPatternInfo-r16::= SEQUENCE {
trafficPeriodicity-r16This field indicates the estimated data arrival periodicity in a sidelink logical channel. Value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms50 corresponds to 50 ms and so on.
ENUMERATED {ms20, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, ms700, ms800, ms900, ms1000},
timingOffset-r16This field indicates the estimated timing for a packet arrival in a sidelink logical channel. Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of SFN#0 in milliseconds.
INTEGER (0..10239),
messageSize-r16Indicates the maximum TB size based on the observed traffic pattern. The value refers to the index of TS 38.321 [3], table 6.1.3.1-2.
BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
SL-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16 } -- TAG-UEASSISTANCEINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
UEAssistanceInformation field descriptions
affectedCarrierFreqList
Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencies that are affected by IDC problem.
affectedCarrierFreqCombList
Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencie combinations that are affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and harmonics from NR when configured with UL CA.
delayBudgetReport
Indicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX.
interferenceDirection
Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value nr indicates that only NR is victim of IDC interference, value other indicates that only another radio is victim of IDC interference and value both indicates that both NR and another radio are victims of IDC interference. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see TR 36.816 [44]).
minSchedulingOffsetPreference
Indicates the UE's preferences on minimumSchedulingOffset of cross-slot scheduling for power saving.
preferredDRX-InactivityTimer
Indicates the UE's preferred DRX inactivity timer length for power saving. Value in ms (milliSecond). ms0 corresponds to 0, ms1 corresponds to 1 ms, ms2 corresponds to 2 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the DRX inactivity timer. If secondary DRX group is configured, the preferredDRX-InactivityTimer only applies to the default DRX group.
preferredDRX-LongCycle
Indicates the UE's preferred long DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms10 corresponds to 10ms, ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms32 corresponds to 32 ms, and so on. If preferredDRX-ShortCycleis provided, the value of preferredDRX-LongCycleshall be a multiple of the preferredDRX-ShortCyclevalue. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the long DRX cycle.
preferredDRX-ShortCycle
Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms2 corresponds to 2ms, ms3 corresponds to 3 ms, ms4 corresponds to 4 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle.
preferredDRX-ShortCycleTimer
Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle timer for power saving. Value in multiples of preferredDRX-ShortCycle. A value of 1 corresponds to preferredDRX-ShortCycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * preferredDRX-ShortCycle and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle timer. A preference for the short DRX cycle is indicated when a preference for the short DRX cycle timer is indicated.
preferredK0
Indicates the UE's preferred value of k0 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PDSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling.
preferredK2
Indicates the UE's preferred value of k2 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PUSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling.
preferredRRC-State
Indicates the UE's preferred RRC state. The value idle is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_IDLE. The value inactive is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_INACTIVE. The value connected is indicated if the UE prefers to revert an earlier indication to leave RRC_CONNECTED state. The value outOfConnected is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and has no preferred RRC state to transition to.The value connected can only be indicated if the UE is configured with connectedReporting.
reducedBW-FR1
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR1. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of both the NR MCG and the SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR1 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. Value mhz0 is not used when indicated to address overheating. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedBW-FR2
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2.The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR2. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s)of FR2 of both the NR MCG and the NR SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR2 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR2 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedCCsDL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of downlink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedCCsUL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of uplink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-DL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-UL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layerscan only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-DL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-UL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
referenceTimeInfoPreference
Indicates whether the UE prefers being provisioned with the timing information specified in the IE ReferenceTimeInfo.
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity
This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
sl-UE-AssistanceInformationNR
Indicates the traffic characteristic of sidelink logical channel(s), specified in the IE SL-TrafficPatternInfo, that are setup for NR sidelink communication.
type1
Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the long DRX cycle length with respect to the current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40 corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.
victimSystemType
Indicate the list of victim system types to which IDC interference is caused from NR when configured with UL CA. Value gps, glonass, bds, galileo and navIC indicates the type of GNSS. Value wlan indicates WLAN and value bluetooth indicates Bluetooth.
SL-TrafficPatternInfo field descriptions
messageSize
Indicates the maximum TB size based on the observed traffic pattern. The value refers to the index of TS 38.321 [3], table 6.1.3.1-2.
timingOffset
This field indicates the estimated timing for a packet arrival in a sidelink logical channel. Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of SFN#0 in milliseconds.
trafficPeriodicity
This field indicates the estimated data arrival periodicity in a sidelink logical channel. Value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms50 corresponds to 50 ms and so on.

–UECapabilityEnquiry
The UECapabilityEnquiry message is used to request UE radio access capabilities for NR as well as for other RATs.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UECAPABILITYENQUIRY-START UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { ueCapabilityEnquiry UECapabilityEnquiry-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } UECapabilityEnquiry-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ue-CapabilityRAT-RequestList UE-CapabilityRAT-RequestList, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ue-CapabilityEnquiryExt OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs) OPTIONAL } UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { capabilityRequestFilterCommon UE-CapabilityRequestFilterCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension UECapabilityEnquiry-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } UECapabilityEnquiry-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-SegAllowed-r16 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-UECAPABILITYENQUIRY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UECapabilityInformation
The IE UECapabilityInformation message is used to transfer UE radio access capabilities requested by the network.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UECAPABILITYINFORMATION-START UECapabilityInformation ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { ueCapabilityInformation UECapabilityInformation-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } UECapabilityInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ue-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-UECAPABILITYINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UEInformationRequest
The UEInformationRequest message is used by the network to retrieve information from the UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONREQUEST-START UEInformationRequest-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { ueInformationRequest-r16 UEInformationRequest-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } UEInformationRequest-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
idleModeMeasurementReq-r16This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurement information, if available, to the network in the UEInformationResponse message.
ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
logMeasReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about logged measurements.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
connEstFailReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the connection failure.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
ra-ReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the random access procedure.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
rlf-ReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the radio link failure.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
mobilityHistoryReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about mobility history information.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
UEInformationRequest-IEs field descriptions
connEstFailReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the connection failure.
idleModeMeasurementReq
This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurement information, if available, to the network in the UEInformationResponse message.
logMeasReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about logged measurements.
mobilityHistoryReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about mobility history information.
ra-ReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the random access procedure.
rlf-ReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the radio link failure.

–UEInformationResponse
The UEInformationResponse message is used by the UE to transfer information requested by the network.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONRESPONSE-START UEInformationResponse-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { ueInformationResponse-r16 UEInformationResponse-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } UEInformationResponse-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
measResultIdleEUTRA-r16EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultIdleNR-r16NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
MeasResultIdleNR-r16 OPTIONAL,
logMeasReport-r16This field is used to provide the measurement results stored by the UE associated to logged MDT.
LogMeasReport-r16 OPTIONAL, connEstFailReport-r16 ConnEstFailReport-r16 OPTIONAL, ra-ReportList-r16 RA-ReportList-r16 OPTIONAL,
rlf-Report-r16This field is used to indicate the RLF report related contents.
RLF-Report-r16 OPTIONAL, mobilityHistoryReport-r16 MobilityHistoryReport-r16 OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } LogMeasReport-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
absoluteTimeStamp-r16Indicates the absolute time when the logged measurement configuration logging is provided, as indicated by NR within absoluteTimeInfo.
AbsoluteTimeInfo-r16, traceReference-r16 TraceReference-r16,
traceRecordingSessionRef-r16Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].
OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
tce-Id-r16Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)), logMeasInfoList-r16 LogMeasInfoList-r16, logMeasAvailable-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, logMeasAvailableBT-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, logMeasAvailableWLAN-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, ... } LogMeasInfoList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLogMeasReport-r16)) OF LogMeasInfo-r16 LogMeasInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { locationInfo-r16 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL,
relativeTimeStamp-r16Indicates the time of logging measurement results, measured relative to the absoluteTimeStamp. Value in seconds.
INTEGER (0..7200), servCellIdentity-r16 CGI-Info-Logging-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultServingCell-r16This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the Serving cell.
MeasResultServingCell-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultNeighCells-r16This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
SEQUENCE { measResultNeighCellListNR MeasResultListLogging2NR-r16 OPTIONAL, measResultNeighCellListEUTRA MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL },
anyCellSelectionDetected-r16This field is used to indicate the detection of any cell selection state, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. The UE sets this field when performing the logging of measurement results in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE and there is no suitable cell or no acceptable cell.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, ... } ConnEstFailReport-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
measResultFailedCell-r16This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the cell, where connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
MeasResultFailedCell-r16, locationInfo-r16 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultNeighCells-r16This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
SEQUENCE { measResultNeighCellListNR MeasResultList2NR-r16 OPTIONAL, measResultNeighCellListEUTRA MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL },
numberOfConnFail-r16This field is used to indicate the latest number of consecutive failed RRCSetup or RRCResume procedures in the same cell independent of RRC state transition.
INTEGER (1..8),
perRAInfoList-r16This field provides detailed information about each of the random access attempts in the chronological order of the random access attempts.
PerRAInfoList-r16,
timeSinceFailure-r16This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (radio link or handover) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
TimeSinceFailure-r16, ... } MeasResultServingCell-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { resultsSSB-Cell MeasQuantityResults, resultsSSB SEQUENCE{ best-ssb-Index SSB-Index, best-ssb-Results MeasQuantityResults,
numberOfGoodSSBIndicates the number of good beams (beams that are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, if configured by the network) associated to the cells within the R value range (which is configured by network for cell reselection) of the highest ranked cell as part of the beam level measurements. If the UE has no SSB of a neighbour cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE does not include numberOfGoodSSB for the corresponding neighbour cell. If the UE has no SSB of the serving cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE shall set the numberOfGoodSSB for the serving cell to one.
INTEGER (1..maxNrofSSBs-r16) } OPTIONAL } MeasResultFailedCell-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { cgi-Info CGI-Info-Logging-r16, measResult-r16 SEQUENCE { cellResults-r16 SEQUENCE{ resultsSSB-Cell-r16 MeasQuantityResults }, rsIndexResults-r16 SEQUENCE{ resultsSSB-Indexes-r16 ResultsPerSSB-IndexList } } } RA-ReportList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAReport-r16)) OF RA-Report-r16 RA-Report-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { cellId-r16 CHOICE { cellGlobalId-r16 CGI-Info-Logging-r16, pci-arfcn-r16 SEQUENCE { physCellId-r16 PhysCellId, carrierFreq-r16 ARFCN-ValueNR } },
ra-InformationCommon-r16This field is used to indicate the common random-access related information between RA-report and RLF-report. For RA report, this field is mandatory presented. For RLF-report, this field is optionally included when connectionFailureType is set to 'hof' or when connectionFailureType is set to 'rlf' and the rlf-Cause equals to 'randomAccessProblem' or 'beamRecoveryFailure'; otherwise this field is absent.
RA-InformationCommon-r16 OPTIONAL,
raPurpose-r16This field is used to indicate the RA scenario for which the RA report entry is triggered. The RA accesses associated to Initial access from RRC_IDLE, transition from RRC-INACTIVE and the MSG3 based SI request are indicated using the indicator 'accessRelated'. The indicator beamFailureRecovery is used in case of successful beam failure recovery related RA procedure in the SpCell [3]. The indicator reconfigurationWithSync is used if the UE executes a reconfiguration with sync. The indicator ulUnSynchronized is used if the random access procedure is initiated in a SpCell by DL or UL data arrival during RRC_CONNECTED when the timeAlignmentTimer is not running in the PTAG or if the RA procedure is initiatedin a serving cell by a PDCCH order [3]. The indicator schedulingRequestFailure is used in case of SR failures [3]. The indicator noPUCCHResourceAvailable is used when the UE has no valid SR PUCCH resources configured [3]. The indicator requestForOtherSI is used for MSG1 based on demand SI request.
ENUMERATED {accessRelated, beamFailureRecovery, reconfigurationWithSync, ulUnSynchronized, schedulingRequestFailure, noPUCCHResourceAvailable, requestForOtherSI, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, ... } RA-InformationCommon-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
absoluteFrequencyPointA-r16This field indicates the absolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0).
ARFCN-ValueNR,
locationAndBandwidth-r16Frequency domain location and bandwidth of the bandwidth part associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.
INTEGER (0..37949),
subcarrierSpacing-r16Subcarrier spacing used in the BWP associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.
SubcarrierSpacing, msg1-FrequencyStart-r16 INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL, msg1-FrequencyStartCFRA-r16 INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing-r16 SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, msg1-SubcarrierSpacingCFRA-r16 SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, msg1-FDM-r16 ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight} OPTIONAL, msg1-FDMCFRA-r16 ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight} OPTIONAL,
perRAInfoList-r16This field provides detailed information about each of the random access attempts in the chronological order of the random access attempts.
PerRAInfoList-r16, ... } PerRAInfoList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..200)) OF PerRAInfo-r16 PerRAInfo-r16 ::= CHOICE {
perRASSBInfoList-r16This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same SS/PBCH block.
PerRASSBInfo-r16,
perRACSI-RSInfoList-r16This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same CSI-RS.
PerRACSI-RSInfo-r16 } PerRASSBInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
ssb-Index-r16This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH index of the SS/PBCH block corresponding to the random access attempt.
SSB-Index,
numberOfPreamblesSentOnSSB-r16This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding SS/PBCH block.
INTEGER (1..200),
perRAAttemptInfoList-r16This field provides detailed information about a random access attempt.
PerRAAttemptInfoList-r16 } PerRACSI-RSInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-Index-r16This field is used to indicate the CSI-RS index corresponding to the random access attempt.
CSI-RS-Index,
numberOfPreamblesSentOnCSI-RS-r16This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding CSI-RS.
INTEGER (1..200) } PerRAAttemptInfoList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..200)) OF PerRAAttemptInfo-r16 PerRAAttemptInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
contentionDetected-r16This field is used to indicate that contention was detected for the transmitted preamble in the given random access attempt or not. This field is not included when the UE performs random access attempt is using contention free random-access resources or when the raPurpose is set to requestForOtherSI.
BOOLEAN OPTIONAL,
dlRSRPAboveThreshold-r16This field is used to indicate whether the DL beam (SSB) quality associated to the random access attempt was above or below the threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSBin beamFailureRecoveryConfig in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure initiated for beam failure recovery; Otherwise, rsrp-ThresholdSSB in rach-ConfigCommon in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure.
BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, ... } RLF-Report-r16 ::= CHOICE { nr-RLF-Report-r16 SEQUENCE {
measResultLastServCell-r16This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the source PCell upon handover failure.
MeasResultRLFNR-r16,
measResultNeighCells-r16This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
SEQUENCE {
measResultListNR-r16This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring NR Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
MeasResultList2NR-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultListEUTRA-r16This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring EUTRA Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL,
c-RNTI-r16This field indicates the C-RNTI used in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the C-RNTI used in the source PCell upon handover failure.
RNTI-Value,
previousPCellId-r16This field is used to indicate the source PCell of the last handover (source PCell when the last RRCReconfiguration message including reconfigurationWithSync was received). For intra-NR handover nrPreviousCell is included and for the handover from EUTRA to NR eutraPreviousCell is included.
CHOICE { nrPreviousCell-r16 CGI-Info-Logging-r16, eutraPreviousCell-r16 CGI-InfoEUTRALogging } OPTIONAL,
failedPCellId-r16This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the target PCell of the failed handover. For intra-NR handover nrFailedPCellId is included and for the handover from NR to EUTRA eutraFailedPCellId is included. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the frequency band used for transmission/ reception when the failure occurred.
CHOICE { nrFailedPCellId-r16 CHOICE { cellGlobalId-r16 CGI-Info-Logging-r16, pci-arfcn-r16 SEQUENCE { physCellId-r16 PhysCellId, carrierFreq-r16 ARFCN-ValueNR } }, eutraFailedPCellId-r16 CHOICE { cellGlobalId-r16 CGI-InfoEUTRALogging, pci-arfcn-r16 SEQUENCE { physCellId-r16 EUTRA-PhysCellId, carrierFreq-r16 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA } } },
reconnectCellId-r16This field is used to indicate the cell in which the UE comes back to connected after connection failure and after failing to perform reestablishment. If the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an NR cell then nrReconnectCellID is included and if the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an LTE cell then eutraReconnectCellID is included
CHOICE { nrReconnectCellId-r16 CGI-Info-Logging-r16, eutraReconnectCellId-r16 CGI-InfoEUTRALogging } OPTIONAL, timeUntilReconnection-16 TimeUntilReconnection-16 OPTIONAL,
reestablishmentCellId-r16This field is used to indicate the cell in which the re-establishment attempt was made after connection failure.
CGI-Info-Logging-r16 OPTIONAL,
timeConnFailure-r16This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last HO initialization until connection failure. Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL,
timeSinceFailure-r16This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (radio link or handover) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
TimeSinceFailure-r16,
connectionFailureType-r16This field is used to indicate whether the connection failure is due to radio link failure or handover failure.
ENUMERATED {rlf, hof},
rlf-Cause-r16This field is used to indicate the cause of the last radio link failure that was detected. In case of handover failure information reporting (i.e., the connectionFailureType is set to 'hof'), the UE is allowed to set this field to any value.
ENUMERATED {t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, rlc-MaxNumRetx, beamFailureRecoveryFailure, lbtFailure-r16, bh-rlfRecoveryFailure, spare2, spare1}, locationInfo-r16 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL,
noSuitableCellFound-r16This field is set by the UE when the T311 expires.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
ra-InformationCommon-r16This field is used to indicate the common random-access related information between RA-report and RLF-report. For RA report, this field is mandatory presented. For RLF-report, this field is optionally included when connectionFailureType is set to 'hof' or when connectionFailureType is set to 'rlf' and the rlf-Cause equals to 'randomAccessProblem' or 'beamRecoveryFailure'; otherwise this field is absent.
RA-InformationCommon-r16 OPTIONAL, ... }, eutra-RLF-Report-r16 SEQUENCE {
failedPCellId-EUTRAThis field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the source PCell of the failed handover in an E-UTRA RLF report.
CGI-InfoEUTRALogging,
measResult-RLF-Report-EUTRA-r16Includes the E-UTRA RLF-Report-r9 IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
OCTET STRING, ... } } MeasResultList2NR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2NR-r16 MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16 ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-r16 MeasResult2NR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { ssbFrequency-r16 ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, refFreqCSI-RS-r16 ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, measResultList-r16 MeasResultListNR } MeasResultListLogging2NR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResultLogging2NR-r16 MeasResultLogging2NR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreq-r16 ARFCN-ValueNR, measResultListLoggingNR-r16 MeasResultListLoggingNR-r16 } MeasResultListLoggingNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultLoggingNR-r16 MeasResultLoggingNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { physCellId-r16 PhysCellId, resultsSSB-Cell-r16 MeasQuantityResults,
numberOfGoodSSB-r16Indicates the number of good beams (beams that are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, if configured by the network) associated to the cells within the R value range (which is configured by network for cell reselection) of the highest ranked cell as part of the beam level measurements. If the UE has no SSB of a neighbour cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE does not include numberOfGoodSSB for the corresponding neighbour cell. If the UE has no SSB of the serving cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE shall set the numberOfGoodSSB for the serving cell to one.
INTEGER (1..maxNrofSSBs-r16) OPTIONAL } MeasResult2EUTRA-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreq-r16 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, measResultList-r16 MeasResultListEUTRA } MeasResultRLFNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { measResult-r16 SEQUENCE { cellResults-r16 SEQUENCE{ resultsSSB-Cell-r16 MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL, resultsCSI-RS-Cell-r16 MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL }, rsIndexResults-r16 SEQUENCE{ resultsSSB-Indexes-r16 ResultsPerSSB-IndexList OPTIONAL,
ssbRLMConfigBitmap-r16This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH block indexes that are also part of the RLM configurations.
BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) OPTIONAL, resultsCSI-RS-Indexes-r16 ResultsPerCSI-RS-IndexList OPTIONAL,
csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-r16This field is used to indicate the CSI-RS indexes that are also part of the RLM configurations.
BIT STRING (SIZE (96)) OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL } } TimeSinceFailure-r16 ::= INTEGER (0..172800) MobilityHistoryReport-r16 ::= VisitedCellInfoList-r16 TimeUntilReconnection-16 ::= INTEGER (0..172800) -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONRESPONSE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
UEInformationResponse-IEs field descriptions
logMeasReport
This field is used to provide the measurement results stored by the UE associated to logged MDT.
measResultIdleEUTRA
EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
measResultIdleNR
NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
ra-Report
This field is used to provide the list of RA reports that is stored by the UE for the past upto maxRAReport-r16 number of successful random access procedues.
rlf-Report
This field is used to indicate the RLF report related contents.
LogMeasReport field descriptions
absoluteTimeStamp
Indicates the absolute time when the logged measurement configuration logging is provided, as indicated by NR within absoluteTimeInfo.
anyCellSelectionDetected
This field is used to indicate the detection of any cell selection state, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. The UE sets this field when performing the logging of measurement results in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE and there is no suitable cell or no acceptable cell.
measResultServingCell
This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the Serving cell.
numberOfGoodSSB
Indicates the number of good beams (beams that are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, if configured by the network) associated to the cells within the R value range (which is configured by network for cell reselection) of the highest ranked cell as part of the beam level measurements. If the UE has no SSB of a neighbour cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE does not include numberOfGoodSSB for the corresponding neighbour cell. If the UE has no SSB of the serving cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE shall set the numberOfGoodSSB for the serving cell to one.
relativeTimeStamp
Indicates the time of logging measurement results, measured relative to the absoluteTimeStamp. Value in seconds.
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].
ConnEstFailReport field descriptions
measResultFailedCell
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the cell, where connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
measResultNeighCells
This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
numberOfConnFail
This field is used to indicate the latest number of consecutive failed RRCSetup or RRCResume procedures in the same cell independent of RRC state transition.
numberOfPreamblesSent
This field is used to indicate the number of random access preambles that were transmitted.
timeSinceFailure
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (establishment or resume) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
RA-Report field descriptions
absoluteFrequencyPointA
This field indicates the absolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0).
cellID
This field indicates the CGI of the cell in which the associated random access procedure was performed.
contentionDetected
This field is used to indicate that contention was detected for the transmitted preamble in the given random access attempt or not. This field is not included when the UE performs random access attempt is using contention free random-access resources or when the raPurpose is set to requestForOtherSI.
csi-RS-Index
This field is used to indicate the CSI-RS index corresponding to the random access attempt.
dlRSRPAboveThreshold
This field is used to indicate whether the DL beam (SSB) quality associated to the random access attempt was above or below the threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSBin beamFailureRecoveryConfig in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure initiated for beam failure recovery; Otherwise, rsrp-ThresholdSSB in rach-ConfigCommon in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure.
locationAndBandwidth
Frequency domain location and bandwidth of the bandwidth part associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.
numberOfPreamblesSentOnCSI-RS
This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding CSI-RS.
numberOfPreamblesSentOnSSB
This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding SS/PBCH block.
perRAAttemptInfoList
This field provides detailed information about a random access attempt.
perRAInfoList
This field provides detailed information about each of the random access attempts in the chronological order of the random access attempts.
perRACSI-RSInfoList
This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same CSI-RS.
perRASSBInfoList
This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same SS/PBCH block.
raPurpose
This field is used to indicate the RA scenario for which the RA report entry is triggered. The RA accesses associated to Initial access from RRC_IDLE, transition from RRC-INACTIVE and the MSG3 based SI request are indicated using the indicator 'accessRelated'. The indicator beamFailureRecovery is used in case of successful beam failure recovery related RA procedure in the SpCell [3]. The indicator reconfigurationWithSync is used if the UE executes a reconfiguration with sync. The indicator ulUnSynchronized is used if the random access procedure is initiated in a SpCell by DL or UL data arrival during RRC_CONNECTED when the timeAlignmentTimer is not running in the PTAG or if the RA procedure is initiatedin a serving cell by a PDCCH order [3]. The indicator schedulingRequestFailure is used in case of SR failures [3]. The indicator noPUCCHResourceAvailable is used when the UE has no valid SR PUCCH resources configured [3]. The indicator requestForOtherSI is used for MSG1 based on demand SI request.
ra-InformationCommon
This field is used to indicate the common random-access related information between RA-report and RLF-report. For RA report, this field is mandatory presented. For RLF-report, this field is optionally included when connectionFailureType is set to 'hof' or when connectionFailureType is set to 'rlf' and the rlf-Cause equals to 'randomAccessProblem' or 'beamRecoveryFailure'; otherwise this field is absent.
ssb-Index
This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH index of the SS/PBCH block corresponding to the random access attempt.
subcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing used in the BWP associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.
RLF-Report field descriptions
connectionFailureType
This field is used to indicate whether the connection failure is due to radio link failure or handover failure.
csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap
This field is used to indicate the CSI-RS indexes that are also part of the RLM configurations.
c-RNTI
This field indicates the C-RNTI used in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the C-RNTI used in the source PCell upon handover failure.
failedPCellId
This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the target PCell of the failed handover. For intra-NR handover nrFailedPCellId is included and for the handover from NR to EUTRA eutraFailedPCellId is included. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the frequency band used for transmission/ reception when the failure occurred.
failedPCellId-EUTRA
This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the source PCell of the failed handover in an E-UTRA RLF report.
measResultListEUTRA
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring EUTRA Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
measResultListNR
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring NR Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
measResultLastServCell
This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the source PCell upon handover failure.
measResult-RLF-Report-EUTRA
Includes the E-UTRA RLF-Report-r9 IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
noSuitableCellFound
This field is set by the UE when the T311 expires.
previousPCellId
This field is used to indicate the source PCell of the last handover (source PCell when the last RRCReconfiguration message including reconfigurationWithSync was received). For intra-NR handover nrPreviousCell is included and for the handover from EUTRA to NR eutraPreviousCell is included.
reconnectCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which the UE comes back to connected after connection failure and after failing to perform reestablishment. If the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an NR cell then nrReconnectCellID is included and if the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an LTE cell then eutraReconnectCellID is included
reestablishmentCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which the re-establishment attempt was made after connection failure.
rlf-Cause
This field is used to indicate the cause of the last radio link failure that was detected. In case of handover failure information reporting (i.e., the connectionFailureType is set to 'hof'), the UE is allowed to set this field to any value.
ssbRLMConfigBitmap
This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH block indexes that are also part of the RLM configurations.
timeConnFailure
This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last HO initialization until connection failure. Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
timeSinceFailure
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (radio link or handover) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
timeUntilReconnection
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed between the connection (radio link or handover) failure and the next time the UE comes to RRC CONNECTED in an NR or EUTRA cell.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.

–ULDedicatedMessageSegment
The ULDedicatedMessageSegment message is used to transfer segments of the UECapabilityInformation message.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ULDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-START ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { ulDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
segmentNumber-r16Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded UL DCCH message.
INTEGER (0..15),
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer-r16Includes a segment of the encoded UL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
OCTET STRING,
rrc-MessageSegmentType-r16Indicates whether the included UL DCCH message segment is the last segment or not.
ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-ULDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ULDedicatedMessageSegment field descriptions
segmentNumber
Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded UL DCCH message.
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer
Includes a segment of the encoded UL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
rrc-MessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included UL DCCH message segment is the last segment or not.

–ULInformationTransfer
The ULInformationTransfer message is used for the uplink transfer of NAS or non-3GPP dedicated information.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFER-START ULInformationTransfer ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { ulInformationTransfer ULInformationTransfer-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } ULInformationTransfer-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { dedicatedNAS-Message DedicatedNAS-Message OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFER-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ULInformationTransferIRAT
The ULInformationTransferIRAT message is used for the uplink transfer of information terminated at NR MCG but specified by another RAT. In this version of the specification, the message is used for V2X sidelink communication messages specified in TS 36.331 [10].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERIRAT-START ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { ulInformationTransferIRAT-r16 ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16-IEs, spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL }, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA-r16 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERIRAT-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ULInformationTransferMRDC
The ULInformationTransferMRDC message is used for the uplink transfer of MR-DC dedicated information (e.g. for transferring the NR or E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport message, the FailureInformation message, the UEAssistanceInformation message, the RRCReconfigurationComplete message or the NR or E-UTRA RRC MCGFailureInformation message).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-START ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { ulInformationTransferMRDC ULInformationTransferMRDC-IEs, spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL }, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } ULInformationTransferMRDC-IEs::= SEQUENCE {
ul-DCCH-MessageNRIncludes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport, RRCReconfigurationComplete, UEAssistanceInformation and FailureInformation messages when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the NR MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRAIncludes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport message when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the E-UTRA MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ULInformationTransferIRAT field descriptions
ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message as defined in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport, E-UTRA RRC SidelinkUEInformation and the E-UTRA RRC UEAssistanceInformation messages.
ULInformationTransferMRDC field descriptions
ul-DCCH-MessageNR
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport, RRCReconfigurationComplete, UEAssistanceInformation and FailureInformation messages when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the NR MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.
ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport message when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the E-UTRA MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.

6.3 RRC information elements
6.3.0 Parameterized types
–SetupRelease
SetupRelease allows the ElementTypeParam to be used as the referenced data type for the setup and release entries. See A.3.8 for guidelines.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SETUPRELEASE-START SetupRelease { ElementTypeParam } ::= CHOICE { release NULL, setup ElementTypeParam } -- TAG-SETUPRELEASE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

6.3.1 System information blocks
–SIB2
SIB2 contains cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/or inter-RAT cell re-selection (i.e. applicable for more than one type of cell re-selection but not necessarily all) as well as intra-frequency cell re-selection information other than neighbouring cell related.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB2-START SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { cellReselectionInfoCommon SEQUENCE { nrofSS-BlocksToAverage INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage) OPTIONAL, -- Need S absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation ThresholdNR OPTIONAL, -- Need S rangeToBestCell RangeToBestCell OPTIONAL, -- Need R q-Hyst ENUMERATED { dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24}, speedStateReselectionPars SEQUENCE { mobilityStateParameters MobilityStateParameters, q-HystSF SEQUENCE { sf-Medium ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0}, sf-High ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0} } } OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... }, cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE { s-NonIntraSearchP ReselectionThreshold OPTIONAL, -- Need S s-NonIntraSearchQ ReselectionThresholdQ OPTIONAL, -- Need S threshServingLowP ReselectionThreshold, threshServingLowQ ReselectionThresholdQ OPTIONAL, -- Need R cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority, cellReselectionSubPriority CellReselectionSubPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... }, intraFreqCellReselectionInfo SEQUENCE { q-RxLevMin Q-RxLevMin, q-RxLevMinSUL Q-RxLevMin OPTIONAL, -- Need R q-QualMin Q-QualMin OPTIONAL, -- Need S s-IntraSearchP ReselectionThreshold, s-IntraSearchQ ReselectionThresholdQ OPTIONAL, -- Need S t-ReselectionNR T-Reselection, frequencyBandList MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB OPTIONAL, -- Need S frequencyBandListSUL MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB OPTIONAL, -- Need R p-Max P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need S smtc SSB-MTC OPTIONAL, -- Need S ss-RSSI-Measurement SS-RSSI-Measurement OPTIONAL, -- Need R ssb-ToMeasure SSB-ToMeasure OPTIONAL, -- Need S deriveSSB-IndexFromCell BOOLEAN, ..., [[ t-ReselectionNR-SF SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL -- Need N ]], [[ smtc2-LP-r16 SSB-MTC2-LP-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R ssb-PositionQCL-Common-r16 SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16 OPTIONAL -- Cond SharedSpectrum ]] }, ..., [[ relaxedMeasurement-r16 SEQUENCE { lowMobilityEvaluation-r16 SEQUENCE { s-SearchDeltaP-r16 ENUMERATED { dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dB15, spare3, spare2, spare1}, t-SearchDeltaP-r16 ENUMERATED { s5, s10, s20, s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, s300, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} } OPTIONAL, -- Need R cellEdgeEvaluation-r16 SEQUENCE { s-SearchThresholdP-r16 ReselectionThreshold, s-SearchThresholdQ-r16 ReselectionThresholdQ OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL, -- Need R combineRelaxedMeasCondition-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R highPriorityMeasRelax-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } RangeToBestCell ::= Q-OffsetRange -- TAG-SIB2-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIB3
SIB3 contains neighbouring cell related information relevant only for intra-frequency cell re-selection. The IE includes cells with specific re-selection parameters as well as blacklisted cells.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB3-START SIB3 ::= SEQUENCE {
intraFreqNeighCellListList of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in intraFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
IntraFreqNeighCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R
intraFreqBlackCellListList of blacklisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
IntraFreqBlackCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 IntraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
intraFreqWhiteCellList-r16List of whitelisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
IntraFreqWhiteCellList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
intraFreqCAG-CellList-r16List of intra-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20]) per PLMN.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF IntraFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } IntraFreqNeighCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo IntraFreqNeighCellList-v1610::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 IntraFreqNeighCellInfo ::= SEQUENCE { physCellId PhysCellId,
q-OffsetCellParameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
Q-OffsetRange,
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSULParameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE {
ssb-PositionQCL-r16Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific intra-frequency neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB2 for the indicated cell.
SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16 OPTIONAL -- Cond SharedSpectrum2 } IntraFreqBlackCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PCI-Range IntraFreqWhiteCellList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellWhite)) OF PCI-Range IntraFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-IdentityIndex-r16 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN), cag-CellList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCAG-Cell-r16)) OF PCI-Range } -- TAG-SIB3-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB2 field descriptions
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
Threshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
cellEdgeEvaluation
Indicates the criteria for a UE to detect that it is not at cell edge, in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.2).
cellReselectionInfoCommon
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/ or inter-RAT cell re-selection.
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo
Information common for non-intra-frequency cell re-selection i.e. cell re-selection to inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells.
combineRelaxedMeasCondition
When both lowMobilityEvalutation and cellEdgeEvalutation criteria are present in SIB2, this parameter configures the UE to fulfil both criteria in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection. If the field is absent, the UE is allowed to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection when either or both of the criteria are met. (See TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.0)
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
This field indicates whether the UE can utilize serving cell timing to derive the index of SS block transmitted by neighbour cell. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the serving frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
frequencyBandList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply. The UE behaviour in case the field is absent is described in subclause 5.2.2.4.3.
highPriorityMeasRelax
Indicates whether measurements can be relaxed on high priority frequencies (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.0). If the field is absent, the UE shall not relax measurements on high priority frequenciesbeyond "Thigher_priority_search" unless both low mobility and not at cell edge criteria are fulfilled (see TS 38.133 [14], clause 4.2.2.7, and TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.0).
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency cells.
lowMobilityEvaluation
Indicates the criteria for a UE to detect low mobility, in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.1).
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
p-Max
Value in dBm applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring NR cells. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39]. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
q-Hyst
Parameter "Qhyst" in TS 38.304 [20], Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
q-HystSF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst" in TS 38.304 [20]. The sf-Medium and sf-High concern the additional hysteresis to be applied, in Medium and High Mobility state respectively, to Qhyst as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. In dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6dB, dB-4 corresponds to -4dB and so on.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
rangeToBestCell
Parameter "rangeToBestCell" in TS 38.304 [20]. The network configures only non-negative (in dB) values.
relaxedMeasurement
Configuration to allow relaxation of RRM measurement requirements for cell reselection (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9).
s-IntraSearchP
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 38.304 [20].
s-IntraSearchQ
Parameter "SIntraSearchQ" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SIntraSearchQ.
s-NonIntraSearchP
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 38.304 [20]. If this field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SnonIntraSearchP.
s-NonIntraSearchQ
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchQ" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SnonIntraSearchQ.
s-SearchDeltaP
Parameter "SSearchDeltaP" in TS 38.304 [20]. Value dB3 corresponds to 3 dB, dB6 corresponds to 6 dB and so on.
s-SearchThresholdP
Parameter "SSearchThresholdP" in TS 38.304 [20]. The network configures s-SearchThresholdPto be less than or equal to s-IntraSearchP and s-NonIntraSearchP.
s-SearchThresholdQ
Parameter "SSearchThresholdQ" in TS 38.304 [20]. The network configures s-SearchThresholdQto be less than or equal to s-IntraSearchQ and s-NonIntraSearchQ.
smtc
Measurement timing configuration for intra-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms for the intra-frequnecy cells.
smtc2-LP
Measurement timing configuration for intra-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity (LP) indicated by periodicity in smtc2-LP. The timing offset and duration are equal to the offset and duration indicated in smtc in intraFreqCellReselectionInfo. The periodicity in smtc2-LP can only be set to a value strictly larger than the periodicity in smtc in intraFreqCellReselectionInfo (e.g. if smtc indicates sf20 the Long Periodicity can only be set to sf40, sf80 or sf160, if smtc indicates sf160, smtc2-LP cannot be configured). The pci-List, if present, includes the physical cell identities of the intra-frequency neighbour cells with Long Periodicity. If smtc2-LP is absent, the UE assumes that there are no intra-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity.
ssb-PositionQCL-Common
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for intra-frequency neighbor cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
t-ReselectionNR
Parameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
threshServingLowP
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowP" inTS 38.304 [20].
threshServingLowQ
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowQ" inTS 38.304 [20].
t-SearchDeltaP
Parameter "TSearchDeltaP" in TS 38.304 [20]. Value in seconds. Value s5 means 5 seconds, value s10 means 10 seconds and so on.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
SharedSpectrum
This field is mandatory present if this intra-frequency operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.
SIB3field descriptions
intraFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
intraFreqCAG-CellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20]) per PLMN.
intraFreqNeighCellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in intraFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
intraFreqWhiteCellList
List of whitelisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSUL
Parameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
ssb-PositionQCL
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific intra-frequency neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB2 for the indicated cell.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
SharedSpectrum2
The field is optional present, Need R, if this intra-frequency or neighbor cell operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.

–SIB4
SIB4 contains information relevant for inter-frequency cell re-selection (i.e. information about other NR frequencies and inter-frequency neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection), which can also be used for NR idle/inactive measurements. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB4-START SIB4 ::= SEQUENCE {
interFreqCarrierFreqListList of neighbouring carrier frequencies and frequency specific cell re-selection information. If iinterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqCarrierFreqList (without suffix).
InterFreqCarrierFreqList, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } InterFreqCarrierFreqList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1610 InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
dl-CarrierFreqThis field indicates center frequency of the SS block of the neighbour cells, where the frequency corresponds to a GSCN value as specified in TS 38.101-1 [15].
ARFCN-ValueNR,
frequencyBandListIndicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply.
MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB OPTIONAL, -- Cond Mandatory frequencyBandListSUL MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB OPTIONAL, -- Need R
nrofSS-BlocksToAverageNumber of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidationThreshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
ThresholdNR OPTIONAL, -- Need S
smtcMeasurement timing configuration for inter-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms in this frequency.
SSB-MTC OPTIONAL, -- Need S
ssbSubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
SubcarrierSpacing,
ssb-ToMeasureThe set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
SSB-ToMeasure OPTIONAL, -- Need S
deriveSSB-IndexFromCellThis field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the neighbor frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
BOOLEAN, ss-RSSI-Measurement SS-RSSI-Measurement OPTIONAL,
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
Q-RxLevMin,
q-RxLevMinSULParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
Q-RxLevMin OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
Q-QualMin OPTIONAL, -- Need S
p-MaxValue in dBm applicable for the neighbouring NR cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39].This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need S
t-ReselectionNRParameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionNR-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL, -- Need S
threshX-HighPParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThreshold,
threshX-LowPParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThreshold, threshX-Q SEQUENCE {
threshX-HighQParameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThresholdQ,
threshX-LowQParameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThresholdQ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond RSRQ cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need R cellReselectionSubPriority CellReselectionSubPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-OffsetFreqParameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 38.304 [20].
Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
interFreqNeighCellListList of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
InterFreqNeighCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R
interFreqBlackCellListList of blacklisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
InterFreqBlackCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE { interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 InterFreqNeighCellList-v1610 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
smtc2-LP-r16Measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity (LP) indicated by periodicity in smtc2-LP. The timing offset and duration are equal to the offset and duration indicated in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo. The periodicity in smtc2-LP can only be set to a value strictly larger than the periodicity in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo (e.g. if smtc indicates sf20 the Long Periodicity can only be set to sf40, sf80 or sf160, if smtc indicates sf160, smtc2-LP cannot be configured). The pci-List, if present, includes the physical cell identities of the inter-frequency neighbour cells with Long Periodicity. If smtc2-LP is absent, the UE assumes that there are no inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity.
SSB-MTC2-LP-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
interFreqWhiteCellList-r16List of whitelisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
InterFreqWhiteCellList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
ssb-PositionQCL-Common-r16Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for inter-frequency neighbor cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond SharedSpectrum
interFreqCAG-CellList-r16List of inter-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20] per PLMN.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF InterFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R } InterFreqNeighCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo InterFreqNeighCellList-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 InterFreqNeighCellInfo ::= SEQUENCE { physCellId PhysCellId,
q-OffsetCellParameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
Q-OffsetRange,
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSULParameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } InterFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE {
ssb-PositionQCL-r16Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the common value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB4 for the indicated cell.
SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16 OPTIONAL -- Cond SharedSpectrum2 } InterFreqBlackCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PCI-Range InterFreqWhiteCellList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellWhite)) OF PCI-Range InterFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-IdentityIndex-r16 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN), cag-CellList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCAG-Cell-r16)) OF PCI-Range } -- TAG-SIB4-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB4 field descriptions
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
Threshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
This field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the neighbor frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
dl-CarrierFreq
This field indicates center frequency of the SS block of the neighbour cells, where the frequency corresponds to a GSCN value as specified in TS 38.101-1 [15].
frequencyBandList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply.
interFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
interFreqCAG-CellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20] per PLMN.
interFreqCarrierFreqList
List of neighbouring carrier frequencies and frequency specific cell re-selection information. If iinterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqCarrierFreqList (without suffix).
interFreqNeighCellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
interFreqWhiteCellList
List of whitelisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
p-Max
Value in dBm applicable for the neighbouring NR cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39].This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-OffsetFreq
Parameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSUL
Parameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
smtc
Measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms in this frequency.
smtc2-LP
Measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity (LP) indicated by periodicity in smtc2-LP. The timing offset and duration are equal to the offset and duration indicated in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo. The periodicity in smtc2-LP can only be set to a value strictly larger than the periodicity in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo (e.g. if smtc indicates sf20 the Long Periodicity can only be set to sf40, sf80 or sf160, if smtc indicates sf160, smtc2-LP cannot be configured). The pci-List, if present, includes the physical cell identities of the inter-frequency neighbour cells with Long Periodicity. If smtc2-LP is absent, the UE assumes that there are no inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity.
ssb-PositionQCL
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the common value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB4 for the indicated cell.
ssb-PositionQCL-Common
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for inter-frequency neighbor cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
ssbSubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
threshX-HighP
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowP
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR
Parameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
Conditional PresenceExplanation
Mandatory
The field is mandatory present in SIB4.
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if threshServingLowQ is present in SIB2; otherwise it is absent.
SharedSpectrum
This field is mandatory present if this inter-frequency operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.
SharedSpectrum2
The field is optional present, Need R, if this inter-frequency or neighbor cell operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.

–SIB5
SIB5 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about E-UTRA frequencies and E-UTRAs neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB5-START SIB5 ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqListEUTRAList of carrier frequencies of E-UTRA. If the carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in the carrierFreqListEUTRA (without suffix).
CarrierFreqListEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Need R
t-ReselectionEUTRAParameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20].
T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL, -- Need S lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610 CarrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } CarrierFreqListEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqEUTRA CarrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqEUTRA-v1610 CarrierFreqEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreq ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
eutra-multiBandInfoListIndicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common, and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [22], table 6.2.4-1, for the frequency bands in eutra-multiBandInfoList
EUTRA-MultiBandInfoList OPTIONAL, -- Need R eutra-FreqNeighCellList EUTRA-FreqNeighCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R
eutra-BlackCellListList of blacklisted E-UTRA neighbouring cells.
EUTRA-FreqBlackCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R allowedMeasBandwidth EUTRA-AllowedMeasBandwidth, presenceAntennaPort1 EUTRA-PresenceAntennaPort1, cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need R cellReselectionSubPriority CellReselectionSubPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need R
threshX-HighParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThreshold,
threshX-LowParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThreshold,
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
INTEGER (-70..-22),
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB].
INTEGER (-34..-3),
p-MaxEUTRAThe maximum allowed transmission power in dBm on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 36.304 [27].
INTEGER (-30..33), threshX-Q SEQUENCE {
threshX-HighQParameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThresholdQ,
threshX-LowQParameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThresholdQ } OPTIONAL -- Cond RSRQ } CarrierFreqEUTRA-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE {
highSpeedEUTRACarrier-r16If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced NR-EUTRA inter-RAT measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 38.133 [14] to the E-UTRA carrier.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R } EUTRA-FreqBlackCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-CellBlack)) OF EUTRA-PhysCellIdRange EUTRA-FreqNeighCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellEUTRA)) OF EUTRA-FreqNeighCellInfo EUTRA-FreqNeighCellInfo ::= SEQUENCE { physCellId EUTRA-PhysCellId,
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
EUTRA-Q-OffsetRange,
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-SIB5-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB5 field descriptions
carrierFreqListEUTRA
List of carrier frequencies of E-UTRA. If the carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in the carrierFreqListEUTRA (without suffix).
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
eutra-BlackCellList
List of blacklisted E-UTRA neighbouring cells.
eutra-multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common, and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [22], table 6.2.4-1, for the frequency bands in eutra-multiBandInfoList
highSpeedEUTRACarrier
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced NR-EUTRA inter-RAT measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 38.133 [14] to the E-UTRA carrier.
p-MaxEUTRA
The maximum allowed transmission power in dBm on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 36.304 [27].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB].
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
Conditional PresenceExplanation
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if the threshServingLowQ is present in SIB2; otherwise it is absent.

–SIB6
SIB6 contains an ETWS primary notification.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB6-START SIB6 ::= SEQUENCE {
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
serialNumberIdentifies variations of an ETWS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
warningTypeIdentifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE popup.
OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)), lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB6-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB6 field descriptions
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification.
warningType
Identifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE popup.

–SIB7
SIB7 contains an ETWS secondary notification.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB7-START SIB7 ::= SEQUENCE {
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
serialNumberIdentifies variations of an ETWS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
warningMessageSegmentTypeIndicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.
ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment},
warningMessageSegmentNumberSegment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, A segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
INTEGER (0..63),
warningMessageSegmentCarries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE.
OCTET STRING,
dataCodingSchemeIdentifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification.
OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Segment1 lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB7-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB7 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification.
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, A segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB7, otherwise it is absent.

–SIB8
SIB8 contains a CMAS notification.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB8-START SIB8 ::= SEQUENCE {
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of CMAS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
serialNumberIdentifies variations of a CMAS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
warningMessageSegmentTypeIndicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment},
warningMessageSegmentNumberSegment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
INTEGER (0..63),
warningMessageSegmentCarries a segment, with one or more octets, of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 38.413 [42]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
OCTET STRING,
dataCodingSchemeIdentifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification.
OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Segment1
warningAreaCoordinatesSegmentIf present, carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [28]. The first octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29] and so on.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB8-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB8 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification.
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of CMAS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of a CMAS notification.
warningAreaCoordinatesSegment
If present, carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [28]. The first octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29] and so on.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 38.413 [42]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB8, otherwise it is absent.

–SIB9
SIB9 contains information related to GPS time and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The UE may use the parameters provided in this system information block to obtain the UTC,the GPS and the local time.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB9-START SIB9 ::= SEQUENCE { timeInfo SEQUENCE { timeInfoUTC INTEGER (0..549755813887), dayLightSavingTime BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R leapSeconds INTEGER (-127..128) OPTIONAL, -- Need R localTimeOffset INTEGER (-63..64) OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ referenceTimeInfo-r16 ReferenceTimeInfo-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } -- TAG-SIB9-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIB10
SIB10 contains the HRNNs of the NPNs listed in SIB1. SIB10 information element
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB10-START SIB10-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { hrnn-List-r16 HRNN-List-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } HRNN-List-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNPN-r16)) OF HRNN-r16 HRNN-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { hrnn-r16 OCTET STRING (SIZE(1.. maxHRNN-Len-r16)) OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-SIB10-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB9 field descriptions
dayLightSavingTime
Indicates if and how daylight-saving time (DST) is applied to obtain the local time.The semantics are the same as the semantics of the Daylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.501 [23] and TS 24.008 [38]. The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the b2 of octet 3 and the second bit of the bit string contains b1 of octet 3 in the value part of theDaylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.008 [38].
leapSeconds
Number of leap seconds offset between GPS Time and UTC. UTC and GPS time are related i.e. GPS time -leapSeconds = UTC time.
localTimeOffset
Offset between UTC and local time in units of 15 minutes. Actual value = field value * 15 minutes. Local time of the day is calculated as UTC time + localTimeOffset.
timeInfoUTC
Coordinated Universal Time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SIB9 is transmitted. The field counts the number of UTC seconds in 10 ms units since 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900). See NOTE 1. This field is excluded when determining changes in system information, i.e. changes of timeInfoUTC should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of valueTag in SIB1.
SIB10 field descriptions
HRNN-List
The same amount of HRNN elements as the number of NPNs in SIB 1 are included. The n-th entry of HRNN-List contains the human readable network name of the n-th NPN of SIB1. The hrnn in the corresponding entry in HRNN-List is absent if there is no HRNN associated with the given NPN.

–SIB11
SIB11 contains information related to idle/inactive measurements.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB11-START SIB11-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
measIdleConfigSIB-r16Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
MeasIdleConfigSIB-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need S lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB11-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB11 field descriptions
measIdleConfigSIB
Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.

–SIB12
SIB12 contains NR sidelink communication configuration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB12-START SIB12-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { segmentNumber-r16 INTEGER (0..63), segmentType-r16 ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, segmentContainer-r16 OCTET STRING } SIB12-IEs-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sl-ConfigCommonNR-r16 SL-ConfigCommonNR-r16, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } SL-ConfigCommonNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sl-FreqInfoList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF SL-FreqConfigCommon-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-UE-SelectedConfig-r16 SL-UE-SelectedConfig-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 SL-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 SL-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-RadioBearerConfigList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSLRB-r16)) OF SL-RadioBearerConfig-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-RLC-BearerConfigList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-LCID-r16)) OF SL-RLC-BearerConfig-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-MeasConfigCommon-r16 SL-MeasConfigCommon-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-CSI-Acquisition-r16 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-OffsetDFN-r16 INTEGER (1..1000) OPTIONAL, -- Need R t400-r16 ENUMERATED {ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500, ms2000} OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-MaxNumConsecutiveDTX-r16 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n16, n32} OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-SSB-PriorityNR-r16 INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL -- Need R } SL-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqSL-NR-r16)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR SL-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqSL-EUTRA-r16)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA -- TAG-SIB12-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIB13
SIB13 contains configurations of V2X sidelink communication defined in TS 36.331 [10].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB13-START SIB13-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sl-V2X-ConfigCommon-r16 OCTET STRING, dummy OCTET STRING, tdd-Config-r16 OCTET STRING, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB13-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIB14
SIB14 contains configurations of V2X sidelink communication defined in TS 36.331 [10], which can be used jointly with that included in SIB13.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB14-START SIB14-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-V2X-ConfigCommonExt-r16This field includes the E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType26 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
OCTET STRING, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB14-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB12field descriptions
segmentContainer
This field includes a segment of the encoded SIB12-IEs. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the SIB message size is less than or equal to the maximum size of a NR SI, i.e. 2976 bits when SIB12 is broadcast.
segmentNumber
This field identifies the sequence number of a segment of SIB12-IEs. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, A segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
segmentType
This field indicates whether the included segment is the last segment or not.
sl-CSI-Acquisition
This field indicates whether CSI reporting is enabled in sidelink unicast. If not set, SL CSI reporting is disabled.
sl-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList
This field indicates the EUTRA anchor carrier frequency list, which can provide the NR sidelink communication configurations.
sl-FreqInfoList
This field indicates the NR sidelink communication configuration on some carrier frequency (ies). In this release, only one entry can be configured in the list.
sl-MaxNumConsecutiveDTX
This field indicates the maximum number of consecutive HARQ DTX before triggering sidelink RLF. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2, and so on.
sl-MeasConfigCommon
This field indicates the measurement configurations (e.g. RSRP) for NR sidelink communication.
sl-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList
This field indicates the NR anchor carrier frequency list, which can provide the NR sidelink communication configurations.
sl-OffsetDFN
Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing reference. Value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002 milliseconds, and so on.
sl-RadioBearerConfigList
This field indicates one or multiple sidelink radio bearer configurations.
sl-RLC-BearerConfigList
This field indicates one or multiple sidelink RLC bearer configurations.
sl-SSB-PriorityNR
This field indicates the priority of NR sidelink SSB transmission and reception.
t400
Indicates the value for timer T400 as described in clause 7.1. Value ms100 corresponds to 100 ms, value ms200 corresponds to 200 ms and so on.
SIB13field descriptions
dummy
This field is not used in the specification and the UE ignores the received value.
sl-V2X-ConfigCommon
This field includes the E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType21 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
tdd-Config
This field includes the tdd-Config in E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType1 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
SIB14field descriptions
sl-V2X-ConfigCommonExt
This field includes the E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType26 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

6.3.1a Positioning System information blocks
–PosSystemInformation-r16-IEs
-- ASN1START -- TAG-POSSYSTEMINFORMATION-R16-IES-START PosSystemInformation-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { posSIB-TypeAndInfo-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE { posSib1-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-2-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-3-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-4-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-5-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-6-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-7-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-8-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-2-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-3-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-4-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-5-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-6-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-7-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-8-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-9-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-10-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-11-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-12-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-13-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-14-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-15-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-16-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-17-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-18-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-19-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-20-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-21-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-22-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-23-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib3-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib4-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib5-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib6-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib6-2-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib6-3-r16 SIBpos-r16, ... }, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-POSSYSTEMINFORMATION-R16-IES-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–PosSI-SchedulingInfo
-- ASN1START -- TAG-POSSI-SCHEDULINGINFO-START PosSI-SchedulingInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { posSchedulingInfoList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF PosSchedulingInfo-r16, posSI-RequestConfig-r16 SI-RequestConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond MSG-1 posSI-RequestConfigSUL-r16 SI-RequestConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond SUL-MSG-1 ... } PosSchedulingInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { offsetToSI-Used-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R posSI-Periodicity-r16 ENUMERATED {rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512}, posSI-BroadcastStatus-r16 ENUMERATED {broadcasting, notBroadcasting}, posSIB-MappingInfo-r16 PosSIB-MappingInfo-r16, ... } PosSIB-MappingInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF PosSIB-Type-r16 PosSIB-Type-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { encrypted-r16 ENUMERATED { true } OPTIONAL, -- Need R gnss-id-r16 GNSS-ID-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sbas-id-r16 SBAS-ID-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R posSibType-r16 ENUMERATED { posSibType1-1, posSibType1-2, posSibType1-3, posSibType1-4, posSibType1-5, posSibType1-6, posSibType1-7, posSibType1-8, posSibType2-1, posSibType2-2, posSibType2-3, posSibType2-4, posSibType2-5, posSibType2-6, posSibType2-7, posSibType2-8, posSibType2-9, posSibType2-10, posSibType2-11, posSibType2-12, posSibType2-13, posSibType2-14, posSibType2-15, posSibType2-16, posSibType2-17, posSibType2-18, posSibType2-19, posSibType2-20, posSibType2-21, posSibType2-22, posSibType2-23, posSibType3-1, posSibType4-1, posSibType5-1,posSibType6-1, posSibType6-2, posSibType6-3,... }, areaScope-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need S } GNSS-ID-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { gnss-id-r16 ENUMERATED{gps, sbas, qzss, galileo, glonass, bds, ...}, ... } SBAS-ID-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sbas-id-r16 ENUMERATED { waas, egnos, msas, gagan, ...}, ... } -- TAG-POSSI-SCHEDULINGINFO-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIBpos
The IE SIBpos contains positioning assistance data as defined in TS 37.355 [49].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIPOS-START SIBpos-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
assistanceDataSIB-Element-r16Parameter AssistanceDataSIBelement defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIPOS-STOP -- ASN1STOP
PosSI-SchedulingInfo field descriptions
areaScope
Indicates that a posSIB is area specific. If the field is absent, the posSIB is cell specific.
encrypted
The presence of this field indicates that the pos-sib-type is encrypted as specified in TS 37.355 [49].
gnss-id
The presence of this field indicates that the positioning SIB type is for a specific GNSS. Indicates a specific GNSS (see also TS 37.355 [49])
posSI-BroadcastStatus
Indicates if the SI message is being broadcasted or not.Change of posSI-BroadcastStatus should not result in system information change notifications in Short Message transmitted with P-RNTI over DCI (see clause 6.5). The value of the indication is valid until the end of the BCCH modification period when set to broadcasting.
posSI-RequestConfig
Configuration of Msg1 resources that the UE uses for requesting SI-messages for which posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting.
posSI-RequestConfigSUL
Configuration of Msg1 resources that the UE uses for requesting SI-messages for which posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting.
posSIB-MappingInfo
List of the posSIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.
posSibType
The positioning SIB type is defined in TS 37.355 [49].
posSI-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf8 denotes 8 radio frames, rf16 denotes 16 radio frames, and so on. If the offsetToSI-Used is configured, the posSI-Periodicity of rf8 cannot be used.
offsetToSI-Used
This field, if present indicates that the SI messages in posSchedulingInfoList are scheduled with an offset of 8 radio frames compared to SI messages in schedulingInfoList. offsetToSI-Used may be present only if the shortest configured SI message periodicity for SI messages in schedulingInfoList is 80ms.
sbas-id
The presence of this field indicates that the positioning SIB type is for a specific SBAS. Indicates a specific SBAS (see also TS 37.355 [49]).
Conditional presenceExplanation
MSG-1
The field is optionally present, Need R, if posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcastingfor any SI-message included in PosSchedulingInfo. It is absent otherwise.
SUL-MSG-1
The field is optionally present, Need R, if supplementaryUplink is configured in ServingCellConfigCommonSIB and if posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting for any SI-message included in PosSchedulingInfo. It is absent otherwise.
SIBpos field descriptions
assistanceDataSIB-Element
Parameter AssistanceDataSIBelement defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.

6.3.2 Radio resource control information elements
–AdditionalSpectrumEmission
The IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission is used to indicate emission requirements to be fulfilled by the UE (see TS 38.101-1 [15], clause 6.2.3, and TS 38.101-2 [39], clause 6.2.3).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-START AdditionalSpectrumEmission ::= INTEGER (0..7) -- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–Alpha
The IE Alpha defines possible values of a the pathloss compensation coefficient for uplink power control. Value alpha0 corresponds to the value 0, Value alpha04 corresponds to the value 0.4, Value alpha05 corresponds to the value 0.5 and so on. Value alpha1 corresponds to value 1. See also clause 7.1 of TS 38.213 [13].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ALPHA-START Alpha ::= ENUMERATED {alpha0, alpha04, alpha05, alpha06, alpha07, alpha08, alpha09, alpha1} -- TAG-ALPHA-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–AMF-Identifier
The IE AMF-Identifier (AMFI) comprises of an AMF Region ID,an AMF Set ID and an AMF Pointer as specified in TS 23.003 [21], clause 2.10.1.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-AMF-IDENTIFIER-START AMF-Identifier ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (24)) -- TAG-AMF-IDENTIFIER-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
The IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink, uplink or bi-directional (TDD) E-UTRA carrier frequency, as defined in TS 36.101 [22].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUEEUTRA-START ARFCN-ValueEUTRA ::= INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN) -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUEEUTRA-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ARFCN-ValueNR
The IE ARFCN-ValueNR is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink, uplink or bi-directional (TDD) NR global frequency raster, as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15] and TS 38.101-2 [39], clause 5.4.2.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUENR-START ARFCN-ValueNR ::= INTEGER (0..maxNARFCN) -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUENR-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD
The IE ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink (Nd, FDD) UTRA-FDD carrier frequency, as defined in TS 25.331 [45].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-START ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-r16 ::= INTEGER (0..16383) -- TAG-ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell
The IE AvailabiltyCombinationsPerCell is used to configure the AvailabiltyCombinations applicable for a cell of the IAB-node DU (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-AVAILABILITYCOMBINATIONSPERCELL-START AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { availabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16 AvailabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16,
iab-DU-CellIdentity-r16The ID of the IAB-DU cell for which the availabilityCombinations are applicable.
CellIdentity, positionInDCI-AI-r16 INTEGER(0..maxAI-DCI-PayloadSize-r16-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need M availabilityCombinations-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofAvailabilityCombinationsPerSet-r16)) OF AvailabilityCombination-r16, ... } AvailabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16 ::= INTEGER(0..maxNrofDUCells-r16) AvailabilityCombination-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { availabilityCombinationId-r16 AvailabilityCombinationId-r16,
resourceAvailability-r16Indicates the resource availability of soft symbols for a set of consecutive slots in the time domain. The meaning of this fieldis described in TS 38.213 [13], Table 14.3.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofResourceAvailabilityPerCombination-r16)) OF INTEGER (0..7) } AvailabilityCombinationId-r16 ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofAvailabilityCombinationsPerSet-r16-1) -- TAG-AVAILABILITYCOMBINATIONSPERCELL-STOP -- ASN1STOP
AvailabilityCombination field descriptions
resourceAvailability
Indicates the resource availability of soft symbols for a set of consecutive slots in the time domain. The meaning of this fieldis described in TS 38.213 [13], Table 14.3.
availabiltyCombinationId
This ID is used in the DCI Format 2_5 payload to dynamically select this AvailabilityCombination, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14.
AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell field descriptions
iab-DU-CellIdentity
The ID of the IAB-DU cell for which the availabilityCombinations are applicable.
positionInDC-AI
The (starting) position (bit) of the AvailabilityCombinationId for the indicated IAB-DU cell (iab-DU-CellIdentity) within the DCI payload.

–AvailabilityIndicator
The IE AvailabilityIndicator is used to configure monitoring a PDCCH for Availability Indicators (AI).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-AVAILABILITYINDICATOR-START AvailabilityIndicator-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
ai-RNTI-r16Used by an IAB-MT for detection of DCI format 2_5 indicating AvailabilityCombinationId for an IAB-DU's cells.
AI-RNTI-r16,
dci-PayloadSizeAI-r16Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with ai-RNTI (see TS 38.213 [13]).
INTEGER (1..maxAI-DCI-PayloadSize-r16),
availableCombToAddModList-r16A list of availabilityCombinations to add for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofDUCells-r16)) OF AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
availableCombToReleaseList-r16A list of availabilityCombinations to release for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofDUCells-r16)) OF AvailabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N ... } AI-RNTI-r16 ::= RNTI-Value -- TAG-AVAILABILITYINDICATOR-STOP -- ASN1STOP
AvailabilityIndicator field descriptions
ai-RNTI
Used by an IAB-MT for detection of DCI format 2_5 indicating AvailabilityCombinationId for an IAB-DU's cells.
availableCombToAddModList
A list of availabilityCombinations to add for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
availableCombToReleaseList
A list of availabilityCombinations to release for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
dci-PayloadSizeAI
Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with ai-RNTI (see TS 38.213 [13]).

–BAP-RoutingID
The IE BAP-RoutingID is used for IAB-node to configure the BAP Routing ID.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BAPROUTINGID-START BAP-RoutingID-r16::= SEQUENCE{
bap-Address-r16The ID of a destination IAB-node or IAB-donor-DU used in the BAP header.
BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
bap-PathId-r16The ID of a path used in the BAP header.
BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) } -- TAG-BAPROUTINGID-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BAP-RoutingID field descriptions
bap-Address
The ID of a destination IAB-node or IAB-donor-DU used in the BAP header.
bap-PathId
The ID of a path used in the BAP header.

–BeamFailureRecoveryConfig
The IE BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is used to configure the UE with RACH resources and candidate beams for beam failure recovery in case of beam failure detection. See also TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYCONFIG-START BeamFailureRecoveryConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
rootSequenceIndex-BFRPRACH root sequence index (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.3.3.1) for beam failure recovery.
INTEGER (0..137) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
rach-ConfigBFRConfiguration of contention free random access occasions for BFR.
RACH-ConfigGeneric OPTIONAL, -- Need M
rsrp-ThresholdSSBL1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be used by the UE to attempt contention free random access to recover from beam failure (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).
RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need M candidateBeamRSList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCandidateBeams)) OF PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR OPTIONAL, -- Need M
ssb-perRACH-OccasionNumber of SSBs per RACH occasion for CF-BFR, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1.
ENUMERATED {oneEighth, oneFourth, oneHalf, one, two, four, eight, sixteen} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndexExplicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 38.321 [3]. The mask is valid for all SSB resources.
INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
recoverySearchSpaceIdSearch space to use for BFR RAR. The network configures this search space to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided. The CORESET associated with the recovery search space cannot be associated with another search space. Network always configures the UE with a value for this field when contention free random access resources for BFR are configured.
SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need R ra-Prioritization RA-Prioritization OPTIONAL, -- Need R
beamFailureRecoveryTimerTimer for beam failure recovery timer. Upon expiration of the timer the UE does not use CFRA for BFR. Value in ms. Value ms10 corresponds to 10 ms, value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, and so on.
ENUMERATED {ms10, ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms150, ms200} OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
msg1-SubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing for contention free beam failure recovery. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3.2.
SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL -- Need M ]], [[
ra-PrioritizationTwoStep-r16Parameters which apply for prioritized 2-step random access procedure for BFR (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1).
RA-Prioritization OPTIONAL, -- Need R candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610 SetupRelease{ CandidateBeamRSListExt-r16 } OPTIONAL -- Need M ]], [[
spCell-BFR-CBRA-r16Indicates that UE is configured to send BFR MAC CE for SpCell BFR as specified in TS38.321 [3].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR ::= CHOICE {
ssbThe ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
BFR-SSB-Resource,
csi-RSThe ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
BFR-CSIRS-Resource } BFR-SSB-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
ssbThe ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
SSB-Index,
ra-PreambleIndexThe preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
INTEGER (0..63), ... } BFR-CSIRS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RSThe ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
ra-OccasionListRA occasions that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS.The network ensures that the RA occasion indexes provided herein are also configured by prach-ConfigurationIndex and msg1-FDM. Each RACH occasion is sequentially numbered, first, in increasing order of frequency resource indexes for frequency multiplexed PRACH occasions; second, in increasing order of time resource indexes for time multiplexed PRACH occasions within a PRACH slot and Third, in increasing order of indexes for PRACH slots. If the field is absent the UE uses the RA occasion associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRA-OccasionsPerCSIRS)) OF INTEGER (0..maxRA-Occasions-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
ra-PreambleIndexThe preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
INTEGER (0..63) OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } CandidateBeamRSListExt-r16::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1.. maxNrofCandidateBeamsExt-r16)) OF PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BeamFailureRecoveryConfig field descriptions
beamFailureRecoveryTimer
Timer for beam failure recovery timer. Upon expiration of the timer the UE does not use CFRA for BFR. Value in ms. Value ms10 corresponds to 10 ms, value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, and so on.
candidateBeamRSList, candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610
The list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery and the associated RA parameters. The UE shall consider this list to include all elements of candidateBeamRSList (without suffix) and all elements of candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610. The network configures these reference signals to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided.
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing for contention free beam failure recovery. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3.2.
rsrp-ThresholdSSB
L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be used by the UE to attempt contention free random access to recover from beam failure (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).
ra-prioritization
Parameters which apply for prioritized random access procedure for BFR (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1).
ra-PrioritizationTwoStep
Parameters which apply for prioritized 2-step random access procedure for BFR (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1).
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex
Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 38.321 [3]. The mask is valid for all SSB resources.
rach-ConfigBFR
Configuration of contention free random access occasions for BFR.
recoverySearchSpaceId
Search space to use for BFR RAR. The network configures this search space to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided. The CORESET associated with the recovery search space cannot be associated with another search space. Network always configures the UE with a value for this field when contention free random access resources for BFR are configured.
rootSequenceIndex-BFR
PRACH root sequence index (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.3.3.1) for beam failure recovery.
spCell-BFR-CBRA
Indicates that UE is configured to send BFR MAC CE for SpCell BFR as specified in TS38.321 [3].
ssb-perRACH-Occasion
Number of SSBs per RACH occasion for CF-BFR, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1.
BFR-CSIRS-Resource field descriptions
csi-RS
The ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
ra-OccasionList
RA occasions that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS.The network ensures that the RA occasion indexes provided herein are also configured by prach-ConfigurationIndex and msg1-FDM. Each RACH occasion is sequentially numbered, first, in increasing order of frequency resource indexes for frequency multiplexed PRACH occasions; second, in increasing order of time resource indexes for time multiplexed PRACH occasions within a PRACH slot and Third, in increasing order of indexes for PRACH slots. If the field is absent the UE uses the RA occasion associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
ra-PreambleIndex
The RA preamble index to use in the RA occasions associated with this CSI-RS. If the field is absent, the UE uses the preamble index associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
BFR-SSB-Resource field descriptions
ra-PreambleIndex
The preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
ssb
The ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).

–BeamFailureRecoverySCellConfig
The IE BeamFailureRecoverySCellConfig is used to configure the UE with candidate beams for beam failure recovery in case of beam failure detection in SCell. See also TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.x.x.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYSCELLCONFIG-START BeamFailureRecoverySCellConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
rsrp-ThresholdBFR-r16L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be included by the UE be in BFR MAC CE (see TS 38.213 [13], clause X).The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.
RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need M
candidateBeamRSSCellList-r16A list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery. The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCandidateBeams-r16)) OF CandidateBeamRS-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M ... } CandidateBeamRS-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
candidateBeamConfig-r16Indicates the resource (i.e. SSB or CSI-RS) defining this beam resource.
CHOICE { ssb-r16 SSB-Index, csi-RS-r16 NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId },
servingCellIdIf the field is absent, the RS belongs to the serving cell in which this BeamFailureSCellRecoveryConfig is configured
ServCellIndex OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYSCELLCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BeamFailureRecoverySCellConfig field descriptions
candidateBeamConfig
Indicates the resource (i.e. SSB or CSI-RS) defining this beam resource.
candidateBeamRSSCellList
A list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery. The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.
rsrp-ThresholdBFR
L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be included by the UE be in BFR MAC CE (see TS 38.213 [13], clause X).The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.
servingCellId
If the field is absent, the RS belongs to the serving cell in which this BeamFailureSCellRecoveryConfig is configured

–BetaOffsets
The IE BetaOffsets is used to configure beta-offset values, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BETAOFFSETS-START BetaOffsets ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffsetACK-Index1Up to 2 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetACK-Index2Up to 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetACK-Index3Above 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index1Up to 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index2Above 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index1Up to 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index2Above 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL -- Need S } -- TAG-BETAOFFSETS-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BetaOffsets field descriptions
betaOffsetACK-Index1
Up to 2 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetACK-Index2
Up to 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetACK-Index3
Above 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index1
Up to 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index2
Above 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index1
Up to 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index2
Above 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.

–BH-LogicalChannelIdentity
The IE BH-LogicalChannelIdentity is used to identify a logical channel between an IAB-node and its parent IAB-node or IAB-donor-DU.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITY-START BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16 ::= CHOICE { bh-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16 LogicalChannelIdentity, bh-LogicalChannelIdentityExt-r16 BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-Ext-r16 } -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-Ext
The IE BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-Ext is used to identify a logical channel between an IAB-node and its parent node.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITYEXT-START BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-Ext-r16 ::= INTEGER (320.. maxLC-ID-Iab-r16) -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITYEXT-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BH-LogicalChannelIdentityfield descriptions
bh-LogicalChannelIdentity
ID used for the MAC logical channel.
bh-LogicalChannelIdentityExt
ID used for the MAC logical channel.

–BH-RLC-ChannelConfig
The IE BH-RLC-ChannelConfig is used to configure an RLC entity, a corresponding logical channel in MAC for BH RLC channel between IAB-node and its parent node.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELCONFIG-START BH-RLC-ChannelConfig-r16::= SEQUENCE { bh-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16 BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-SetupOnly bh-RLC-ChannelID-r16 BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16, reestablishRLC-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N rlc-Config-r16 RLC-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-Setup mac-LogicalChannelConfig-r16 LogicalChannelConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-Setup ... } -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–BH-RLC-ChannelID
The IE BH-RLC-ChannelID is used to identify a BH RLC channel in the link between IAB-MT of the IAB-node and IAB-DU of the parent IAB-node or IAB-donor-DU.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELID-START BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELID-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BH-RLCChannelConfigfield descriptions
bh-LogicalChannelIdentity
Indicates the logical channel id for BH RLC channel of the IAB-node.
bh-RLC-ChannelID
Indicates the BH RLC channel in the link between IAB-MT of the IAB-node and IAB-DU of the parent IAB-nodeor IAB-donor-DU.
reestablishRLC
Indicates that RLC should be re-established.
rlc-Config
Determines the RLC mode (UM, AM) and provides corresponding parameters.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
LCH-Setup
This field is mandatory present upon creation of a new logical channel for a BH RLC channel. It is optionally present, Need M, otherwise.
LCH-SetupOnly
This field is mandatory present upon creation of a BH RLC channel. It is absent, Need M otherwise.

–BSR-Config
The IE BSR-Config is used to configure buffer status reporting.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BSR-CONFIG-START BSR-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
periodicBSR-TimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, value sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
ENUMERATED { sf1, sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, infinity },
retxBSR-TimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
ENUMERATED { sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120, sf10240, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on.
ENUMERATED { sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512, sf1024, sf2560, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } -- TAG-BSR-CONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BSR-Config field descriptions
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on.
periodicBSR-Timer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, value sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
retxBSR-Timer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.

–BWP
The IE BWP is used to configure generic parameters of a bandwidth part as defined in TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.5, and TS 38.213 [13], clause 12. For each serving cell the network configures at least an initial downlink bandwidth part and one (if the serving cell is configured with an uplink) or two (if using supplementary uplink (SUL)) initial uplink bandwidth parts. Furthermore, the network may configure additional uplink and downlink bandwidth parts for a serving cell. The uplink and downlink bandwidth part configurations are divided into common and dedicated parameters.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-START BWP ::= SEQUENCE {
locationAndBandwidthFrequency domain location and bandwidth of this bandwidth part. The value of the field shall be interpreted as resource indicator value (RIV) as defined TS 38.214 [19] with assumptions as described in TS 38.213 [13], clause 12, i.e. setting =275. The first PRB is a PRB determined by subcarrierSpacing of this BWP and offsetToCarrier (configured in SCS-SpecificCarrier contained within FrequencyInfoDL / FrequencyInfoUL / FrequencyInfoUL-SIB / FrequencyInfoDL-SIB within ServingCellConfigCommon / ServingCellConfigCommonSIB) corresponding to this subcarrier spacing. In case of TDD, a BWP-pair (UL BWP and DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) must have the same center frequency (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 12)
INTEGER (0..37949),
subcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing to be used in this BWP for all channels and reference signals unless explicitly configured elsewhere. Corresponds to subcarrier spacing according to TS 38.211 [16], table 4.2-1. The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, value kHz30 corresponds to µ=1, and so on. Only the values 15 kHz, 30 kHz, or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. For the initial DL BWP this field has the same value as the field subCarrierSpacingCommon in MIB of the same serving cell.
SubcarrierSpacing,
cyclicPrefixIndicates whether to use the extended cyclic prefix for this bandwidth part. If not set, the UE uses the normal cyclic prefix. Normal CP is supported for all subcarrier spacings and slot formats. Extended CP is supported only for 60 kHz subcarrier spacing. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.2)
ENUMERATED { extended } OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-BWP-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP field descriptions
cyclicPrefix
Indicates whether to use the extended cyclic prefix for this bandwidth part. If not set, the UE uses the normal cyclic prefix. Normal CP is supported for all subcarrier spacings and slot formats. Extended CP is supported only for 60 kHz subcarrier spacing. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.2)
locationAndBandwidth
Frequency domain location and bandwidth of this bandwidth part. The value of the field shall be interpreted as resource indicator value (RIV) as defined TS 38.214 [19] with assumptions as described in TS 38.213 [13], clause 12, i.e. setting =275. The first PRB is a PRB determined by subcarrierSpacing of this BWP and offsetToCarrier (configured in SCS-SpecificCarrier contained within FrequencyInfoDL / FrequencyInfoUL / FrequencyInfoUL-SIB / FrequencyInfoDL-SIB within ServingCellConfigCommon / ServingCellConfigCommonSIB) corresponding to this subcarrier spacing. In case of TDD, a BWP-pair (UL BWP and DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) must have the same center frequency (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 12)
subcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing to be used in this BWP for all channels and reference signals unless explicitly configured elsewhere. Corresponds to subcarrier spacing according to TS 38.211 [16], table 4.2-1. The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, value kHz30 corresponds to µ=1, and so on. Only the values 15 kHz, 30 kHz, or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 kHz or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. For the initial DL BWP this field has the same value as the field subCarrierSpacingCommon in MIB of the same serving cell.

–BWP-Downlink
The IE BWP-Downlink is used to configure an additional downlink bandwidth part (not for the initial BWP).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINK-START BWP-Downlink ::= SEQUENCE {
bwp-IdAn identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part. The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
BWP-Id, bwp-Common BWP-DownlinkCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupOtherBWP bwp-Dedicated BWP-DownlinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupOtherBWP ... } -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINK-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-Downlink field descriptions
bwp-Id
An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part. The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
SetupOtherBWP
The field is mandatory present upon configuration of a new DL BWP. The field is optionally present, Need M, otherwise.

–BWP-DownlinkCommon
The IE BWP-DownlinkCommon is used to configure the common parameters of a downlink BWP. They are "cell specific" and the network ensures the necessary alignment with corresponding parameters of other UEs. The common parameters of the initial bandwidth part of the PCell are also provided via system information. For all other serving cells, the network provides the common parameters via dedicated signalling.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKCOMMON-START BWP-DownlinkCommon ::= SEQUENCE { genericParameters BWP,
pdcch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PDCCH of this BWP. This field is absent for a dormant BWP.
SetupRelease { PDCCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pdsch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PDSCH of this BWP.
SetupRelease { PDSCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ... } -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKCOMMON-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-DownlinkCommon field descriptions
pdcch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PDCCH of this BWP. This field is absent for a dormant BWP.
pdsch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PDSCH of this BWP.

–BWP-DownlinkDedicated
The IE BWP-DownlinkDedicated is used to configure the dedicated (UE specific) parameters of a downlink BWP.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKDEDICATED-START BWP-DownlinkDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
pdcch-ConfigUE specific PDCCH configuration for one BWP.
SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pdsch-ConfigUE specific PDSCH configuration for one BWP.
SetupRelease { PDSCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sps-ConfigUE specific SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling) configuration for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure sps-Config when there is an active configured downlink assignment (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the sps-Config at any time. Network can only configure SPS in one BWP using either this field or sps-ConfigToAddModList.
SetupRelease { SPS-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
radioLinkMonitoringConfigUE specific configuration of radio link monitoring for detecting cell- and beam radio link failure occasions.The maximum number of failure detection resources should be limited up to 8 for both cell and beam radio link failure detection. For SCells, only periodic 1-port CSI-RS can be configured in IE RadioLinkMonitoringConfig.
SetupRelease { RadioLinkMonitoringConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
sps-ConfigToAddModList-r16Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be added or modified in one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a SPS configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]).
SPS-ConfigToAddModList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
sps-ConfigToReleaseList-r16Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be released. The NW may release a SPS configuration at any time.
SPS-ConfigToReleaseList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
sps-ConfigDeactivationStateList-r16Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple SPS configurations to be deactivated, see clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13]. If a state is mapped to multiple SPS configurations, each of these SPS configurations is configured with the same harq-CodebookID.
SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
beamFailureRecoverySCellConfig-r16Configuration of candidate RS for beam failure recovery in SCells.
SetupRelease {BeamFailureRecoverySCellConfig-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellOnly
sl-PDCCH-Config-r16Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving the SL grants (via SL-RNTI or SL-CS-RNTI) for NR sidelink communication.
SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sl-V2X-PDCCH-Config-r16Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving SL grants (i.e. sidelink SPS) for V2X sidelink communication.
SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config } OPTIONAL -- Need M ]] } SPS-ConfigToAddModList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-Config-r16)) OF SPS-Config SPS-ConfigToReleaseList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-Config-r16)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r16 SPS-ConfigDeactivationState-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-Config-r16)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r16 SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-DeactivationState)) OF SPS-ConfigDeactivationState-r16 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKDEDICATED-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-DownlinkDedicated field descriptions
beamFailureRecoverySCellConfig
Configuration of candidate RS for beam failure recovery in SCells.
pdcch-Config
UE specific PDCCH configuration for one BWP.
pdsch-Config
UE specific PDSCH configuration for one BWP.
sps-Config
UE specific SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling) configuration for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure sps-Config when there is an active configured downlink assignment (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the sps-Config at any time. Network can only configure SPS in one BWP using either this field or sps-ConfigToAddModList.
sps-ConfigDeactivationStateList
Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple SPS configurations to be deactivated, see clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13]. If a state is mapped to multiple SPS configurations, each of these SPS configurations is configured with the same harq-CodebookID.
sps-ConfigToAddModList
Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be added or modified in one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a SPS configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]).
sps-ConfigToReleaseList
Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be released. The NW may release a SPS configuration at any time.
radioLinkMonitoringConfig
UE specific configuration of radio link monitoring for detecting cell- and beam radio link failure occasions.The maximum number of failure detection resources should be limited up to 8 for both cell and beam radio link failure detection. For SCells, only periodic 1-port CSI-RS can be configured in IE RadioLinkMonitoringConfig.
sl-PDCCH-Config
Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving the SL grants (via SL-RNTI or SL-CS-RNTI) for NR sidelink communication.
sl-V2X-PDCCH-Config
Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving SL grants (i.e. sidelink SPS) for V2X sidelink communication.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
ScellOnly
The field is optionally present, Need M, in the BWP-DownlinkDedicated of an Scell. It is absent otherwise.

–BWP-Id
The IE BWP-Id is used to refer to Bandwidth Parts (BWP). The initial BWP is referred to by BWP-Id 0. The other BWPs are referred to by BWP-Id 1 to maxNrofBWPs.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-ID-START BWP-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofBWPs) -- TAG-BWP-ID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–BWP-Uplink
The IE BWP-Uplink is used to configure an additional uplink bandwidth part (not for the initial BWP).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-UPLINK-START BWP-Uplink ::= SEQUENCE {
bwp-IdAn identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part. The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
BWP-Id, bwp-Common BWP-UplinkCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupOtherBWP bwp-Dedicated BWP-UplinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupOtherBWP ... } -- TAG-BWP-UPLINK-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-Uplink field descriptions
bwp-Id
An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part. The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
SetupOtherBWP
The field is mandatory present upon configuration of a new UL BWP. The field is optionally present, Need M, otherwise.

–BWP-UplinkCommon
The IE BWP-UplinkCommon is used to configure the common parameters of an uplink BWP. They are "cell specific" and the network ensures the necessary alignment with corresponding parameters of other UEs. The common parameters of the initial bandwidth part of the PCell are also provided via system information. For all other serving cells, the network provides the common parameters via dedicated signalling.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKCOMMON-START BWP-UplinkCommon ::= SEQUENCE { genericParameters BWP,
rach-ConfigCommonConfiguration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free random access as well as for contention based beam failure recovery in this BWP. The NW configures SSB-based RA (and hence RACH-ConfigCommon) only for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP. The network configures rach-ConfigCommon, whenever it configures contention free random access (for reconfiguration with sync or for beam failure recovery).
SetupRelease { RACH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pusch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PUSCH of this BWP.
SetupRelease { PUSCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pucch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PUCCH of this BWP.
SetupRelease { PUCCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
rach-ConfigCommonIAB-r16Configuration of cell specific random access parameters for the IAB-MT. The IAB specific IAB RACH configuration is used by IAB-MT, if configured.
SetupRelease { RACH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH-r16If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for cell-specific PUSCH, e.g., PUSCH scheduled by RAR UL grant (see 38.213 clause 8.3 and 38.214 clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0 and 1 for cell-specific PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
msgA-ConfigCommon-r16Configuration of the cell specific PRACH and PUSCH resource parameters for transmission of MsgA in 2-step random access type procedure. The NW can configuremsgA-ConfigCommononly for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial BL BWP
SetupRelease { MsgA-ConfigCommon-r16 } OPTIONAL -- Cond SpCellOnly2 ]] } -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKCOMMON-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-UplinkCommon field descriptions
msgA-ConfigCommon
Configuration of the cell specific PRACH and PUSCH resource parameters for transmission of MsgA in 2-step random access type procedure. The NW can configuremsgA-ConfigCommononly for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial BL BWP
pucch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PUCCH of this BWP.
pusch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PUSCH of this BWP.
rach-ConfigCommon
Configuration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free random access as well as for contention based beam failure recovery in this BWP. The NW configures SSB-based RA (and hence RACH-ConfigCommon) only for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP. The network configures rach-ConfigCommon, whenever it configures contention free random access (for reconfiguration with sync or for beam failure recovery).
rach-ConfigCommonIAB
Configuration of cell specific random access parameters for the IAB-MT. The IAB specific IAB RACH configuration is used by IAB-MT, if configured.
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH
If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for cell-specific PUSCH, e.g., PUSCH scheduled by RAR UL grant (see 38.213 clause 8.3 and 38.214 clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0 and 1 for cell-specific PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).
Conditional PresenceExplanation
SpCellOnly2
The field is optionally present, Need M, in the BWP-UplinkCommon of an SpCell. It is absent otherwise.

–BWP-UplinkDedicated
The IE BWP-UplinkDedicated is used to configure the dedicated (UE specific) parameters of an uplink BWP.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKDEDICATED-START BWP-UplinkDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
pucch-ConfigPUCCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL, the network configures PUCCH only on the BWPs of one of the uplinks (normal UL or SUL). The network configures PUCCH-Config at least on non-initial BWP(s) for SpCell and PUCCH SCell. If supported by the UE, the network may configure at most one additional SCell of a cell group with PUCCH-Config (i.e. PUCCH SCell). In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, the NW configures at most one serving cell per frequency range with PUCCH. In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, if two PUCCH groups are configured, the serving cells of the NR PUCCH group in FR2 use the same numerology. For NR-DC, the maximum number of PUCCH groups in each cell group is one, and only the same numerology is supported for the cell group with carriers only in FR2. The NW may configure PUCCH for a BWP when setting up the BWP. The network may also add/remove the pucch-Config in an RRCReconfiguration with reconfigurationWithSync (for SpCell or PUCCH SCell) or with SCell release and add (for PUCCH SCell) to move the PUCCH between the UL and SUL carrier of one serving cell. In other cases, only modifications of a previously configured pucch-Config are allowed. If one (S)UL BWP of a serving cell is configured with PUCCH, all other (S)UL BWPs must be configured with PUCCH, too.
SetupRelease { PUCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pusch-ConfigPUSCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL and if it has a PUSCH-Config for both UL and SUL, an UL/SUL indicator field in DCI indicates which of the two to use. See TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
SetupRelease { PUSCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
configuredGrantConfigA Configured-Grant of type1 or type2. It may be configured for UL or SUL but in case of type1 not for both at a time. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure configuredGrantConfigwhen there is an active configured uplink grant Type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the configuredGrantConfigat any time.Network can only configure configured grant in one BWP using either this field or configuredGrantConfigToAddModList.
SetupRelease { ConfiguredGrantConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
srs-ConfigUplink sounding reference signal configuration.
SetupRelease { SRS-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
beamFailureRecoveryConfigConfiguration of beam failure recovery. If supplementaryUplink is present, the field is present only in one of the uplink carriers, either UL or SUL.
SetupRelease { BeamFailureRecoveryConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Cond SpCellOnly ..., [[
sl-PUCCH-Config-r16Indicates the UE specific PUCCH configurations used for the HARQ-ACK feedback reporting for NR sidelink communication.
SetupRelease { PUCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M cp-ExtensionC2-r16 INTEGER (1..28) OPTIONAL, -- Need R cp-ExtensionC3-r16 INTEGER (1..28) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH-r16If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for PUSCH (see 38.213 clause 8.3 and 38.214 clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0, 1, 2, and 3 for PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
pucch-ConfigurationList-r16PUCCH configurations for two simultaneously constructed HARQ-ACK codebooks (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.1). Different PUCCH Resource IDs are configured in different PUCCH-Config within the pucch-ConfigurationList if configured.
SetupRelease { PUCCH-ConfigurationList-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
lbt-FailureRecoveryConfig-r16Configures parameters used for detection of consistent uplink LBT failures for operationwith shared spectrum channel access, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
SetupRelease { LBT-FailureRecoveryConfig-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
configuredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16Indicates a list of one or more configured grant configurations to be added or modified for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a Type 2 configured grant configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]).
ConfiguredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
configuredGrantConfigToReleaseList-r16Indicates a list of one or more UL Configured Grant configurations to be released. The NW may release a configured grant configuration at any time.
ConfiguredGrantConfigToReleaseList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
configuredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList-r16Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple Configured Grant type 2 configurations to be deactivated when the corresponding deactivation DCI is received, see clause 7.3.1 in TS 38.212 [17] and clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13].
ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } ConfiguredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfig-r16)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfig ConfiguredGrantConfigToReleaseList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfig-r16)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex-r16 ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationState-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfig-r16)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex-r16 ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCG-Type2DeactivationState)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationState-r16 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKDEDICATED-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-UplinkDedicated field descriptions
beamFailureRecoveryConfig
Configuration of beam failure recovery. If supplementaryUplink is present, the field is present only in one of the uplink carriers, either UL or SUL.
configuredGrantConfig
A Configured-Grant of type1 or type2. It may be configured for UL or SUL but in case of type1 not for both at a time. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure configuredGrantConfigwhen there is an active configured uplink grant Type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the configuredGrantConfigat any time.Network can only configure configured grant in one BWP using either this field or configuredGrantConfigToAddModList.
configuredGrantConfigToAddModList
Indicates a list of one or more configured grant configurations to be added or modified for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a Type 2 configured grant configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]).
configuredGrantConfigToReleaseList
Indicates a list of one or more UL Configured Grant configurations to be released. The NW may release a configured grant configuration at any time.
configuredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList
Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple Configured Grant type 2 configurations to be deactivated when the corresponding deactivation DCI is received, see clause 7.3.1 in TS 38.212 [17] and clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13].
cp-ExtensionC2, cp-ExtensionC3
Configures the cyclic prefix (CP) extension (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3.1). For 15 and 30 kHz SCS, {1..28} are validfor both cp-ExtensionC2 and cp-ExtensionC3. For 30 kHz SCS, {1..28} are valid for cp-ExtensionC2 and {2..28} are valid for cp-ExtensionC3.For 60 kHz SCS, {2..28} are validfor cp-ExtensionC2 and {3..28} are valid for cp-ExtensionC3.
lbt-FailureRecoveryConfig
Configures parameters used for detection of consistent uplink LBT failures for operationwith shared spectrum channel access, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
pucch-Config
PUCCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL, the network configures PUCCH only on the BWPs of one of the uplinks (normal UL or SUL). The network configures PUCCH-Config at least on non-initial BWP(s) for SpCell and PUCCH SCell. If supported by the UE, the network may configure at most one additional SCell of a cell group with PUCCH-Config (i.e. PUCCH SCell). In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, the NW configures at most one serving cell per frequency range with PUCCH. In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, if two PUCCH groups are configured, the serving cells of the NR PUCCH group in FR2 use the same numerology. For NR-DC, the maximum number of PUCCH groups in each cell group is one, and only the same numerology is supported for the cell group with carriers only in FR2. The NW may configure PUCCH for a BWP when setting up the BWP. The network may also add/remove the pucch-Config in an RRCReconfiguration with reconfigurationWithSync (for SpCell or PUCCH SCell) or with SCell release and add (for PUCCH SCell) to move the PUCCH between the UL and SUL carrier of one serving cell. In other cases, only modifications of a previously configured pucch-Config are allowed. If one (S)UL BWP of a serving cell is configured with PUCCH, all other (S)UL BWPs must be configured with PUCCH, too.
pucch-ConfigurationList
PUCCH configurations for two simultaneously constructed HARQ-ACK codebooks (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.1). Different PUCCH Resource IDs are configured in different PUCCH-Config within the pucch-ConfigurationList if configured.
pusch-Config
PUSCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL and if it has a PUSCH-Config for both UL and SUL, an UL/SUL indicator field in DCI indicates which of the two to use. See TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
sl-PUCCH-Config
Indicates the UE specific PUCCH configurations used for the HARQ-ACK feedback reporting for NR sidelink communication.
srs-Config
Uplink sounding reference signal configuration.
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH
If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for PUSCH (see 38.213 clause 8.3 and 38.214 clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0, 1, 2, and 3 for PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).
Conditional PresenceExplanation
SpCellOnly
The field is optionally present, Need M, in the BWP-UplinkDedicated of an SpCell. It is absent otherwise.

–CellAccessRelatedInfo
The IE CellAccessRelatedInfo indicates cell access related information for this cell.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFO-START CellAccessRelatedInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
plmn-IdentityListThe plmn-IdentityList is used to configure a set of PLMN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more PLMN Identities and additional information associated with those PLMNs. A PLMN-identity can be included only once, and in only one entry of the PLMN-IdentityInfoList. The PLMN index is defined as b1+b2+…+b(n-1)+i for the PLMN included at the n-th entry of PLMN-IdentityInfoList and the i-th entry of its corresponding PLMN-IdentityInfo, where b(j) is the number of PLMN-Identity entries in each PLMN-IdentityInfo, respectively.
PLMN-IdentityInfoList,
cellReservedForOtherUseIndicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20]. The field is applicable to all PLMNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT for cell barring determination, but still considered by NPN capable IAB-MT for determination of an NPN-only cell.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R ..., [[
cellReservedForFutureUse-r16Indicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20] for future use. The field is applicable to all PLMNs and NPNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
npn-IdentityInfoList-r16The npn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of NPN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more NPN Identities and additional information associated with those NPNs. The total number of PLMNs (identified by a PLMN identity in plmn -IdentityList), PNI-NPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a CAG-ID), and SNPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a NID) together in the PLMN-IdentityInfoList and NPN-IdentityInfoList does not exceed 12, except for the NPN-only cells. In case of NPN-only cells the PLMN-IdentityList contains a single element that does not count to the limit of 12. The NPN index is defined as B+c1+c2+…+c(n-1)+d1+d2+…+d(m-1)+e(i) for the NPN identity included in the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList and in the m-th entry of NPN-Identitylist within that npn-IdentityInfoList entry, and the i-th entry of its corresponding NPN-Identity, where - B is the index used for the last PLMN in the PLMN-IdentittyInfoList; in NPN-only cells B is considered 0; - c(j) is the number of NPN index values used in the j-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry; - d(k) is the number of NPN index values used in the k-th npn-IdentityList entry within the n-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry; - e(i) is - i if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for SNPN(s); - 1 if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for PNI-NPN(s).
NPN-IdentityInfoList-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFO-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CellAccessRelatedInfo field descriptions
cellReservedForFutureUse
Indicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20] for future use. The field is applicable to all PLMNs and NPNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
cellReservedForOtherUse
Indicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20]. The field is applicable to all PLMNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT for cell barring determination, but still considered by NPN capable IAB-MT for determination of an NPN-only cell.
npn-IdentityInfoList
The npn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of NPN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more NPN Identities and additional information associated with those NPNs. The total number of PLMNs (identified by a PLMN identity in plmn -IdentityList), PNI-NPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a CAG-ID), and SNPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a NID) together in the PLMN-IdentityInfoList and NPN-IdentityInfoList does not exceed 12, except for the NPN-only cells. In case of NPN-only cells the PLMN-IdentityList contains a single element that does not count to the limit of 12. The NPN index is defined as B+c1+c2+…+c(n-1)+d1+d2+…+d(m-1)+e(i) for the NPN identity included in the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList and in the m-th entry of NPN-Identitylist within that npn-IdentityInfoList entry, and the i-th entry of its corresponding NPN-Identity, where - B is the index used for the last PLMN in the PLMN-IdentittyInfoList; in NPN-only cells B is considered 0; - c(j) is the number of NPN index values used in the j-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry; - d(k) is the number of NPN index values used in the k-th npn-IdentityList entry within the n-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry; - e(i) is - i if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for SNPN(s); - 1 if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for PNI-NPN(s).
plmn-IdentityList
The plmn-IdentityList is used to configure a set of PLMN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more PLMN Identities and additional information associated with those PLMNs. A PLMN-identity can be included only once, and in only one entry of the PLMN-IdentityInfoList. The PLMN index is defined as b1+b2+…+b(n-1)+i for the PLMN included at the n-th entry of PLMN-IdentityInfoList and the i-th entry of its corresponding PLMN-IdentityInfo, where b(j) is the number of PLMN-Identity entries in each PLMN-IdentityInfo, respectively.

–CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-5GC
The IE CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-5GC indicates cell access related information for an LTE cell connected to 5GC.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-5GC-START CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-5GC ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-IdentityList-eutra-5gc PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-5GC, trackingAreaCode-eutra-5gc TrackingAreaCode, ranac-5gc RAN-AreaCode OPTIONAL, cellIdentity-eutra-5gc CellIdentity-EUTRA-5GC } PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-5GC::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity-EUTRA-5GC PLMN-Identity-EUTRA-5GC ::= CHOICE { plmn-Identity-EUTRA-5GC PLMN-Identity, plmn-index INTEGER (1..maxPLMN) } CellIdentity-EUTRA-5GC ::= CHOICE { cellIdentity-EUTRA BIT STRING (SIZE (28)), cellId-index INTEGER (1..maxPLMN) } -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-5GC-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC
The IE CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC indicates cell access related information for an LTE cell connected to EPC.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-EPC-START CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-IdentityList-eutra-epc PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-EPC, trackingAreaCode-eutra-epc BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), cellIdentity-eutra-epc BIT STRING (SIZE (28)) } PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-EPC::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-EPC-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CellGroupConfig
The CellGroupConfig IE is used to configure a master cell group (MCG) or secondary cell group (SCG). A cell group comprises of one MAC entity, a set of logical channels with associated RLC entities and of a primary cell (SpCell) and one or more secondary cells (SCells).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLGROUPCONFIG-START -- Configuration of one Cell-Group: CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE { cellGroupId CellGroupId,
rlc-BearerToAddModListConfiguration of the MAC Logical Channel, the corresponding RLC entities and association with radio bearers.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF RLC-BearerConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N rlc-BearerToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF LogicalChannelIdentity OPTIONAL, -- Need N
mac-CellGroupConfigMAC parameters applicable for the entire cell group.
MAC-CellGroupConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M physicalCellGroupConfig PhysicalCellGroupConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
spCellConfigParameters for the SpCell of this cell group (PCell of MCG or PSCell of SCG).
SpCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sCellToAddModListList of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be added or modified.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N
sCellToReleaseListList of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be released.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need N ..., [[
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentEnables reporting of uplink and supplementary uplink Direct Current location information upon BWP configuration and reconfiguration. This field is only present when the BWP configuration is modified or any serving cell is added or removed. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message. If UE is configured with SUL carrier, UE reports both UL and SUL Direct Current locations.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Cond BWP-Reconfig ]], [[
bap-Address-r16BAP address of the parent node in cell group.
BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
bh-RLC-ChannelToAddModList-r16Configuration of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be added and modified.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxBH-RLC-ChannelID-r16)) OF BH-RLC-ChannelConfig-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
bh-RLC-ChannelToReleaseList-r16List of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be released.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxBH-RLC-ChannelID-r16)) OF BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
f1c-TransferPath-r16The F1-C transfer path that an EN-DC IAB-MT should use for transferring F1-C packets to the IAB-donor-CU. If IAB-MT is configured with lte, IAB-MT can only use LTE leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with nr, IAB-MT can only use NR leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with both, it is up to IAB-MT to select an LTE leg or a NR leg for F1-C transfer. If the field is not configured, the IAB node uses the NR leg as the default one.
ENUMERATED {lte, nr, both} OPTIONAL, -- Need M simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList1-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList2-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R
uplinkTxSwitchingOption-r16Indicates which option is configured for dynamic UL Tx switching for inter-band UL CA or (NG)EN-DC. The field is set to switchedUL if network configures option 1 as specified in TS 38.214 [19], or dualUL if network configures option 2 as specified in TS 38.214 [19]. Network always configures UE with a value for this field in inter-band UL CA case and (NG)EN-DC case where UE supports dynamic UL Tx switching.
ENUMERATED {switchedUL, dualUL} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
uplinkTxSwitchingPowerBoosting-r16Indicates whether the UE is allowed to enable 3dB boosting on the maximum output power for transmission on carrier2 under the operation state in which 2-port transmission can be supported on carrier2 for inter-band UL CA case with dynamic UL Tx switching as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15]. Network can only configure this field for dynamic UL Tx switching in inter-band UL CA case with power Class 3 as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15].
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16Enables reporting of uplink Direct Current location information when the UE is configured with uplink intra-band CA with two carriers. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need N ]] } -- Serving cell specific MAC and PHY parameters for a SpCell: SpCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
servCellIndexServing cell ID of a PSCell. The PCell of the Master Cell Group uses ID = 0.
ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCG
reconfigurationWithSyncParameters for the synchronous reconfiguration to the target SpCell.
ReconfigurationWithSync OPTIONAL, -- Cond ReconfWithSync
rlf-TimersAndConstantsTimers and constants for detecting and triggering cell-level radio link failure. For the SCG, rlf-TimersAndConstants can only be set to setup and is always included at SCG addition.
SetupRelease { RLF-TimersAndConstants } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThresholdBLER threshold pair index for IS/OOS indication generation, see TS 38.133 [14], table 8.1.1-1. n1 corresponds to the value 1. When the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0. Whenever this is reconfigured, UE resets N310 and N311, and stops T310, if running. Network does not include this field.
ENUMERATED {n1} OPTIONAL, -- Need S spCellConfigDedicated ServingCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M ... } ReconfigurationWithSync ::= SEQUENCE { spCellConfigCommon ServingCellConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need M newUE-Identity RNTI-Value, t304 ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms10000},
rach-ConfigDedicatedRandom access configuration to be used for the reconfiguration with sync (e.g. handover). The UE performs the RA according to these parameters in the firstActiveUplinkBWP (see UplinkConfig).
CHOICE { uplink RACH-ConfigDedicated, supplementaryUplink RACH-ConfigDedicated } OPTIONAL, -- Need N ..., [[
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtc is based on the timing of the SpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
SSB-MTC OPTIONAL -- Need S ]], [[ daps-UplinkPowerConfig-r16 DAPS-UplinkPowerConfig-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need N ]] } DAPS-UplinkPowerConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
p-DAPS-Source-r16The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the source cell group during DAPS handover.
P-Max,
p-DAPS-Target-r16The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the target cell group during DAPS handover.
P-Max,
uplinkPowerSharingDAPS-Mode-r16Indicates the uplink power sharing mode that the UE uses in DAPS handover (see TS 38.213 [13]).
ENUMERATED {semi-static-mode1, semi-static-mode2, dynamic } } SCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { sCellIndex SCellIndex, sCellConfigCommon ServingCellConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAdd sCellConfigDedicated ServingCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAddMod ..., [[
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtc is based on the timing of the SpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
SSB-MTC OPTIONAL -- Need S ]], [[
sCellState-r16Indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated state upon SCell configuration.
ENUMERATED {activated} OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAddSync
secondaryDRX-GroupConfig-r16The field is used to indicate whether the SCell belongs to the secondary DRX group. All serving cells in the secondary DRX group shall belong to one Frequency Range and all serving cells in the legacy DRX group shall belong to another Frequency Range.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Cond DRX-Config2 ]]} -- TAG-CELLGROUPCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CellGroupConfig field descriptions
bap-Address
BAP address of the parent node in cell group.
bh-RLC-ChannelToAddModList
Configuration of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be added and modified.
bh-RLC-ChannelToReleaseList
List of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be released.
f1c-TransferPath
The F1-C transfer path that an EN-DC IAB-MT should use for transferring F1-C packets to the IAB-donor-CU. If IAB-MT is configured with lte, IAB-MT can only use LTE leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with nr, IAB-MT can only use NR leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with both, it is up to IAB-MT to select an LTE leg or a NR leg for F1-C transfer. If the field is not configured, the IAB node uses the NR leg as the default one.
mac-CellGroupConfig
MAC parameters applicable for the entire cell group.
rlc-BearerToAddModList
Configuration of the MAC Logical Channel, the corresponding RLC entities and association with radio bearers.
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent
Enables reporting of uplink and supplementary uplink Direct Current location information upon BWP configuration and reconfiguration. This field is only present when the BWP configuration is modified or any serving cell is added or removed. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message. If UE is configured with SUL carrier, UE reports both UL and SUL Direct Current locations.
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier
Enables reporting of uplink Direct Current location information when the UE is configured with uplink intra-band CA with two carriers. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message.
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold
BLER threshold pair index for IS/OOS indication generation, see TS 38.133 [14], table 8.1.1-1. n1 corresponds to the value 1. When the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0. Whenever this is reconfigured, UE resets N310 and N311, and stops T310, if running. Network does not include this field.
sCellState
Indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated state upon SCell configuration.
sCellToAddModList
List of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be added or modified.
sCellToReleaseList
List of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be released.
secondaryDRX-GroupConfig
The field is used to indicate whether the SCell belongs to the secondary DRX group. All serving cells in the secondary DRX group shall belong to one Frequency Range and all serving cells in the legacy DRX group shall belong to another Frequency Range.
simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2
List of serving cells which can be updated simultaneously for TCI relation with a MAC CE. The simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1 and simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2 shall not contain same serving cells. Network should not configure serving cells that are configured with a BWP with two different values for the coresetPoolIndex in these lists.
simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList1, simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList2
List of serving cells which can be updated simultaneously for spatial relation with a MAC CE. The simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList1 and simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList2 shall not contain same serving cells. Network should not configure serving cells that are configured with a BWP with two different values for the coresetPoolIndex in these lists.
spCellConfig
Parameters for the SpCell of this cell group (PCell of MCG or PSCell of SCG).
uplinkTxSwitchingOption
Indicates which option is configured for dynamic UL Tx switching for inter-band UL CA or (NG)EN-DC. The field is set to switchedUL if network configures option 1 as specified in TS 38.214 [19], or dualUL if network configures option 2 as specified in TS 38.214 [19]. Network always configures UE with a value for this field in inter-band UL CA case and (NG)EN-DC case where UE supports dynamic UL Tx switching.
uplinkTxSwitchingPowerBoosting
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to enable 3dB boosting on the maximum output power for transmission on carrier2 under the operation state in which 2-port transmission can be supported on carrier2 for inter-band UL CA case with dynamic UL Tx switching as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15]. Network can only configure this field for dynamic UL Tx switching in inter-band UL CA case with power Class 3 as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15].
DAPS-UplinkPowerConfigfield descriptions
p-DAPS-Source
The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the source cell group during DAPS handover.
p-DAPS-Target
The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the target cell group during DAPS handover.
uplinkPowerSharingDAPS-Mode
Indicates the uplink power sharing mode that the UE uses in DAPS handover (see TS 38.213 [13]).
ReconfigurationWithSync field descriptions
rach-ConfigDedicated
Random access configuration to be used for the reconfiguration with sync (e.g. handover). The UE performs the RA according to these parameters in the firstActiveUplinkBWP (see UplinkConfig).
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell change, NR PCell change and NR PSCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in spCellConfigCommon. For case of NR PCell change and NR PSell addition, the smtc is based on the timing reference of (source) PCell. For case of NR PSCell change, it is based on the timing reference of source PSCell. If both this field and targetCellSMTC-SCG are absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing,as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
SCellConfig field descriptions
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtc is based on the timing of the SpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
SpCellConfig field descriptions
reconfigurationWithSync
Parameters for the synchronous reconfiguration to the target SpCell.
rlf-TimersAndConstants
Timers and constants for detecting and triggering cell-level radio link failure. For the SCG, rlf-TimersAndConstants can only be set to setup and is always included at SCG addition.
servCellIndex
Serving cell ID of a PSCell. The PCell of the Master Cell Group uses ID = 0.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
BWP-Reconfig
The field is optionally present, Need N, if the BWPs are reconfigured or if serving cells are added or removed. Otherwise it is absent.
DRX-Config2
The field is optionally present, Need N, if drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is configured. It is absent otherwise.
ReconfWithSync
The field is mandatory present in the RRCReconfiguration message:
-in each configured CellGroupConfig for which the SpCell changes, -in the masterCellGroup at change of AS security key derived from KgNB, -in the secondaryCellGroup at: -PSCell addition, -SCG resume with NR-DC or (NG)EN-DC, -update of required SI for PSCell, -change of AS security key derived from S-KgNB while the UE is configured with at least one radio bearer with keyToUse set to secondary and that is not released by this RRCReconfiguration message, Otherwise, it is optionally present, need M. The field is absent in the masterCellGroup in RRCResume and RRCSetup messages and is absent in the masterCellGroup in RRCReconfiguration messages if source configuration is not released during DAPS handover.
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is absent, Need M.
SCellAddMod
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is optionally present, need M.
SCellAddSync
The field is optionally present, Need N, in case of SCell addition, reconfiguration with sync, and resuming an RRC connection. It is absent otherwise.
SCG
The field is mandatory present in an SpCellConfig for the PSCell. It is absent otherwise.

–CellGroupId
The IE CellGroupId is used to identify a cell group. Value 0 identifies the master cell group. Other values identify secondary cell groups. In this version of the specification only values 0 and 1 are supported.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLGROUPID-START CellGroupId ::= INTEGER (0.. maxSecondaryCellGroups) -- TAG-CELLGROUPID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CellIdentity
The IE CellIdentity is used to unambiguously identify a cell within a PLMN.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLIDENTITY-START CellIdentity ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (36)) -- TAG-CELLIDENTITY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CellReselectionPriority
The IE CellReselectionPriority concerns the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency, as used by the cell reselection procedure. Corresponds to parameter "priority" in TS 38.304 [20]. Value 0 means lowest priority. The UE behaviour for the case the field is absent, if applicable, is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONPRIORITY-START CellReselectionPriority ::= INTEGER (0..7) -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONPRIORITY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CellReselectionSubPriority
The IE CellReselectionSubPriority indicates a fractional value to be added to the value of cellReselectionPriority to obtain the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency for E-UTRA and NR. Value oDot2 corresponds to 0.2, value oDot4 corresponds to 0.4 and so on.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONSUBPRIORITY-START CellReselectionSubPriority ::= ENUMERATED {oDot2, oDot4, oDot6, oDot8} -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONSUBPRIORITY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CGI-InfoEUTRA
The IE CGI-InfoEUTRA indicates EUTRA cell access related information, which is reported by the UE as part of E-UTRA report CGI procedure.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CGI-INFOEUTRA-START CGI-InfoEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { cgi-info-EPC SEQUENCE { cgi-info-EPC-legacy CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC, cgi-info-EPC-list SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL, cgi-info-5GC SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-5GC OPTIONAL, freqBandIndicator FreqBandIndicatorEUTRA, multiBandInfoList MultiBandInfoListEUTRA OPTIONAL, freqBandIndicatorPriority ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-CGI-INFOEUTRA-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CGI-InfoEUTRALogging
The IE CGI-InfoEUTRALogging indicates EUTRA cell related information, which is reported by the UE as part of RLF reporting procedure.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CGI-INFOEUTRALOGGING-START CGI-InfoEUTRALogging ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-Identity-eutra-5gc PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL, trackingAreaCode-eutra-5gc TrackingAreaCode OPTIONAL, cellIdentity-eutra-5gc BIT STRING (SIZE (28)) OPTIONAL, plmn-Identity-eutra-epc PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL, trackingAreaCode-eutra-epc BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) OPTIONAL, cellIdentity-eutra-epc BIT STRING (SIZE (28)) OPTIONAL } -- TAG-CGI-INFOEUTRALOGGING-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CGI-InfoEUTRALogging field descriptions
cellIdentity-eutra-epc, cellIdentity-eutra-5GC
Unambiguously identify a cell within the context of the PLMN. It belongs the first PLMN entry of plmn-IdentityList (when connected to EPC) or of plmn-IdentityList-r15 (when connected to 5GC) in SystemInformationBlockType1.
plmn-Identity-eutra-epc, plmn-Identity-eutra-5GC
Identifies the PLMN of the cell for the reported cellIdentity: the first PLMN entry of plmn-IdentityList (when connected to EPC) or of plmn-IdentityList-r15 (when connected to 5GC) in SystemInformationBlockType1 that contained the reported cellIdentity.
trackingAreaCode-eutra-epc, trackingAreaCode-eutra-5gc
Indicates Tracking Area Code to which the cell indicated by cellIdentity-eutra-epc, cellIdentity-eutra-5GC belongs.

–CGI-InfoNR
The IE CGI-InfoNR indicates cell access related information, which is reported by the UE as part of report CGI procedure.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CGI-INFO-NR-START CGI-InfoNR ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-IdentityInfoList PLMN-IdentityInfoList OPTIONAL, frequencyBandList MultiFrequencyBandListNR OPTIONAL, noSIB1 SEQUENCE { ssb-SubcarrierOffset INTEGER (0..15), pdcch-ConfigSIB1 PDCCH-ConfigSIB1 } OPTIONAL, ..., [[ npn-IdentityInfoList-r16 NPN-IdentityInfoList-r16 OPTIONAL ]] } -- TAG-CGI-INFO-NR-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CGI-Info-Logging
The IE CGI-Info-Logging indicates the NR Cell Global Identifier (NCGI) for logging purposes (e.g. RLF report), the globally unique identity, and the TAC information of a cell in NR.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CGI-INFO-LOGGING-START CGI-Info-Logging-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
plmn-Identity-r16Identifies the PLMN of the cell for the reported cellIdentity: the first PLMN entry of plmn-IdentityList (in SIB1) in the instance of PLMN-IdentityInfoList that contained the reported cellIdentity.
PLMN-Identity,
cellIdentity-r16Unambiguously identify a cell within the context of the PLMN. It belongs the first PLMN-IdentityInfo IE of PLMN-IdentityInfoList in SIB1.
CellIdentity,
trackingAreaCode-r16Indicates Tracking Area Code to which the cell indicated by cellIdentity field belongs.
TrackingAreaCode OPTIONAL } -- TAG-CGI-INFO-LOGGING-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CGI-InfoNR field descriptions
noSIB1
Contains ssb-SubcarrierOffset and pdcch-ConfigSIB1 fields acquired by the UE from MIB of the cell for which report CGI procedure was requested by the network in case SIB1 was not broadcast by the cell.
CGI-Info-Logging field descriptions
cellIdentity
Unambiguously identify a cell within the context of the PLMN. It belongs the first PLMN-IdentityInfo IE of PLMN-IdentityInfoList in SIB1.
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell for the reported cellIdentity: the first PLMN entry of plmn-IdentityList (in SIB1) in the instance of PLMN-IdentityInfoList that contained the reported cellIdentity.
trackingAreaCode
Indicates Tracking Area Code to which the cell indicated by cellIdentity field belongs.

–CLI-RSSI-Range
The IE CLI-RSSI-Range specifies the value range used in CLI-RSSI measurements and thresholds. The integer value for CLI-RSSI measurements is according to Table 10.1.22.2.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CLI-RSSI-RANGE-START CLI-RSSI-Range-r16 ::= INTEGER(0..76) -- TAG-CLI-RSSI-RANGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CodebookConfig
The IE CodebookConfig is used to configure codebooks of Type-I and Type-II (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2)
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CODEBOOKCONFIG-START CodebookConfig ::= SEQUENCE { codebookType CHOICE { type1 SEQUENCE { subType CHOICE { typeI-SinglePanel SEQUENCE { nrOfAntennaPorts CHOICE { two SEQUENCE { twoTX-CodebookSubsetRestriction BIT STRING (SIZE (6)) }, moreThanTwo SEQUENCE { n1-n2 CHOICE { two-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), two-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), four-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), three-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (96)), six-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (24)), four-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (128)), eight-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), four-three-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (192)), six-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (192)), twelve-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (48)), four-four-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256)), eight-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256)), sixteen-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) }, typeI-SinglePanel-codebookSubsetRestriction-i2 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) OPTIONAL -- Need R } }, typeI-SinglePanel-ri-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) }, typeI-MultiPanel SEQUENCE { ng-n1-n2 CHOICE { two-two-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), two-four-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), four-two-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), two-two-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), two-eight-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), four-four-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), two-four-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (128)), four-two-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) }, ri-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (4)) } }, codebookMode INTEGER (1..2) }, type2 SEQUENCE { subType CHOICE { typeII SEQUENCE { n1-n2-codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE { two-one BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), two-two BIT STRING (SIZE (43)), four-one BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), three-two BIT STRING (SIZE (59)), six-one BIT STRING (SIZE (48)), four-two BIT STRING (SIZE (75)), eight-one BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), four-three BIT STRING (SIZE (107)), six-two BIT STRING (SIZE (107)), twelve-one BIT STRING (SIZE (96)), four-four BIT STRING (SIZE (139)), eight-two BIT STRING (SIZE (139)), sixteen-one BIT STRING (SIZE (128)) }, typeII-RI-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) }, typeII-PortSelection SEQUENCE { portSelectionSamplingSize ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL, -- Need R typeII-PortSelectionRI-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) } }, phaseAlphabetSize ENUMERATED {n4, n8}, subbandAmplitude BOOLEAN, numberOfBeams ENUMERATED {two, three, four} } } } CodebookConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { codebookType CHOICE { type2 SEQUENCE { subType CHOICE { typeII-r16 SEQUENCE { n1-n2-codebookSubsetRestriction-r16 CHOICE { two-one BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), two-two BIT STRING (SIZE (43)), four-one BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), three-two BIT STRING (SIZE (59)), six-one BIT STRING (SIZE (48)), four-two BIT STRING (SIZE (75)), eight-one BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), four-three BIT STRING (SIZE (107)), six-two BIT STRING (SIZE (107)), twelve-one BIT STRING (SIZE (96)), four-four BIT STRING (SIZE (139)), eight-two BIT STRING (SIZE (139)), sixteen-one BIT STRING (SIZE (128)) }, typeII-RI-Restriction-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE(4)) }, typeII-PortSelection-r16 SEQUENCE { portSelectionSamplingSize-r16 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4}, typeII-PortSelectionRI-Restriction-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)) } }, numberOfPMI-SubbandsPerCQI-Subband-r16 INTEGER (1..2), paramCombination-r16 INTEGER (1..8) } } } -- TAG-CODEBOOKCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CommonLocationInfo
The IE CommonLocationInfo is used to transfer detailed location information available at the UE to correlate measurements and UE position information.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-COMMONLOCATIONINFO-START CommonLocationInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
gnss-TOD-msec-r16Parameter type gnss-TOD-msec defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, locationTimestamp-r16 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
locationCoordinate-r16Parameter type LocationCoordinates defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
locationError-r16Parameter LocationError defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
locationSource-r16Parameter LocationSource defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
velocityEstimate-r16Parameter type Velocity defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL } -- TAG-COMMONLOCATIONINFO-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CodebookConfig field descriptions
codebookMode
CodebookMode as specified in TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.2.
codebookType
CodebookType including possibly sub-types and the corresponding parameters for each (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2).
n1-n2-codebookSubsetRestriction
Number of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction (see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.3). Number of bits for codebook subset restriction is CEIL(log2(nchoosek(O1*O2,4)))+8*n1*n2 where nchoosek(a,b) = a!/(b!(a-b)!).
n1-n2
Number of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction (see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.1).
ng-n1-n2
Codebook subset restriction for Type I Multi-panel codebook (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.2).
numberOfBeams
Number of beams, L, used for linear combination.
numberOfPMI-SubbandsPerCQI-Subband
Field indicates how PMI subbands are defined per CQI subband according to TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.5,
paramCombination
Field describes supported parameter combination () as specified in TS 38.214.
phaseAlphabetSize
The size of the PSK alphabet, QPSK or 8-PSK.
portSelectionSamplingSize
The size of the port selection codebook (parameter d), see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.6.
ri-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeI-MultiPanel-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.2).
subbandAmplitude
If subband amplitude reporting is activated (true).
twoTX-CodebookSubsetRestriction
Codebook subset restriction for 2TX codebook (see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.1).
typeI-SinglePanel-codebookSubsetRestriction-i2
i2 codebook subset restriction for Type I Single-panel codebook used when reportQuantity is CRI/Ri/i1/CQI (see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.1).
typeI-SinglePanel-ri-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeI-SinglePanel-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.1).
typeII-PortSelectionRI-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeII-PortSelection-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clauses 5.2.2.2.4 and 5.2.2.2.6).
typeII-RI-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeII-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clauses 5.2.2.2.3 and 5.2.2.2.5).
CommonLocationInfo field descriptions
gnss-TOD-msec
Parameter type gnss-TOD-msec defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
locationTimeStamp
Parameter type DisplacementTimeStamp defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
locationCoordinate
Parameter type LocationCoordinates defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
locationError
Parameter LocationError defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
locationSource
Parameter LocationSource defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
velocityEstimate
Parameter type Velocity defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.

–CondReconfigId
The IE CondReconfigId is used to identify a CHO or CPC configuration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONDRECONFIGID-START CondReconfigId-r16 ::= INTEGER (1.. maxNrofCondCells-r16) -- TAG-CONDRECONFIGID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CondReconfigToAddModList
The IE CondReconfigToAddModList concerns a list of conditional reconfigurations to add or modify, with for each entry the condReconfigId and the associated condExecutionCond and condRRCReconfig.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONDRECONFIGTOADDMODLIST-START CondReconfigToAddModList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofCondCells-r16)) OF CondReconfigToAddMod-r16 CondReconfigToAddMod-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { condReconfigId-r16 CondReconfigId-r16,
condExecutionCond-r16The execution condition that needs to be fulfilled in order to trigger the execution of a conditional reconfiguration. When configuring 2 triggering events (Meas Ids) for a candidate cell, network ensures that both refer to the same measObject.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF MeasId OPTIONAL, -- Cond condReconfigAdd
condRRCReconfig-r16The RRCReconfiguration message to be applied when the condition(s) are fulfilled. The RRCReconfiguration message contained in condRRCReconfig cannot contain the field conditionalReconfigurationor the field daps-Config.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration) OPTIONAL, -- Cond condReconfigAdd ... } -- TAG-CONDRECONFIGTOADDMODLIST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CondReconfigToAddMod field descriptions
condExecutionCond
The execution condition that needs to be fulfilled in order to trigger the execution of a conditional reconfiguration. When configuring 2 triggering events (Meas Ids) for a candidate cell, network ensures that both refer to the same measObject.
condRRCReconfig
The RRCReconfiguration message to be applied when the condition(s) are fulfilled. The RRCReconfiguration message contained in condRRCReconfig cannot contain the field conditionalReconfigurationor the field daps-Config.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
condReconfigAdd
The field is mandatory present when a condReconfigId is being added. Otherwise the field is optional, need M.

–ConditionalReconfiguration
The IE ConditionalReconfiguration is used to add, modify and release the configuration of conditional reconfiguration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONDITIONALRECONFIGURATION-START ConditionalReconfiguration-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
attemptCondReconfig-r16If present, the UE shall perform conditional reconfiguration if selected cell is a target candidate cell and it is the first cell selection after failure as described in clause 5.3.7.3.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond CHO
condReconfigToRemoveList-r16List of the configuration of candidate SpCells to be removed.
CondReconfigToRemoveList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
condReconfigToAddModList-r16List of the configuration of candidate SpCells to be added or modified for CHO or CPC.
CondReconfigToAddModList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N ... } CondReconfigToRemoveList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofCondCells-r16)) OF CondReconfigId-r16 -- TAG-CONDITIONALRECONFIGURATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ConditionalReconfiguration field descriptions
attemptCondReconfig
If present, the UE shall perform conditional reconfiguration if selected cell is a target candidate cell and it is the first cell selection after failure as described in clause 5.3.7.3.
condReconfigToAddModList
List of the configuration of candidate SpCells to be added or modified for CHO or CPC.
condReconfigToRemoveList
List of the configuration of candidate SpCells to be removed.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
CHO
The field is optional present, Need R, if the UE is configured with at least a candidate SpCell for CHO. Otherwise the field is not present.

–ConfiguredGrantConfig
The IE ConfiguredGrantConfig is used to configure uplink transmission without dynamic grant according to two possible schemes. The actual uplink grant may either be configured via RRC (type1) or provided via the PDCCH (addressed to CS-RNTI) (type2). Multiple Configured Grant configurations may be configured in one BWP of a serving cell.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIG-START ConfiguredGrantConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
frequencyHoppingThe value intraSlot enables 'Intra-slot frequency hopping' and the value interSlot enables 'Inter-slot frequency hopping'. If the field is absent, frequency hopping is not configured. The field frequencyHoppingapplies to configured grant for 'pusch-RepTypeA' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.3.1).
ENUMERATED {intraSlot, interSlot} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
cg-DMRS-ConfigurationDMRS configuration (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
DMRS-UplinkConfig,
mcs-TableIndicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH without transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
ENUMERATED {qam256, qam64LowSE} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
mcs-TableTransformPrecoderIndicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH with transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
ENUMERATED {qam256, qam64LowSE} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
uci-OnPUSCHSelection between and configuration of dynamic and semi-static beta-offset. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, uci-OnPUSCH should be set to semiStatic.
SetupRelease { CG-UCI-OnPUSCH } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
resourceAllocationConfiguration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, resourceAllocation should be resourceAllocationType0 or resourceAllocationType1.
ENUMERATED { resourceAllocationType0, resourceAllocationType1, dynamicSwitch },
rbg-SizeSelection between configuration 1 and configuration 2 for RBG size for PUSCH. The UE does not apply this field if resourceAllocation is set to resourceAllocationType1. Otherwise, the UE applies the value config1 when the field is absent. Note: rbg-Size is used when the transformPrecoder parameter is disabled.
ENUMERATED {config2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
powerControlLoopToUseClosed control loop to apply (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1).
ENUMERATED {n0, n1},
p0-PUSCH-AlphaIndex of the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for this configuration.
P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId,
transformPrecoderEnables or disables transform precoding for type1 and type2. If the field is absent, the UE enables or disables transform precoding in accordance with the field msg3-transformPrecoder in RACH-ConfigCommon, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.3.
ENUMERATED {enabled, disabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
nrofHARQ-ProcessesThe number of HARQ processes configured. It applies for both Type 1 and Type 2. See TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.4.1.
INTEGER(1..16),
repKNumber of repetitions K, see TS 38.214 [19].
ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8},
repK-RVThe redundancy version (RV) sequence to use. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2. The network configures this field if repetitions are used, i.e., if repK is set to n2, n4 or n8. This field is not configured when cg-RetransmissionTimer is configured. Otherwise, the field is absent.
ENUMERATED {s1-0231, s2-0303, s3-0000} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
periodicityPeriodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2). The following periodicities are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640} 30 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 640, 1280} 60 kHz with normal CP2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560} 60 kHz with ECP:2, 6, n*12, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560} 120 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560, 5120}
ENUMERATED { sym2, sym7, sym1x14, sym2x14, sym4x14, sym5x14, sym8x14, sym10x14, sym16x14, sym20x14, sym32x14, sym40x14, sym64x14, sym80x14, sym128x14, sym160x14, sym256x14, sym320x14, sym512x14, sym640x14, sym1024x14, sym1280x14, sym2560x14, sym5120x14, sym6, sym1x12, sym2x12, sym4x12, sym5x12, sym8x12, sym10x12, sym16x12, sym20x12, sym32x12, sym40x12, sym64x12, sym80x12, sym128x12, sym160x12, sym256x12, sym320x12, sym512x12, sym640x12, sym1280x12, sym2560x12 },
configuredGrantTimerIndicates the initial value of the configured grant timer (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity. When cg-RetransmissonTimer is configured, if HARQ processes are shared among different configured grants on the same BWP, configuredGrantTimer * periodicity is set to the same value for the configurations that share HARQ processes on this BWP.
INTEGER (1..64) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrantConfiguration for "configured grant" transmission with fully RRC-configured UL grant (Type1). If this field is absent the UE uses UL grant configured by DCI addressed to CS-RNTI (Type2).
SEQUENCE {
timeDomainOffsetOffset related to the reference SFN indicated by timeReferenceSFN, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2.
INTEGER (0..5119),
timeDomainAllocationIndicates a combination of start symbol and length and PUSCH mapping type, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2 and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
INTEGER (0..15),
frequencyDomainAllocationIndicates the frequency domain resource allocation, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1).
BIT STRING (SIZE(18)),
antennaPortIndicates the antenna port(s) to be used for this configuration, and the maximum bitwidth is 5. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
INTEGER (0..31),
dmrs-SeqInitializationThe network configures this field if transformPrecoder is disabled. Otherwise the field is absent.
INTEGER (0..1) OPTIONAL, -- Need R precodingAndNumberOfLayers INTEGER (0..63),
srs-ResourceIndicatorIndicates the SRS resource to be used.
INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
mcsAndTBSThe modulation order, target code rate and TB size (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2). The NW does not configure the values 28~31 in this version of the specification.
INTEGER (0..31),
frequencyHoppingOffsetFrequency hopping offset used when frequency hopping is enabled (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2 and clause 6.3).
INTEGER (1.. maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need R pathlossReferenceIndex INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1), ..., [[
pusch-RepTypeIndicator-r16Indicates whether UE follows the behavior for PUSCH repetition type A or the behavior for PUSCH repetition type B for each Type 1 configured grant configuration. The value pusch-RepTypeA enables the 'PUSCH repetition type A' and the value pusch-RepTypeB enables the 'PUSCH repetition type B' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3). The value pusch-RepTypeB is not configured simultaneously with cg-nrofPUSCH-InSlot-r16 and cg-nrofSlots-r16.
ENUMERATED {pusch-RepTypeA,pusch-RepTypeB} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
frequencyHoppingPUSCH-RepTypeB-r16Indicates the frequency hopping scheme for Type 1 CG when pusch-RepTypeIndicator is set to 'pusch-RepTypeB' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1). The value interRepetition enables 'Inter-repetition frequency hopping', and the value interSlot enables 'Inter-slot frequency hopping'. If the field is absent, the frequency hopping is not enabled for Type 1 CG.
ENUMERATED {interRepetition, interSlot} OPTIONAL, -- Cond RepTypeB
timeReferenceSFN-r16Indicates SFN used for determination of the offset of a resource in time domain. The UE uses the closest SFN with the indicated number preceding the reception of the configured grant configuration, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2. If the field timeReferenceSFN is not present, the reference SFN is 0.
ENUMERATED {sfn512} OPTIONAL -- Need S ]] } OPTIONAL, -- Need R ..., [[
cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16Indicates the initial value of the configured retransmission timer (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity. The value of cg-RetransmissionTimer is always less than or equal to the value of configuredGrantTimer. This field is always configured for operation with shared spectrum channel access together with harq-ProcID-Offset. This field is not configured for operation in licensed spectrum or simultaneously with harq-ProcID-Offset2.
INTEGER (1..64) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-minDFI-Delay-r16Indicates the minimum duration (in unit of symbols) from the ending symbol of the PUSCH to the starting symbol of the PDCCH containing the downlink feedback indication (DFI) carrying HARQ-ACK for this PUSCH. The HARQ-ACK received before this minimum duration is not considered as valid for this PUSCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10.5). The following minimum duration values are supported, depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4} 30 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} 60 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}
ENUMERATED {sym7, sym1x14, sym2x14, sym3x14, sym4x14, sym5x14, sym6x14, sym7x14, sym8x14, sym9x14, sym10x14, sym11x14, sym12x14, sym13x14, sym14x14,sym15x14, sym16x14 } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-nrofPUSCH-InSlot-r16Indicates the number of consecutive PUSCH configured to CG within a slot where the SLIV indicating the first PUSCH and additional PUSCH appended with the same length (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
INTEGER (1..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-nrofSlots-r16Indicates the number of allocated slots in a configured grant periodicity following the time instance of configured grant offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
INTEGER (1..40) OPTIONAL, -- Need R cg-StartingOffsets-r16 CG-StartingOffsets-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-UCI-Multiplexing-r16If present, this field indicates that in the case of PUCCH overlapping with CG-PUSCH(s) within a PUCCH group, the CG-UCI and HARQ-ACK are jointly encoded (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9).
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-COT-SharingOffset-r16Indicates the offset from the end of the slot where the COT sharing indication in UCI is enabled where the offset in symbols is equal to 14*n, where n is the signaled value for cg-COT-SharingOffset. Applicable when ul-toDL-COT-SharingED-Threshold-r16 is not configured (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
INTEGER (1..39) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
betaOffsetCG-UCI-r16Beta offset for CG-UCI in CG-PUSCH, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3
INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-COT-SharingList-r16Indicates a table for COT sharing combinations (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3). One row of the table can be set to noCOT-Sharing to indicate that there is no channel occupancy sharing.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..1709)) OF CG-COT-Sharing-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
harq-ProcID-Offset-r16For operation with shared spectrum channel access, this configures the range of HARQ process IDs which can be used for this configured grant where the UE can select a HARQ process ID within [harq-procID-offset, .., (harq-procID-offset + nrofHARQ-Processes – 1)].
INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
harq-ProcID-Offset2-r16Indicates the offset used in deriving the HARQ process IDs, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.4.1. This field is not configured for operation with shared spectrum channel access.
INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
configuredGrantConfigIndex-r16Indicates the index of the Configured Grant configurations within the BWP.
ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond CG-List
configuredGrantConfigIndexMAC-r16Indicates the index of the Configured Grant configurations within the MAC entity.
ConfiguredGrantConfigIndexMAC-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond CG-IndexMAC
periodicityExt-r16This field is used to calculate the periodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5,8.2). If this field is present, the field periodicity is ignored. The following periodicites are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 640. 30 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 1280. 60 kHz with normal CP:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 2560. 60 kHz with ECP:periodicityExt*12, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 2560. 120 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 5120.
INTEGER (1..5120) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
startingFromRV0-r16This field is used to determine the initial transmission occasion of a transport block for a given RV sequence, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3.1.
ENUMERATED {on, off} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
phy-PriorityIndex-r16Indicates the PHY priority of CG PUSCH at least for PHY-layer collision handling. Value p0 indicates low priority and value p1 indicates high priority.
ENUMERATED {p0, p1} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
autonomousTx-r16If this field is present, the Configured Grant configuration is configured with autonomous transmission, see TS 38.321 [3].
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Cond LCH-BasedPrioritization ]] } CG-UCI-OnPUSCH ::= CHOICE { dynamic SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF BetaOffsets, semiStatic BetaOffsets } CG-COT-Sharing-r16 ::= CHOICE { noCOT-Sharing-r16 NULL, cot-Sharing-r16 SEQUENCE {
duration-r16Indicates the number of DL transmission slots within UE initiated COT (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
INTEGER (1..39),
offset-r16Indicates the number of DL transmission slots from the end of the slot where CG-UCI is detected after which COT sharing can be used (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
INTEGER (1..39),
channelAccessPriority-r16Indicates the Channel Access Priority Class that the gNB can assume when sharing the UE initiated COT (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
INTEGER (1..4) } } CG-StartingOffsets-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
cg-StartingFullBW-InsideCOT-r16A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offsets which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation includes all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is inside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-StartingFullBW-OutsideCOT-r16A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset indices (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation includes all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is outside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-StartingPartialBW-InsideCOT-r16A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset index (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation does not include all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is inside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-StartingPartialBW-OutsideCOT-r16A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset index (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation does not include all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is outside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ConfiguredGrantConfig field descriptions
antennaPort
Indicates the antenna port(s) to be used for this configuration, and the maximum bitwidth is 5. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
autonomousTx
If this field is present, the Configured Grant configuration is configured with autonomous transmission, see TS 38.321 [3].
betaOffsetCG-UCI
Beta offset for CG-UCI in CG-PUSCH, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3
cg-COT-SharingList
Indicates a table for COT sharing combinations (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3). One row of the table can be set to noCOT-Sharing to indicate that there is no channel occupancy sharing.
cg-COT-SharingOffset
Indicates the offset from the end of the slot where the COT sharing indication in UCI is enabled where the offset in symbols is equal to 14*n, where n is the signaled value for cg-COT-SharingOffset. Applicable when ul-toDL-COT-SharingED-Threshold-r16 is not configured (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
cg-DMRS-Configuration
DMRS configuration (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
cg-minDFI-Delay
Indicates the minimum duration (in unit of symbols) from the ending symbol of the PUSCH to the starting symbol of the PDCCH containing the downlink feedback indication (DFI) carrying HARQ-ACK for this PUSCH. The HARQ-ACK received before this minimum duration is not considered as valid for this PUSCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10.5). The following minimum duration values are supported, depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4} 30 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} 60 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}
cg-nrofPUSCH-InSlot
Indicates the number of consecutive PUSCH configured to CG within a slot where the SLIV indicating the first PUSCH and additional PUSCH appended with the same length (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
cg-nrofSlots
Indicates the number of allocated slots in a configured grant periodicity following the time instance of configured grant offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
cg-RetransmissionTimer
Indicates the initial value of the configured retransmission timer (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity. The value of cg-RetransmissionTimer is always less than or equal to the value of configuredGrantTimer. This field is always configured for operation with shared spectrum channel access together with harq-ProcID-Offset. This field is not configured for operation in licensed spectrum or simultaneously with harq-ProcID-Offset2.
cg-UCI-Multiplexing
If present, this field indicates that in the case of PUCCH overlapping with CG-PUSCH(s) within a PUCCH group, the CG-UCI and HARQ-ACK are jointly encoded (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9).
configuredGrantConfigIndex
Indicates the index of the Configured Grant configurations within the BWP.
configuredGrantConfigIndexMAC
Indicates the index of the Configured Grant configurations within the MAC entity.
configuredGrantTimer
Indicates the initial value of the configured grant timer (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity. When cg-RetransmissonTimer is configured, if HARQ processes are shared among different configured grants on the same BWP, configuredGrantTimer * periodicity is set to the same value for the configurations that share HARQ processes on this BWP.
dmrs-SeqInitialization
The network configures this field if transformPrecoder is disabled. Otherwise the field is absent.
frequencyDomainAllocation
Indicates the frequency domain resource allocation, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1).
frequencyHopping
The value intraSlot enables 'Intra-slot frequency hopping' and the value interSlot enables 'Inter-slot frequency hopping'. If the field is absent, frequency hopping is not configured. The field frequencyHoppingapplies to configured grant for 'pusch-RepTypeA' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.3.1).
frequencyHoppingOffset
Frequency hopping offset used when frequency hopping is enabled (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2 and clause 6.3).
frequencyHoppingPUSCH-RepTypeB
Indicates the frequency hopping scheme for Type 1 CG when pusch-RepTypeIndicator is set to 'pusch-RepTypeB' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1). The value interRepetition enables 'Inter-repetition frequency hopping', and the value interSlot enables 'Inter-slot frequency hopping'. If the field is absent, the frequency hopping is not enabled for Type 1 CG.
harq-ProcID-Offset
For operation with shared spectrum channel access, this configures the range of HARQ process IDs which can be used for this configured grant where the UE can select a HARQ process ID within [harq-procID-offset, .., (harq-procID-offset + nrofHARQ-Processes – 1)].
harq-ProcID-Offset2
Indicates the offset used in deriving the HARQ process IDs, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.4.1. This field is not configured for operation with shared spectrum channel access.
mcs-Table
Indicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH without transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
mcs-TableTransformPrecoder
Indicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH with transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
mcsAndTBS
The modulation order, target code rate and TB size (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2). The NW does not configure the values 28~31 in this version of the specification.
nrofHARQ-Processes
The number of HARQ processes configured. It applies for both Type 1 and Type 2. See TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.4.1.
p0-PUSCH-Alpha
Index of the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for this configuration.
periodicity
Periodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2). The following periodicities are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640} 30 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 640, 1280} 60 kHz with normal CP2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560} 60 kHz with ECP:2, 6, n*12, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560} 120 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560, 5120}
periodicityExt
This field is used to calculate the periodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5,8.2). If this field is present, the field periodicity is ignored. The following periodicites are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 640. 30 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 1280. 60 kHz with normal CP:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 2560. 60 kHz with ECP:periodicityExt*12, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 2560. 120 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 5120.
phy-PriorityIndex
Indicates the PHY priority of CG PUSCH at least for PHY-layer collision handling. Value p0 indicates low priority and value p1 indicates high priority.
powerControlLoopToUse
Closed control loop to apply (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1).
pusch-RepTypeIndicator
Indicates whether UE follows the behavior for PUSCH repetition type A or the behavior for PUSCH repetition type B for each Type 1 configured grant configuration. The value pusch-RepTypeA enables the 'PUSCH repetition type A' and the value pusch-RepTypeB enables the 'PUSCH repetition type B' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3). The value pusch-RepTypeB is not configured simultaneously with cg-nrofPUSCH-InSlot-r16 and cg-nrofSlots-r16.
rbg-Size
Selection between configuration 1 and configuration 2 for RBG size for PUSCH. The UE does not apply this field if resourceAllocation is set to resourceAllocationType1. Otherwise, the UE applies the value config1 when the field is absent. Note: rbg-Size is used when the transformPrecoder parameter is disabled.
repK-RV
The redundancy version (RV) sequence to use. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2. The network configures this field if repetitions are used, i.e., if repK is set to n2, n4 or n8. This field is not configured when cg-RetransmissionTimer is configured. Otherwise, the field is absent.
repK
Number of repetitions K, see TS 38.214 [19].
resourceAllocation
Configuration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, resourceAllocation should be resourceAllocationType0 or resourceAllocationType1.
rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant
Configuration for "configured grant" transmission with fully RRC-configured UL grant (Type1). If this field is absent the UE uses UL grant configured by DCI addressed to CS-RNTI (Type2).
srs-ResourceIndicator
Indicates the SRS resource to be used.
startingFromRV0
This field is used to determine the initial transmission occasion of a transport block for a given RV sequence, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3.1.
timeDomainAllocation
Indicates a combination of start symbol and length and PUSCH mapping type, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2 and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
timeDomainOffset
Offset related to the reference SFN indicated by timeReferenceSFN, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2.
timeReferenceSFN
Indicates SFN used for determination of the offset of a resource in time domain. The UE uses the closest SFN with the indicated number preceding the reception of the configured grant configuration, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2. If the field timeReferenceSFN is not present, the reference SFN is 0.
transformPrecoder
Enables or disables transform precoding for type1 and type2. If the field is absent, the UE enables or disables transform precoding in accordance with the field msg3-transformPrecoder in RACH-ConfigCommon, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.3.
uci-OnPUSCH
Selection between and configuration of dynamic and semi-static beta-offset. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, uci-OnPUSCH should be set to semiStatic.
CG-COT-Sharing field descriptions
channelAccessPriority
Indicates the Channel Access Priority Class that the gNB can assume when sharing the UE initiated COT (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
duration
Indicates the number of DL transmission slots within UE initiated COT (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
offset
Indicates the number of DL transmission slots from the end of the slot where CG-UCI is detected after which COT sharing can be used (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
CG-StartingOffsets field descriptions
cg-StartingFullBW-InsideCOT
A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offsets which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation includes all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is inside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
cg-StartingFullBW-OutsideCOT
A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset indices (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation includes all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is outside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
cg-StartingPartialBW-InsideCOT
A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset index (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation does not include all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is inside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
cg-StartingPartialBW-OutsideCOT
A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset index (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation does not include all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is outside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
Conditional PresenceExplanation
LCH-BasedPrioritization
This fiels is optionally present, Need R, if lch-BasedPrioritization is configured in the MAC entity. It is absent otherwise.
RepTypeB
The field is optionally present if pusch-RepTypeIndicator is set to pusch-RepTypeB, Need S, and absent otherwise.
CG-List
The field is mandatory present when included in configuredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16, otherwise the field is absent.
CG-IndexMAC
The field is mandatory present if at least one configured grant is configured by configuredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16 in any BWP of this MAC entity, otherwise it is optionally present, need R.

–ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex
The IE ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex is used to indicate the index of one of multiple UL Configured Grant configurations in one BWP.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIGINDEX-START ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex-r16 ::= INTEGER (0.. maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfig-r16-1) -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIGINDEX-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ConfiguredGrantConfigIndexMAC
The IE ConfiguredGrantConfigIndexMAC is used to indicate the unique Configured Grant configurations index per MAC entity.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIGINDEXMAC-START ConfiguredGrantConfigIndexMAC-r16 ::= INTEGER (0.. maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfigMAC-r16-1) -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIGINDEXMAC-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ConnEstFailureControl
The IE ConnEstFailureControl is used to configure parameters for connection establishment failure control.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONNESTFAILURECONTROL-START ConnEstFailureControl ::= SEQUENCE {
connEstFailCountNumber of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset.
ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4},
connEstFailOffsetValidityAmount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offset from evaluation of the cell. Value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds, value s60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on.
ENUMERATED {s30, s60, s120, s240, s300, s420, s600, s900},
connEstFailOffsetParameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL -- Need S } -- TAG-CONNESTFAILURECONTROL-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ConnEstFailureControl field descriptions
connEstFailCount
Number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset.
connEstFailOffset
Parameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
connEstFailOffsetValidity
Amount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offset from evaluation of the cell. Value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds, value s60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on.

–ControlResourceSet
The IE ControlResourceSet is used to configure a time/frequency control resource set (CORESET) in which to search for downlink control information (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10.1).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESET-START ControlResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
controlResourceSetIdIdentifies the instance of the ControlResourceSet IE. Value 0 identifies the common CORESET configured in MIB and in ServingCellConfigCommon (controlResourceSetZero) and is hence not used here in the ControlResourceSet IE. Other values identify CORESETs configured by dedicated signalling or in SIB1. The controlResourceSetId is unique among the BWPs of a serving cell. If the field controlResourceSetId-v1610 is present, the UE shall ignore the controlResourceSetId field (without suffix).
ControlResourceSetId,
frequencyDomainResourcesFrequency domain resources for the CORESET. Each bit corresponds a group of 6 RBs, with grouping starting from the first RB group in the BWP. When at least one search space is configured with freqMonitorLocation-r16, only the first bits are valid (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10.1). The first (left-most / most significant) bit corresponds to the first RB group in the BWP, and so on. A bit that is set to 1 indicates that this RB group belongs to the frequency domain resource of this CORESET. Bits corresponding to a group of RBs not fully contained in the bandwidth part within which the CORESET is configured are set to zero (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
BIT STRING (SIZE (45)),
durationContiguous time duration of the CORESET in number of symbols (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
INTEGER (1..maxCoReSetDuration),
cce-REG-MappingTypeMapping of Control Channel Elements (CCE) to Resource Element Groups (REG) (see TS 38.211 [16], clauses 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2).
CHOICE { interleaved SEQUENCE {
reg-BundleSizeResource Element Groups (REGs) can be bundled to create REG bundles. This parameter defines the size of such bundles (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n6},
interleaverSizeInterleaver-size (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n6},
shiftIndexWhen the field is absent the UE applies the value of the physCellIdconfigured for this serving cell (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
INTEGER(0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL -- Need S }, nonInterleaved NULL },
precoderGranularityPrecoder granularity in frequency domain (see TS 38.211 [16], clauses 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2).
ENUMERATED {sameAsREG-bundle, allContiguousRBs},
tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddListA subset of the TCI states defined in pdsch-Config included in the BWP-DownlinkDedicated corresponding to the serving cell and to the DL BWP to which the ControlResourceSet belong to. They are used for providing QCL relationships between the DL RS(s) in one RS Set (TCI-State) and the PDCCH DMRS ports (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6.). The network configures at most maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH entries.
SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH)) OF TCI-StateId OPTIONAL, -- Cond NotSIB1-initialBWP tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH)) OF TCI-StateId OPTIONAL, -- Cond NotSIB1-initialBWP
tci-PresentInDCIThis field indicates if TCI field is present or absent in DCI format 1_1. When the field is absent the UE considers the TCI to be absent/disabled. In case of cross carrier scheduling, the network sets this field to enabled for the ControlResourceSet used for cross carrier scheduling in the scheduling cell if enableDefaultBeamForCCS is not configured (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.5).
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingIDPDCCH DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.3.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value of the physCellId configured for this serving cell.
INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S ..., [[
rb-Offset-r16Indicates the RB level offset in units of RB from the first RB of the first 6RB group to the first RB of BWP (see 38.213 [13], clause 10.1). When the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0.
INTEGER (0..5) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
tci-PresentDCI-1-2-r16Configures the number of bits for "Transmission configuration indicator" in DCI format 1_2. When the field is absent the UE applies the value of 0 bit for the "Transmission configuration indicator" in DCI format 1_2 (see TS 38.212, clause 7.3.1 and TS 38.214, clause 5.1.5).
INTEGER (1..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
coresetPoolIndex-r16The index of the CORESET pool for this CORESET as specified in TS 38.213 [13] (clauses 9 and 10) and TS 38.214 [19] (clauses 5.1 and 6.1). If the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0.
INTEGER (0..1) OPTIONAL, -- Need S controlResourceSetId-v1610 ControlResourceSetId-v1610 OPTIONAL -- Need S ]] } -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESET-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ControlResourceSet field descriptions
cce-REG-MappingType
Mapping of Control Channel Elements (CCE) to Resource Element Groups (REG) (see TS 38.211 [16], clauses 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2).
controlResourceSetId
Identifies the instance of the ControlResourceSet IE. Value 0 identifies the common CORESET configured in MIB and in ServingCellConfigCommon (controlResourceSetZero) and is hence not used here in the ControlResourceSet IE. Other values identify CORESETs configured by dedicated signalling or in SIB1. The controlResourceSetId is unique among the BWPs of a serving cell. If the field controlResourceSetId-v1610 is present, the UE shall ignore the controlResourceSetId field (without suffix).
coresetPoolIndex
The index of the CORESET pool for this CORESET as specified in TS 38.213 [13] (clauses 9 and 10) and TS 38.214 [19] (clauses 5.1 and 6.1). If the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0.
duration
Contiguous time duration of the CORESET in number of symbols (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
frequencyDomainResources
Frequency domain resources for the CORESET. Each bit corresponds a group of 6 RBs, with grouping starting from the first RB group in the BWP. When at least one search space is configured with freqMonitorLocation-r16, only the first bits are valid (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10.1). The first (left-most / most significant) bit corresponds to the first RB group in the BWP, and so on. A bit that is set to 1 indicates that this RB group belongs to the frequency domain resource of this CORESET. Bits corresponding to a group of RBs not fully contained in the bandwidth part within which the CORESET is configured are set to zero (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
interleaverSize
Interleaver-size (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID
PDCCH DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.3.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value of the physCellId configured for this serving cell.
precoderGranularity
Precoder granularity in frequency domain (see TS 38.211 [16], clauses 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2).
rb-Offset
Indicates the RB level offset in units of RB from the first RB of the first 6RB group to the first RB of BWP (see 38.213 [13], clause 10.1). When the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0.
reg-BundleSize
Resource Element Groups (REGs) can be bundled to create REG bundles. This parameter defines the size of such bundles (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
shiftIndex
When the field is absent the UE applies the value of the physCellIdconfigured for this serving cell (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.3.2.2).
tci-PresentInDCI
This field indicates if TCI field is present or absent in DCI format 1_1. When the field is absent the UE considers the TCI to be absent/disabled. In case of cross carrier scheduling, the network sets this field to enabled for the ControlResourceSet used for cross carrier scheduling in the scheduling cell if enableDefaultBeamForCCS is not configured (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.5).
tci-PresentDCI-1-2
Configures the number of bits for "Transmission configuration indicator" in DCI format 1_2. When the field is absent the UE applies the value of 0 bit for the "Transmission configuration indicator" in DCI format 1_2 (see TS 38.212, clause 7.3.1 and TS 38.214, clause 5.1.5).
tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList
A subset of the TCI states defined in pdsch-Config included in the BWP-DownlinkDedicated corresponding to the serving cell and to the DL BWP to which the ControlResourceSet belong to. They are used for providing QCL relationships between the DL RS(s) in one RS Set (TCI-State) and the PDCCH DMRS ports (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6.). The network configures at most maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH entries.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
NotSIB1-initialBWP
The field is absent in SIB1 and in the PDCCH-ConfigCommon of the initial BWP in ServingCellConfigCommon, if SIB1 is broadcasted. Otherwise, it is optionally present, Need N.

–ControlResourceSetId
The ControlResourceSetId IE concerns a short identity, used to identify a control resource set within a serving cell. The ControlResourceSetId = 0 identifies the ControlResourceSet#0 configured via PBCH (MIB) and in controlResourceSetZero (ServingCellConfigCommon). The ID space is used across the BWPs of a Serving Cell.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESETID-START ControlResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1) ControlResourceSetId-r16 ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1-r16) ControlResourceSetId-v1610 ::= INTEGER (maxNrofControlResourceSets..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1-r16) -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESETID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ControlResourceSetZero
The IE ControlResourceSetZero is used to configure CORESET#0 of the initial BWP (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESETZERO-START ControlResourceSetZero ::= INTEGER (0..15) -- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESETZERO-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig
The IE CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig is used to specify the configuration when the cross-carrier scheduling is used in a cell.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CROSSCARRIERSCHEDULINGCONFIG-START CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig ::= SEQUENCE { schedulingCellInfo CHOICE {
ownParameters for self-scheduling, i.e., a serving cell is scheduled by its own PDCCH.
SEQUENCE { -- Cross carrier scheduling: scheduling cell
cif-PresenceThe field is used to indicate whether carrier indicator field is present (value true) or not (value false) in PDCCH DCI formats, see TS 38.213 [13]. If cif-Presence is set to true, the CIF value indicating a grant or assignment for this cell is 0.
BOOLEAN },
otherParameters for cross-carrier scheduling, i.e., a serving cell is scheduled by a PDCCH on another (scheduling) cell. The network configures this field only for SCells.
SEQUENCE { -- Cross carrier scheduling: scheduled cell
schedulingCellIdIndicates which cell signals the downlink allocations and uplink grants, if applicable, for the concerned SCell. In case the UE is configured with DC, the scheduling cell is part of the same cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG) as the scheduled cell. If drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is configured in the MAC-CellGroupConfig associated with this serving cell, the scheduling cell and the scheduled cell belong to the same Frequency Range. In addition, the serving cell with an aperiodic CSI trigger and the PUSCH resource scheduled for the report are on the same carrier and serving cell, but the cell for which CSI is reported may belong to the same or a different Frequency Range. The network should not trigger a CSI request for a serving cell in the other Frequency Range when that serving cell is outside Active Time.
ServCellIndex,
cif-InSchedulingCellThe field indicates the CIF value used in the scheduling cell to indicate a grant or assignment applicable for this cell, see TS 38.213 [13].
INTEGER (1..7) } }, ..., [[ carrierIndicatorSize-r16 SEQUENCE { carrierIndicatorSizeDCI-1-2-r16 INTEGER (0..3), carrierIndicatorSizeDCI-0-2-r16 INTEGER (0..3) } OPTIONAL, -- Cond CIF-PRESENCE
enableDefaultBeamForCCS-r16This field indicates whether default beam selection for cross-carrier scheduled PDSCH is enabled, see TS 38.214 [19]. If not present, the default beam selection behaviour is not applied, i.e. Rel-15 behaviour is applied.
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need S ]] } -- TAG-CROSSCARRIERSCHEDULINGCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig field descriptions
carrierIndicatorSizeDCI-0-2, carrierIndicatorSizeDCI-1-2
Configures the number of bits for the field of carrier indicator in PDCCH DCI format 0_2/1_2. The field carrierIndicatorSizeDCI-0-2 refers to DCI format 0_2 and the field carrierIndicatorSizeDCI-1-2 refers to DCI format 1_2, respectively (see TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1 and TS 38.213 [13], clause 10.1).
cif-Presence
The field is used to indicate whether carrier indicator field is present (value true) or not (value false) in PDCCH DCI formats, see TS 38.213 [13]. If cif-Presence is set to true, the CIF value indicating a grant or assignment for this cell is 0.
cif-InSchedulingCell
The field indicates the CIF value used in the scheduling cell to indicate a grant or assignment applicable for this cell, see TS 38.213 [13].
enableDefaultBeamForCCS
This field indicates whether default beam selection for cross-carrier scheduled PDSCH is enabled, see TS 38.214 [19]. If not present, the default beam selection behaviour is not applied, i.e. Rel-15 behaviour is applied.
other
Parameters for cross-carrier scheduling, i.e., a serving cell is scheduled by a PDCCH on another (scheduling) cell. The network configures this field only for SCells.
own
Parameters for self-scheduling, i.e., a serving cell is scheduled by its own PDCCH.
schedulingCellId
Indicates which cell signals the downlink allocations and uplink grants, if applicable, for the concerned SCell. In case the UE is configured with DC, the scheduling cell is part of the same cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG) as the scheduled cell. If drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is configured in the MAC-CellGroupConfig associated with this serving cell, the scheduling cell and the scheduled cell belong to the same Frequency Range. In addition, the serving cell with an aperiodic CSI trigger and the PUSCH resource scheduled for the report are on the same carrier and serving cell, but the cell for which CSI is reported may belong to the same or a different Frequency Range. The network should not trigger a CSI request for a serving cell in the other Frequency Range when that serving cell is outside Active Time.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
CIF-PRESENCE
The field is mandatory present if the cif-Presence is set to true. The field is absent otherwise.

–CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList
The CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList IE is used to configure the UE with a list of aperiodic trigger states. Each codepoint of the DCI field "CSI request" is associated with one trigger state (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 6.1.3.13). Upon reception of the value associated with a trigger state, the UE will perform measurement of CSI-RS, CSI-IM and/or SSB (reference signals) and aperiodic reporting on L1 according to all entries in the associatedReportConfigInfoList for that trigger state.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-APERIODICTRIGGERSTATELIST-START CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrOfCSI-AperiodicTriggers)) OF CSI-AperiodicTriggerState CSI-AperiodicTriggerState ::= SEQUENCE { associatedReportConfigInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofReportConfigPerAperiodicTrigger)) OF CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo, ... } CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
reportConfigIdThe reportConfigId of one of the CSI-ReportConfigToAddMod configured in CSI-MeasConfig
CSI-ReportConfigId, resourcesForChannel CHOICE { nzp-CSI-RS SEQUENCE {
resourceSetNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to thesecond entry, and so on).
INTEGER (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig),
qcl-infoList of references to TCI-States for providing the QCL source and QCL type for each NZP-CSI-RS-Resource listed in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated by nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforChannel. Each TCI-StateId refers to the TCI-State which has this value for tci-StateId and is defined in tci-StatesToAddModList in the PDSCH-Config included in the BWP-Downlink corresponding to the serving cell and to the DL BWP to which the resourcesForChannelMeasurement (in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above) belong to. First entry in qcl-info-forChannel corresponds to first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of that NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet, second entry in qcl-info-forChannel corresponds to second entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources, and so on (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.5.1)
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofAP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF TCI-StateId OPTIONAL -- Cond Aperiodic },
csi-SSB-ResourceSetCSI-SSB-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in csi-SSB-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on).
INTEGER (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSetsPerConfig) },
csi-IM-ResourcesForInterferenceCSI-IM-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in csi-IM-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on). The indicated CSI-IM-ResourceSet should have exactly the same number of resources like the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforChannel.
INTEGER(1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Cond CSI-IM-ForInterference
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterferenceNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on).
INTEGER (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Cond NZP-CSI-RS-ForInterference ... } -- TAG-CSI-APERIODICTRIGGERSTATELIST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo field descriptions
csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference
CSI-IM-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in csi-IM-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on). The indicated CSI-IM-ResourceSet should have exactly the same number of resources like the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforChannel.
csi-SSB-ResourceSet
CSI-SSB-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in csi-SSB-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on).
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to the second entry, and so on).
qcl-info
List of references to TCI-States for providing the QCL source and QCL type for each NZP-CSI-RS-Resource listed in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated by nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforChannel. Each TCI-StateId refers to the TCI-State which has this value for tci-StateId and is defined in tci-StatesToAddModList in the PDSCH-Config included in the BWP-Downlink corresponding to the serving cell and to the DL BWP to which the resourcesForChannelMeasurement (in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above) belong to. First entry in qcl-info-forChannel corresponds to first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of that NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet, second entry in qcl-info-forChannel corresponds to second entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources, and so on (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.5.1)
reportConfigId
The reportConfigId of one of the CSI-ReportConfigToAddMod configured in CSI-MeasConfig
resourceSet
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (value 1 corresponds to the first entry, value 2 to thesecond entry, and so on).
Conditional PresenceExplanation
Aperiodic
The field is mandatory present if the NZP-CSI-RS-Resources in the associated resourceSet have the resourceType aperiodic. The field is absent otherwise.
CSI-IM-ForInterference
This field is mandatory present if the CSI-ReportConfig identified by reportConfigId is configured with csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference; otherwise it is absent.
NZP-CSI-RS-ForInterference
This field is mandatory present if the CSI-ReportConfig identified by reportConfigId is configured with nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference; otherwise it is absent.

–CSI-FrequencyOccupation
The IE CSI-FrequencyOccupation is used to configure the frequency domain occupation of a channel state information measurement resource (e.g. NZP-CSI-RS-Resource, CSI-IM-Resource).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-FREQUENCYOCCUPATION-START CSI-FrequencyOccupation ::= SEQUENCE {
startingRBPRB where this CSI resource starts in relation to common resource block #0 (CRB#0) on the common resource block grid. Only multiples of 4 are allowed (0, 4, ...)
INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1),
nrofRBsNumber of PRBs across which this CSI resource spans. Only multiples of 4 are allowed. The smallest configurable number is the minimum of 24 and the width of the associated BWP. If the configured value is larger than the width of the corresponding BWP, the UE shall assume that the actual CSI-RS bandwidth is equal to the width of the BWP.
INTEGER (24..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocksPlus1), ... } -- TAG-CSI-FREQUENCYOCCUPATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CSI-FrequencyOccupation field descriptions
nrofRBs
Number of PRBs across which this CSI resource spans. Only multiples of 4 are allowed. The smallest configurable number is the minimum of 24 and the width of the associated BWP. If the configured value is larger than the width of the corresponding BWP, the UE shall assume that the actual CSI-RS bandwidth is equal to the width of the BWP.
startingRB
PRB where this CSI resource starts in relation to common resource block #0 (CRB#0) on the common resource block grid. Only multiples of 4 are allowed (0, 4, ...)

–CSI-IM-Resource
The IE CSI-IM-Resource is used to configure one CSI Interference Management (IM) resource.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCE-START CSI-IM-Resource ::= SEQUENCE { csi-IM-ResourceId CSI-IM-ResourceId,
csi-IM-ResourceElementPatternThe resource element pattern (Pattern0 (2,2) or Pattern1 (4,1)) with corresponding parameters (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
CHOICE { pattern0 SEQUENCE {
subcarrierLocation-p0OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
ENUMERATED { s0, s2, s4, s6, s8, s10 },
symbolLocation-p0OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
INTEGER (0..12) }, pattern1 SEQUENCE {
subcarrierLocation-p1OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
ENUMERATED { s0, s4, s8 },
symbolLocation-p1OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
INTEGER (0..13) } } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
freqBandFrequency-occupancy of CSI-IM (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
CSI-FrequencyOccupation OPTIONAL, -- Need M
periodicityAndOffsetPeriodicity and slot offset for periodic/semi-persistent CSI-IM. Network always configures the UE with a value for this field for periodic and semi-persistent CSI-IM-Resources (as indicated in CSI-ResourceConfig). A change of configuration between periodic or semi-persistent and aperiodic for a CSI-IM-Resource is not supported without a release and add.
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset OPTIONAL, -- Cond PeriodicOrSemiPersistent ... } -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CSI-IM-Resource field descriptions
csi-IM-ResourceElementPattern
The resource element pattern (Pattern0 (2,2) or Pattern1 (4,1)) with corresponding parameters (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
freqBand
Frequency-occupancy of CSI-IM (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
periodicityAndOffset
Periodicity and slot offset for periodic/semi-persistent CSI-IM. Network always configures the UE with a value for this field for periodic and semi-persistent CSI-IM-Resources (as indicated in CSI-ResourceConfig). A change of configuration between periodic or semi-persistent and aperiodic for a CSI-IM-Resource is not supported without a release and add.
subcarrierLocation-p0
OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
subcarrierLocation-p1
OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
symbolLocation-p0
OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
symbolLocation-p1
OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.4)
Conditional PresenceExplanation
PeriodicOrSemiPersistent
The field is optionally present, Need M, for periodic and semi-persistent CSI-IM-Resources (as indicated in CSI-ResourceConfig). The field is absent otherwise.

–CSI-IM-ResourceId
The IE CSI-IM-ResourceId is used to identify one CSI-IM-Resource.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCEID-START CSI-IM-ResourceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources-1) -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCEID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CSI-IM-ResourceSet
The IE CSI-IM-ResourceSet is used to configure a set of one or more CSI Interference Management (IM) resources (their IDs) and set-specific parameters.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESET-START CSI-IM-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { csi-IM-ResourceSetId CSI-IM-ResourceSetId,
csi-IM-ResourcesCSI-IM-Resources associated with this CSI-IM-ResourceSet (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2).
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourcesPerSet)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceId, ... } -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESET-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CSI-IM-ResourceSet field descriptions
csi-IM-Resources
CSI-IM-Resources associated with this CSI-IM-ResourceSet (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2).

–CSI-IM-ResourceSetId
The IE CSI-IM-ResourceSetId is used to identify CSI-IM-ResourceSets.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESETID-START CSI-IM-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets-1) -- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESETID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CSI-MeasConfig
The IE CSI-MeasConfig is used to configure CSI-RS (reference signals) belonging to the serving cell in which CSI-MeasConfig is included, channel state information reports to be transmitted on PUCCH on the serving cell in which CSI-MeasConfig is included and channel state information reports on PUSCH triggered by DCI received on the serving cell in which CSI-MeasConfig is included. See also TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-MEASCONFIG-START CSI-MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModListPool of NZP-CSI-RS-Resource which can be referred to from NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetToAddModListPool of NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
csi-IM-ResourceToAddModListPool of CSI-IM-Resource which can be referred to from CSI-IM-ResourceSet.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources)) OF CSI-IM-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N csi-IM-ResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
csi-IM-ResourceSetToAddModListPool of CSI-IM-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N csi-IM-ResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
csi-SSB-ResourceSetToAddModListPool of CSI-SSB-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N csi-SSB-ResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
csi-ResourceConfigToAddModListConfigured CSI resource settings as specified in TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.1.2.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations)) OF CSI-ResourceConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N csi-ResourceConfigToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations)) OF CSI-ResourceConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
csi-ReportConfigToAddModListConfigured CSI report settings as specified in TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.1.1.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations)) OF CSI-ReportConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N csi-ReportConfigToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations)) OF CSI-ReportConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need N reportTriggerSize INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
aperiodicTriggerStateListContains trigger states for dynamically selecting one or more aperiodic and semi-persistent reporting configurations and/or triggering one or more aperiodic CSI-RS resource sets for channel and/or interference measurement (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1).
SetupRelease { CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList } OPTIONAL, -- Need M semiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList SetupRelease { CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[ reportTriggerSizeDCI-0-2-r16 INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } -- TAG-CSI-MEASCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CSI-MeasConfig field descriptions
aperiodicTriggerStateList
Contains trigger states for dynamically selecting one or more aperiodic and semi-persistent reporting configurations and/or triggering one or more aperiodic CSI-RS resource sets for channel and/or interference measurement (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1).
csi-IM-ResourceSetToAddModList
Pool of CSI-IM-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs.
csi-IM-ResourceToAddModList
Pool of CSI-IM-Resource which can be referred to from CSI-IM-ResourceSet.
csi-ReportConfigToAddModList
Configured CSI report settings as specified in TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.1.1.
csi-ResourceConfigToAddModList
Configured CSI resource settings as specified in TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.1.2.
csi-SSB-ResourceSetToAddModList
Pool of CSI-SSB-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig.
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetToAddModList
Pool of NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs.
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModList
Pool of NZP-CSI-RS-Resource which can be referred to from NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet.
reportTriggerSize, reportTriggerSizeDCI-0-2
Size of CSI request field in DCI (bits) (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.5.1). The field reportTriggerSizeapplies to DCI format 0_1 and the field reportTriggerSizeDCI-0-2applies to DCI format 0_2 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.5.1).

–CSI-ReportConfig
The IE CSI-ReportConfig is used to configure a periodic or semi-persistent report sent on PUCCH on the cell in which the CSI-ReportConfig is included, or to configure a semi-persistent or aperiodic report sent on PUSCH triggered by DCI received on the cell in which the CSI-ReportConfig is included (in this case, the cell on which the report is sent is determined by the received DCI). See TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIG-START CSI-ReportConfig ::= SEQUENCE { reportConfigId CSI-ReportConfigId,
carrierIndicates in which serving cell the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated below are to be found. If the field is absent, the resources are on the same serving cell as this report configuration.
ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need S
resourcesForChannelMeasurementResources for channel measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only NZP-CSI-RS resources and/or SSB resources. This CSI-ReportConfig is associated with the DL BWP indicated by bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig.
CSI-ResourceConfigId,
csi-IM-ResourcesForInterferenceCSI IM resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only CSI-IM resources. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig is the same value as the bwp-Id in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
CSI-ResourceConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterferenceNZP CSI RS resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only NZP-CSI-RS resources. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig is the same value as the bwp-Id in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
CSI-ResourceConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
reportConfigTypeTime domain behavior of reporting configuration.
CHOICE { periodic SEQUENCE {
reportSlotConfigPeriodicity and slot offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). If the field reportSlotConfig-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the value provided in reportSlotConfig (without suffix).
CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset,
pucch-CSI-ResourceListIndicates which PUCCH resource to use for reporting on PUCCH.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF PUCCH-CSI-Resource }, semiPersistentOnPUCCH SEQUENCE {
reportSlotConfigPeriodicity and slot offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). If the field reportSlotConfig-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the value provided in reportSlotConfig (without suffix).
CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset,
pucch-CSI-ResourceListIndicates which PUCCH resource to use for reporting on PUCCH.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF PUCCH-CSI-Resource }, semiPersistentOnPUSCH SEQUENCE {
reportSlotConfigPeriodicity and slot offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). If the field reportSlotConfig-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the value provided in reportSlotConfig (without suffix).
ENUMERATED {sl5, sl10, sl20, sl40, sl80, sl160, sl320}, reportSlotOffsetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofUL-Allocations)) OF INTEGER(0..32),
p0alphaIndex of the p0-alpha set determining the power control for this CSI report transmission (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.2.1.2).
P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId }, aperiodic SEQUENCE { reportSlotOffsetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofUL-Allocations)) OF INTEGER(0..32) } },
reportQuantityThe CSI related quantities to report. see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1. If the field reportQuantity-r16 is present, UE shall ignore reportQuantity (without suffix).
CHOICE { none NULL, cri-RI-PMI-CQI NULL, cri-RI-i1 NULL, cri-RI-i1-CQI SEQUENCE {
pdsch-BundleSizeForCSIPRB bundling size to assume for CQI calculation when reportQuantity is CRI/RI/i1/CQI. If the field is absent, the UE assumes that no PRB bundling is applied (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4.2).
ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL -- Need S }, cri-RI-CQI NULL, cri-RSRP NULL, ssb-Index-RSRP NULL, cri-RI-LI-PMI-CQI NULL },
reportFreqConfigurationReporting configuration in the frequency domain. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
SEQUENCE {
cqi-FormatIndicatorIndicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) CQI. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
ENUMERATED { widebandCQI, subbandCQI } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
pmi-FormatIndicatorIndicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) PMI. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
ENUMERATED { widebandPMI, subbandPMI } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
csi-ReportingBandIndicates a contiguous or non-contiguous subset of subbands in the bandwidth part which CSI shall be reported for. Each bit in the bit-string represents one subband. The right-most bit in the bit string represents the lowest subband in the BWP. The choice determines the number of subbands (subbands3 for 3 subbands, subbands4 for 4 subbands, and so on) (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). This field is absent if there are less than 24 PRBs (no sub band) and present otherwise, the number of sub bands can be from 3 (24 PRBs, sub band size 8) to 18 (72 PRBs, sub band size 4).
CHOICE { subbands3 BIT STRING(SIZE(3)), subbands4 BIT STRING(SIZE(4)), subbands5 BIT STRING(SIZE(5)), subbands6 BIT STRING(SIZE(6)), subbands7 BIT STRING(SIZE(7)), subbands8 BIT STRING(SIZE(8)), subbands9 BIT STRING(SIZE(9)), subbands10 BIT STRING(SIZE(10)), subbands11 BIT STRING(SIZE(11)), subbands12 BIT STRING(SIZE(12)), subbands13 BIT STRING(SIZE(13)), subbands14 BIT STRING(SIZE(14)), subbands15 BIT STRING(SIZE(15)), subbands16 BIT STRING(SIZE(16)), subbands17 BIT STRING(SIZE(17)), subbands18 BIT STRING(SIZE(18)), ..., subbands19-v1530 BIT STRING(SIZE(19)) } OPTIONAL -- Need S } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurementsTime domain measurement restriction for the channel (signal) measurements (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.1).
ENUMERATED {configured, notConfigured},
timeRestrictionForInterferenceMeasurementsTime domain measurement restriction for interference measurements (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.1).
ENUMERATED {configured, notConfigured},
codebookConfigCodebook configuration for Type-1 or Type-2 including codebook subset restriction. Network does not configure codebookConfig and codebookConfig-r16 simultaneously to a UE
CodebookConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need R
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
groupBasedBeamReportingTurning on/off group beam based reporting (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
CHOICE { enabled NULL, disabled SEQUENCE {
nrofReportedRSThe number (N) of measured RS resources to be reported per report setting in a non-group-based report. N <= N_max, where N_max is either 2 or 4 depending on UE capability. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4) When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1.
ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL -- Need S } },
cqi-TableWhich CQI table to use for CQI calculation (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.1).
ENUMERATED {table1, table2, table3, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
subbandSizeIndicates one out of two possible BWP-dependent values for the subband size as indicated in TS 38.214 [19], table 5.2.1.4-2 . If csi-ReportingBand is absent, the UE shall ignore this field.
ENUMERATED {value1, value2},
non-PMI-PortIndicationPort indication for RI/CQI calculation. For each CSI-RS resource in the linked ResourceConfig for channel measurement, a port indication for each rank R, indicating which R ports to use. Applicable only for non-PMI feedback (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4.2). The first entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the CSI-ResourceConfig whose CSI-ResourceConfigId is indicated in a CSI-MeasId together with the above CSI-ReportConfigId; the second entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the second entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig, and so on until the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the last entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig. Then the next entry corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the second entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig and so on.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerConfig)) OF PortIndexFor8Ranks OPTIONAL, -- Need R ..., [[ semiPersistentOnPUSCH-v1530 SEQUENCE { reportSlotConfig-v1530 ENUMERATED {sl4, sl8, sl16} } OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[ semiPersistentOnPUSCH-v1610 SEQUENCE { reportSlotOffsetListDCI-0-2-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofUL-Allocations-r16)) OF INTEGER(0..32) OPTIONAL, -- Need R reportSlotOffsetListDCI-0-1-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofUL-Allocations-r16)) OF INTEGER(0..32) OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL, -- Need R aperiodic-v1610 SEQUENCE { reportSlotOffsetListDCI-0-2-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofUL-Allocations-r16)) OF INTEGER(0..32) OPTIONAL, -- Need R reportSlotOffsetListDCI-0-1-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofUL-Allocations-r16)) OF INTEGER(0..32) OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
reportQuantity-r16The CSI related quantities to report. see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1. If the field reportQuantity-r16 is present, UE shall ignore reportQuantity (without suffix).
CHOICE { cri-SINR-r16 NULL, ssb-Index-SINR-r16 NULL } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
codebookConfig-r16Codebook configuration for Type-1 or Type-2 including codebook subset restriction. Network does not configure codebookConfig and codebookConfig-r16 simultaneously to a UE
CodebookConfig-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { slots4 INTEGER(0..3), slots5 INTEGER(0..4), slots8 INTEGER(0..7), slots10 INTEGER(0..9), slots16 INTEGER(0..15), slots20 INTEGER(0..19), slots40 INTEGER(0..39), slots80 INTEGER(0..79), slots160 INTEGER(0..159), slots320 INTEGER(0..319) } PUCCH-CSI-Resource ::= SEQUENCE { uplinkBandwidthPartId BWP-Id,
pucch-ResourcePUCCH resource for the associated uplink BWP. Only PUCCH-Resource of format 2, 3 and 4 is supported. The actual PUCCH-Resource is configured in PUCCH-Config and referred to by its ID. When two PUCCH-Config are configured within PUCCH-ConfigurationList, PUCCH-ResourceId in a PUCCH-CSI-Resource refers to a PUCCH-Resource in the PUCCH-Config used for HARQ-ACK with low priority.
PUCCH-ResourceId } PortIndexFor8Ranks ::= CHOICE {
portIndex8Port-Index configuration for up to rank 8. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
SEQUENCE{ rank1-8 PortIndex8 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rank2-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(2))OF PortIndex8 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rank3-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(3))OF PortIndex8 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rank4-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(4))OF PortIndex8 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rank5-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(5))OF PortIndex8 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rank6-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(6))OF PortIndex8 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rank7-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(7))OF PortIndex8 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rank8-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(8))OF PortIndex8 OPTIONAL -- Need R },
portIndex4Port-Index configuration for up to rank 4. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
SEQUENCE{ rank1-4 PortIndex4 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rank2-4 SEQUENCE(SIZE(2))OF PortIndex4 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rank3-4 SEQUENCE(SIZE(3))OF PortIndex4 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rank4-4 SEQUENCE(SIZE(4))OF PortIndex4 OPTIONAL -- Need R },
portIndex2Port-Index configuration for up to rank 2. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
SEQUENCE{ rank1-2 PortIndex2 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rank2-2 SEQUENCE(SIZE(2))OF PortIndex2 OPTIONAL -- Need R },
portIndex1Port-Index configuration for rank 1.
NULL } PortIndex8::= INTEGER (0..7) PortIndex4::= INTEGER (0..3) PortIndex2::= INTEGER (0..1) -- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CSI-ReportConfig field descriptions
carrier
Indicates in which serving cell the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated below are to be found. If the field is absent, the resources are on the same serving cell as this report configuration.
codebookConfig
Codebook configuration for Type-1 or Type-2 including codebook subset restriction. Network does not configure codebookConfig and codebookConfig-r16 simultaneously to a UE
cqi-FormatIndicator
Indicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) CQI. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
cqi-Table
Which CQI table to use for CQI calculation (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.1).
csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference
CSI IM resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only CSI-IM resources. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig is the same value as the bwp-Id in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
csi-ReportingBand
Indicates a contiguous or non-contiguous subset of subbands in the bandwidth part which CSI shall be reported for. Each bit in the bit-string represents one subband. The right-most bit in the bit string represents the lowest subband in the BWP. The choice determines the number of subbands (subbands3 for 3 subbands, subbands4 for 4 subbands, and so on) (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). This field is absent if there are less than 24 PRBs (no sub band) and present otherwise, the number of sub bands can be from 3 (24 PRBs, sub band size 8) to 18 (72 PRBs, sub band size 4).
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
groupBasedBeamReporting
Turning on/off group beam based reporting (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
non-PMI-PortIndication
Port indication for RI/CQI calculation. For each CSI-RS resource in the linked ResourceConfig for channel measurement, a port indication for each rank R, indicating which R ports to use. Applicable only for non-PMI feedback (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4.2). The first entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the CSI-ResourceConfig whose CSI-ResourceConfigId is indicated in a CSI-MeasId together with the above CSI-ReportConfigId; the second entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the second entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig, and so on until the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the last entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig. Then the next entry corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the second entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the same CSI-ResourceConfig and so on.
nrofReportedRS
The number (N) of measured RS resources to be reported per report setting in a non-group-based report. N <= N_max, where N_max is either 2 or 4 depending on UE capability. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4) When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1.
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference
NZP CSI RS resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only NZP-CSI-RS resources. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig is the same value as the bwp-Id in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
p0alpha
Index of the p0-alpha set determining the power control for this CSI report transmission (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.2.1.2).
pdsch-BundleSizeForCSI
PRB bundling size to assume for CQI calculation when reportQuantity is CRI/RI/i1/CQI. If the field is absent, the UE assumes that no PRB bundling is applied (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4.2).
pmi-FormatIndicator
Indicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) PMI. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
pucch-CSI-ResourceList
Indicates which PUCCH resource to use for reporting on PUCCH.
reportConfigType
Time domain behavior of reporting configuration.
reportFreqConfiguration
Reporting configuration in the frequency domain. (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4).
reportQuantity
The CSI related quantities to report. see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1. If the field reportQuantity-r16 is present, UE shall ignore reportQuantity (without suffix).
reportSlotConfig
Periodicity and slot offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4). If the field reportSlotConfig-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the value provided in reportSlotConfig (without suffix).
reportSlotOffsetList, reportSlotOffsetListDCI-0-1, reportSlotOffsetListDCI-0-2
Timing offset Y for semi persistent reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values. This list must have the same number of entries as the pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList in PUSCH-Config. A particular value is indicated in DCI. The network indicates in the DCI field of the UL grant, which of the configured report slot offsets the UE shall apply. The DCI value 0 corresponds to the first report slot offset in this list, the DCI value 1 corresponds to the second report slot offset in this list, and so on. The first report is transmitted in slot n+Y, second report in n+Y+P, where P is the configured periodicity. Timing offset Y for aperiodic reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values. This list must have the same number of entries as the pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList in PUSCH-Config. A particular value is indicated in DCI. The network indicates in the DCI field of the UL grant, which of the configured report slot offsets the UE shall apply. The DCI value 0 corresponds to the first report slot offset in this list, the DCI value 1 corresponds to the second report slot offset in this list, and so on (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.1). The field reportSlotOffsetListapplies to DCI format 0_0, the field reportSlotOffsetListDCI-0-1applies to DCI format 0_1 and the field reportSlotOffsetListDCI-0-2applies to DCI format 0_2 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.1).
resourcesForChannelMeasurement
Resources for channel measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The CSI-ResourceConfig indicated here contains only NZP-CSI-RS resources and/or SSB resources. This CSI-ReportConfig is associated with the DL BWP indicated by bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig.
subbandSize
Indicates one out of two possible BWP-dependent values for the subband size as indicated in TS 38.214 [19], table 5.2.1.4-2 . If csi-ReportingBand is absent, the UE shall ignore this field.
timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements
Time domain measurement restriction for the channel (signal) measurements (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.1).
timeRestrictionForInterferenceMeasurements
Time domain measurement restriction for interference measurements (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.1).
PortIndexFor8Ranks field descriptions
portIndex8
Port-Index configuration for up to rank 8. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
portIndex4
Port-Index configuration for up to rank 4. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
portIndex2
Port-Index configuration for up to rank 2. If present, the network configures port indexes for at least one of the ranks.
portIndex1
Port-Index configuration for rank 1.
PUCCH-CSI-Resource field descriptions
pucch-Resource
PUCCH resource for the associated uplink BWP. Only PUCCH-Resource of format 2, 3 and 4 is supported. The actual PUCCH-Resource is configured in PUCCH-Config and referred to by its ID. When two PUCCH-Config are configured within PUCCH-ConfigurationList, PUCCH-ResourceId in a PUCCH-CSI-Resource refers to a PUCCH-Resource in the PUCCH-Config used for HARQ-ACK with low priority.

–CSI-ReportConfigId
The IE CSI-ReportConfigId is used to identify one CSI-ReportConfig.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIGID-START CSI-ReportConfigId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations-1) -- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIGID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CSI-ResourceConfig
The IE CSI-ResourceConfig defines a group of one or more NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet, CSI-IM-ResourceSet and/or CSI-SSB-ResourceSet.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIG-START CSI-ResourceConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-ResourceConfigIdUsed in CSI-ReportConfig to refer to an instance of CSI-ResourceConfig.
CSI-ResourceConfigId, csi-RS-ResourceSetList CHOICE { nzp-CSI-RS-SSB SEQUENCE {
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetListList of references to NZP CSI-RS resources used for beam measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set. Contains up to maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig resource sets if resourceType is 'aperiodic' and 1 otherwise (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
csi-SSB-ResourceSetListList of references to SSB resources used for beam measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL -- Need R },
csi-IM-ResourceSetListList of references to CSI-IM resources used for beam measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set. Contains up to maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig resource sets if resourceType is 'aperiodic' and 1 otherwise (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSetId },
bwp-IdThe DL BWP which the CSI-RS associated with this CSI-ResourceConfig are located in (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2.
BWP-Id,
resourceTypeTime domain behavior of resource configuration (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2). It does not apply to resources provided in the csi-SSB-ResourceSetList.
ENUMERATED { aperiodic, semiPersistent, periodic }, ... } -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CSI-ResourceConfig field descriptions
bwp-Id
The DL BWP which the CSI-RS associated with this CSI-ResourceConfig are located in (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2.
csi-IM-ResourceSetList
List of references to CSI-IM resources used for beam measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set. Contains up to maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig resource sets if resourceType is 'aperiodic' and 1 otherwise (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2).
csi-ResourceConfigId
Used in CSI-ReportConfig to refer to an instance of CSI-ResourceConfig.
csi-SSB-ResourceSetList
List of references to SSB resources used for beam measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2).
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList
List of references to NZP CSI-RS resources used for beam measurement and reporting in a CSI-RS resource set. Contains up to maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig resource sets if resourceType is 'aperiodic' and 1 otherwise (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2).
resourceType
Time domain behavior of resource configuration (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.2). It does not apply to resources provided in the csi-SSB-ResourceSetList.

–CSI-ResourceConfigId
The IE CSI-ResourceConfigId is used to identify a CSI-ResourceConfig.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIGID-START CSI-ResourceConfigId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations-1) -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIGID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset
The IE CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset is used to configure a periodicity and a corresponding offset for periodic and semi-persistent CSI resources, and for periodic and semi-persistent reporting on PUCCH. both, the periodicity and the offset are given in number of slots. The periodicity value slots4 corresponds to 4 slots, value slots5 corresponds to 5 slots, and so on.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCEPERIODICITYANDOFFSET-START CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { slots4 INTEGER (0..3), slots5 INTEGER (0..4), slots8 INTEGER (0..7), slots10 INTEGER (0..9), slots16 INTEGER (0..15), slots20 INTEGER (0..19), slots32 INTEGER (0..31), slots40 INTEGER (0..39), slots64 INTEGER (0..63), slots80 INTEGER (0..79), slots160 INTEGER (0..159), slots320 INTEGER (0..319), slots640 INTEGER (0..639) } -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCEPERIODICITYANDOFFSET-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility
The IE CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility is used to configure CSI-RS based RRM measurements.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCECONFIGMOBILITY-START CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility ::= SEQUENCE {
subcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of CSI-RS. Only the values 15, 30 kHz or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
SubcarrierSpacing,
csi-RS-CellList-MobilityList of cells for CSI-RS based RRM measurements.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-CellsRRM)) OF CSI-RS-CellMobility, ..., [[
refServCellIndexIndicates the serving cell providing the timing reference for CSI-RS resources without associatedSSB. The field may be present only if there is at least one CSI-RS resource configured without associatedSSB. If this field is absent, the UE shall use the timing of the PCell for measurements on the CSI-RS resources without associatedSSB. The CSI-RS resources and the serving cell indicated by refServCellIndex for timing reference should be located in the same band.
ServCellIndex OPTIONAL -- Need S ]] } CSI-RS-CellMobility ::= SEQUENCE { cellId PhysCellId, csi-rs-MeasurementBW SEQUENCE {
nrofPRBsAllowed size of the measurement BW in PRBs. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.
ENUMERATED { size24, size48, size96, size192, size264},
startPRBStarting PRB index of the measurement bandwidth. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.
INTEGER(0..2169) },
densityFrequency domain density for the 1-port CSI-RS for L3 mobility. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.
ENUMERATED {d1,d3} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
csi-rs-ResourceList-MobilityList of CSI-RS resources for mobility. The maximum number of CSI-RS resources that can be configured per measObjectNR depends on the configuration of associatedSSB and the support of increasedNumberofCSIRSPerMO capability (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM)) OF CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility } CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-IndexCSI-RS resource index associated to the CSI-RS resource to be measured (and used for reporting).
CSI-RS-Index,
slotConfigIndicates the CSI-RS periodicity (in milliseconds) and for each periodicity the offset (in number of slots). When subcarrierSpacingCSI-RS is set to kHz15, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 3/4/9/19/39 slots. When subcarrierSpacingCSI-RS is set to kHz30, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 7/9/19/39/79 slots. When subcarrierSpacingCSI-RS is set to kHz60, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 15/19/39/79/159 slots. When subcarrierSpacingCSI-RS is set kHz120, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 31/39/79/159/319 slots.
CHOICE { ms4 INTEGER (0..31), ms5 INTEGER (0..39), ms10 INTEGER (0..79), ms20 INTEGER (0..159), ms40 INTEGER (0..319) },
associatedSSBIf this field is present, the UE may base the timing of the CSI-RS resource indicated in CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility on the timing of the cell indicated by the cellId in the CSI-RS-CellMobility. In this case, the UE is not required to monitor that CSI-RS resource if the UE cannot detect the SS/PBCH block indicated by this associatedSSB and cellId. If this field is absent, the UE shall base the timing of the CSI-RS resource indicated in CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility on the timing of the serving cell indicated by refServCellIndex. In this case, the UE is required to measure the CSI-RS resource even if SS/PBCH block(s) with cellId in the CSI-RS-CellMobility are not detected. CSI-RS resources with and without associatedSSB may be configured in accordance with the rules in TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3.
SEQUENCE { ssb-Index SSB-Index,
isQuasiColocatedIndicates that the CSI-RS resource is quasi co-located with the associated SS/PBCH block, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3.
BOOLEAN } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
frequencyDomainAllocationFrequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3 including table 7.4.1.5.2-1. The number of bits that may be set to one depend on the chosen row in that table.
CHOICE { row1 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), row2 BIT STRING (SIZE (12)) },
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomainTime domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS, see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3. Value 2 is supported only when dmrs-TypeA-Position equals pos3.
INTEGER (0..13),
sequenceGenerationConfigScrambling ID for CSI-RS (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.2).
INTEGER (0..1023), ... } CSI-RS-Index ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM-1) -- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCECONFIGMOBILITY-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CSI-RS-CellMobility field descriptions
csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility
List of CSI-RS resources for mobility. The maximum number of CSI-RS resources that can be configured per measObjectNR depends on the configuration of associatedSSB and the support of increasedNumberofCSIRSPerMO capability (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3).
density
Frequency domain density for the 1-port CSI-RS for L3 mobility. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.
nrofPRBs
Allowed size of the measurement BW in PRBs. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.
startPRB
Starting PRB index of the measurement bandwidth. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.
CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility field descriptions
csi-RS-CellList-Mobility
List of cells for CSI-RS based RRM measurements.
refServCellIndex
Indicates the serving cell providing the timing reference for CSI-RS resources without associatedSSB. The field may be present only if there is at least one CSI-RS resource configured without associatedSSB. If this field is absent, the UE shall use the timing of the PCell for measurements on the CSI-RS resources without associatedSSB. The CSI-RS resources and the serving cell indicated by refServCellIndex for timing reference should be located in the same band.
subcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of CSI-RS. Only the values 15, 30 kHz or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility field descriptions
associatedSSB
If this field is present, the UE may base the timing of the CSI-RS resource indicated in CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility on the timing of the cell indicated by the cellId in the CSI-RS-CellMobility. In this case, the UE is not required to monitor that CSI-RS resource if the UE cannot detect the SS/PBCH block indicated by this associatedSSB and cellId. If this field is absent, the UE shall base the timing of the CSI-RS resource indicated in CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility on the timing of the serving cell indicated by refServCellIndex. In this case, the UE is required to measure the CSI-RS resource even if SS/PBCH block(s) with cellId in the CSI-RS-CellMobility are not detected. CSI-RS resources with and without associatedSSB may be configured in accordance with the rules in TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3.
csi-RS-Index
CSI-RS resource index associated to the CSI-RS resource to be measured (and used for reporting).
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain
Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS, see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3. Value 2 is supported only when dmrs-TypeA-Position equals pos3.
frequencyDomainAllocation
Frequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3 including table 7.4.1.5.2-1. The number of bits that may be set to one depend on the chosen row in that table.
isQuasiColocated
Indicates that the CSI-RS resource is quasi co-located with the associated SS/PBCH block, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.6.1.3.
sequenceGenerationConfig
Scrambling ID for CSI-RS (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.2).
slotConfig
Indicates the CSI-RS periodicity (in milliseconds) and for each periodicity the offset (in number of slots). When subcarrierSpacingCSI-RS is set to kHz15, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 3/4/9/19/39 slots. When subcarrierSpacingCSI-RS is set to kHz30, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 7/9/19/39/79 slots. When subcarrierSpacingCSI-RS is set to kHz60, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 15/19/39/79/159 slots. When subcarrierSpacingCSI-RS is set kHz120, the maximum offset values for periodicities ms4/ms5/ms10/ms20/ms40 are 31/39/79/159/319 slots.

–CSI-RS-ResourceMapping
The IE CSI-RS-ResourceMapping is used to configure the resource element mapping of a CSI-RS resource in time- and frequency domain.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCEMAPPING-START CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE {
frequencyDomainAllocationFrequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3. The applicable row number in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 is determined by the frequencyDomainAllocation for rows 1, 2 and 4, and for other rows by matching the values in the column Ports, Density and CDMtype in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 with the values of nrofPorts, cdm-Type and density below and, when more than one row has the 3 values matching, by selecting the row where the column (k bar, l bar) in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 has indexes for k ranging from 0 to 2*n-1 where n is the number of bits set to 1 in frequencyDomainAllocation.
CHOICE { row1 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), row2 BIT STRING (SIZE (12)), row4 BIT STRING (SIZE (3)), other BIT STRING (SIZE (6)) },
nrofPortsNumber of ports (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).
ENUMERATED {p1,p2,p4,p8,p12,p16,p24,p32},
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomainTime domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3. Value 2 is supported only when dmrs-TypeA-Position equals pos3.
INTEGER (0..13),
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain2Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3.
INTEGER (2..12) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cdm-TypeCDM type (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).
ENUMERATED {noCDM, fd-CDM2, cdm4-FD2-TD2, cdm8-FD2-TD4},
densityDensity of CSI-RS resource measured in RE/port/PRB (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3). Values 0.5 (dot5), 1 (one) and 3 (three) are allowed for X=1, values 0.5 (dot5) and 1 (one) are allowed for X=2, 16, 24 and 32, value 1 (one) is allowed for X=4, 8, 12. For density = 1/2, includes 1-bit indication for RB level comb offset indicating whether odd or even RBs are occupied by CSI-RS.
CHOICE { dot5 ENUMERATED {evenPRBs, oddPRBs}, one NULL, three NULL, spare NULL },
freqBandWideband or partial band CSI-RS, (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).
CSI-FrequencyOccupation, ... } -- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCEMAPPING-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping field descriptions
cdm-Type
CDM type (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).
density
Density of CSI-RS resource measured in RE/port/PRB (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3). Values 0.5 (dot5), 1 (one) and 3 (three) are allowed for X=1, values 0.5 (dot5) and 1 (one) are allowed for X=2, 16, 24 and 32, value 1 (one) is allowed for X=4, 8, 12. For density = 1/2, includes 1-bit indication for RB level comb offset indicating whether odd or even RBs are occupied by CSI-RS.
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain2
Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3.
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain
Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3. Value 2 is supported only when dmrs-TypeA-Position equals pos3.
freqBand
Wideband or partial band CSI-RS, (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).
frequencyDomainAllocation
Frequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.5.3. The applicable row number in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 is determined by the frequencyDomainAllocation for rows 1, 2 and 4, and for other rows by matching the values in the column Ports, Density and CDMtype in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 with the values of nrofPorts, cdm-Type and density below and, when more than one row has the 3 values matching, by selecting the row where the column (k bar, l bar) in table 7.4.1.5.3-1 has indexes for k ranging from 0 to 2*n-1 where n is the number of bits set to 1 in frequencyDomainAllocation.
nrofPorts
Number of ports (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.3.1).

–CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList
The CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList IE is used to configure the UE with list of trigger states for semi-persistent reporting of channel state information on L1. See also TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-SEMIPERSISTENTONPUSCHTRIGGERSTATELIST-START CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrOfSemiPersistentPUSCH-Triggers)) OF CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState ::= SEQUENCE { associatedReportConfigInfo CSI-ReportConfigId, ... } -- TAG-CSI-SEMIPERSISTENTONPUSCHTRIGGERSTATELIST-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CSI-SSB-ResourceSet
The IE CSI-SSB-ResourceSet is used to configure one SS/PBCH block resource set which refers to SS/PBCH as indicated in ServingCellConfigCommon.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESET-START CSI-SSB-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { csi-SSB-ResourceSetId CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId, csi-SSB-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourcePerSet)) OF SSB-Index, ... } -- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESET-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId
The IE CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId is used to identify one SS/PBCH block resource set.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESETID-START CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets-1) -- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESETID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–DedicatedNAS-Message
The IE DedicatedNAS-Message is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the 5GC CN and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this information.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DEDICATED-NAS-MESSAGE-START DedicatedNAS-Message ::= OCTET STRING -- TAG-DEDICATED-NAS-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–DMRS-DownlinkConfig
The IE DMRS-DownlinkConfig is used to configure downlink demodulation reference signals for PDSCH.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DMRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-START DMRS-DownlinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
dmrs-TypeSelection of the DMRS type to be used for DL (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). If the field is absent, the UE uses DMRS type 1.
ENUMERATED {type2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
dmrs-AdditionalPositionPosition for additional DM-RS in DL, see Tables 7.4.1.1.2-3 and 7.4.1.1.2-4 in TS 38.211 [16]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value pos2.See also clause 7.4.1.1.2 for additional constraints on how the network may set this field depending on the setting of other fields.
ENUMERATED {pos0, pos1, pos3} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
maxLengthThe maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS. len1 corresponds to value 1. len2 corresponds to value 2. If the field is absent, the UE applies value len1. If set to len2, the UE determines the actual number of DM-RS symbols by the associated DCI. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2).
ENUMERATED {len2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
scramblingID0DL DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value physCellId configured for this serving cell.
INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
scramblingID1DL DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value physCellId configured for this serving cell.
INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
phaseTrackingRSConfigures downlink PTRS. If the field is not configured, the UE assumes that downlink PTRS are absent. See TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.1.6.3.
SetupRelease { PTRS-DownlinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
dmrs-Downlink-r16This field indicates whether low PAPR DMRS is used, as specified in TS38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1.
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } -- TAG-DMRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DMRS-DownlinkConfig field descriptions
dmrs-AdditionalPosition
Position for additional DM-RS in DL, see Tables 7.4.1.1.2-3 and 7.4.1.1.2-4 in TS 38.211 [16]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value pos2.See also clause 7.4.1.1.2 for additional constraints on how the network may set this field depending on the setting of other fields.
dmrs-Downlink
This field indicates whether low PAPR DMRS is used, as specified in TS38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1.
dmrs-Type
Selection of the DMRS type to be used for DL (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). If the field is absent, the UE uses DMRS type 1.
maxLength
The maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS. len1 corresponds to value 1. len2 corresponds to value 2. If the field is absent, the UE applies value len1. If set to len2, the UE determines the actual number of DM-RS symbols by the associated DCI. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2).
phaseTrackingRS
Configures downlink PTRS. If the field is not configured, the UE assumes that downlink PTRS are absent. See TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.1.6.3.
scramblingID0
DL DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value physCellId configured for this serving cell.
scramblingID1
DL DMRS scrambling initialization (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value physCellId configured for this serving cell.

–DMRS-UplinkConfig
The IE DMRS-UplinkConfig is used to configure uplink demodulation reference signals for PUSCH.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DMRS-UPLINKCONFIG-START DMRS-UplinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
dmrs-TypeSelection of the DMRS type to be used for UL (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3) If the field is absent, the UE uses DMRS type 1.
ENUMERATED {type2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
dmrs-AdditionalPositionPosition for additional DM-RS in UL (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3). If the field is absent, the UE applies the value pos2. See also clause 6.4.1.1.3 for additional constraints on how the network may set this field depending on the setting of other fields.
ENUMERATED {pos0, pos1, pos3} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
phaseTrackingRSConfigures uplink PTRS (see TS 38.211 [16]).
SetupRelease { PTRS-UplinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
maxLengthThe maximum number of OFDM symbols for UL front loaded DMRS. len1 corresponds to value 1. len2 corresponds to value 2. If the field is absent, the UE applies value len1. If set to len2, the UE determines the actual number of DM-RS symbols by the associated DCI. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3).
ENUMERATED {len2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
transformPrecodingDisabledDMRS related parameters for Cyclic Prefix OFDM.
SEQUENCE {
scramblingID0UL DMRS scrambling initialization for CP-OFDM (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId).
INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
scramblingID1UL DMRS scrambling initialization for CP-OFDM. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId).
INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S ..., [[
dmrs-Uplink-r16This field indicates whether low PAPR DMRS is used, as specified in TS38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.1.
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
transformPrecodingEnabledDMRS related parameters for DFT-s-OFDM (Transform Precoding).
SEQUENCE {
nPUSCH-IdentityParameter: N_ID^(PUSCH) for DFT-s-OFDM DMRS. If the value is absent or released, the UE uses the value Physical cell ID (physCellId). See TS 38.211 [16].
INTEGER(0..1007) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
sequenceGroupHoppingFor DMRS transmission with transform precoder the NW may configure group hopping by the cell-specific parameter groupHoppingEnabledTransformPrecoding in PUSCH-ConfigCommon. In this case, the NW may include this UE specific field to disable group hopping for PUSCH transmission except for Msg3, i.e., to override the configuration in PUSCH-ConfigCommon (see TS 38.211 [16]). If the field is absent, the UE uses the same hopping mode as for Msg3.
ENUMERATED {disabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
sequenceHoppingDetermines if sequence hopping is enabled for DMRS transmission with transform precoderfor PUSCH transmission other than Msg3 (sequence hopping is always disabled for Msg3). If the field is absent, the UE uses the same hopping mode as for msg3. The network does not configure simultaneous group hopping and sequence hopping. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.2.
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S ..., [[
dmrs-UplinkTransformPrecoding-r16This field indicates whether low PAPR DMRS is used for PUSCH with pi/2 BPSK modulation, as specified in TS38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.2. The network configures this field only if tp-pi2BPSK is configured in PUSCH-Config.
SetupRelease {DMRS-UplinkTransformPrecoding-r16} OPTIONAL -- Need M ]] } OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } DMRS-UplinkTransformPrecoding-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { pi2BPSK-ScramblingID0 INTEGER(0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S pi2BPSK-ScramblingID1 INTEGER(0..65535) OPTIONAL -- Need S } -- TAG-DMRS-UPLINKCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DMRS-UplinkConfig field descriptions
dmrs-AdditionalPosition
Position for additional DM-RS in UL (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3). If the field is absent, the UE applies the value pos2. See also clause 6.4.1.1.3 for additional constraints on how the network may set this field depending on the setting of other fields.
dmrs-Type
Selection of the DMRS type to be used for UL (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3) If the field is absent, the UE uses DMRS type 1.
dmrs-Uplink
This field indicates whether low PAPR DMRS is used, as specified in TS38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.1.
dmrs-UplinkTransformPrecoding
This field indicates whether low PAPR DMRS is used for PUSCH with pi/2 BPSK modulation, as specified in TS38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.2. The network configures this field only if tp-pi2BPSK is configured in PUSCH-Config.
maxLength
The maximum number of OFDM symbols for UL front loaded DMRS. len1 corresponds to value 1. len2 corresponds to value 2. If the field is absent, the UE applies value len1. If set to len2, the UE determines the actual number of DM-RS symbols by the associated DCI. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3).
nPUSCH-Identity
Parameter: N_ID^(PUSCH) for DFT-s-OFDM DMRS. If the value is absent or released, the UE uses the value Physical cell ID (physCellId). See TS 38.211 [16].
phaseTrackingRS
Configures uplink PTRS (see TS 38.211 [16]).
pi2BPSK-ScramblingID0, pi2BPSK-ScramblingID1
UL DMRS scrambling initialization for pi/2 BPSK DMRS for PUSCH (see TS 38.211 [16], Clause 6.4.1.1.2). When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId) of the serving cell.
scramblingID0
UL DMRS scrambling initialization for CP-OFDM (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId).
scramblingID1
UL DMRS scrambling initialization for CP-OFDM. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.1). When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId).
sequenceGroupHopping
For DMRS transmission with transform precoder the NW may configure group hopping by the cell-specific parameter groupHoppingEnabledTransformPrecoding in PUSCH-ConfigCommon. In this case, the NW may include this UE specific field to disable group hopping for PUSCH transmission except for Msg3, i.e., to override the configuration in PUSCH-ConfigCommon (see TS 38.211 [16]). If the field is absent, the UE uses the same hopping mode as for Msg3.
sequenceHopping
Determines if sequence hopping is enabled for DMRS transmission with transform precoderfor PUSCH transmission other than Msg3 (sequence hopping is always disabled for Msg3). If the field is absent, the UE uses the same hopping mode as for msg3. The network does not configure simultaneous group hopping and sequence hopping. See TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.1.2.
transformPrecodingDisabled
DMRS related parameters for Cyclic Prefix OFDM.
transformPrecodingEnabled
DMRS related parameters for DFT-s-OFDM (Transform Precoding).

–DownlinkConfigCommon
The IE DownlinkConfigCommon provides common downlink parameters of a cell.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DOWNLINKCONFIGCOMMON-START DownlinkConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
frequencyInfoDLBasic parameters of a downlink carrier and transmission thereon.
FrequencyInfoDL OPTIONAL, -- Cond InterFreqHOAndServCellAdd
initialDownlinkBWPThe initial downlink BWP configuration for a serving cell.The network configures the locationAndBandwidth so that the initial downlink BWP contains the entire CORESET#0 of this serving cell in the frequency domain.
BWP-DownlinkCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd ... } -- TAG-DOWNLINKCONFIGCOMMON-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DownlinkConfigCommon field descriptions
frequencyInfoDL
Basic parameters of a downlink carrier and transmission thereon.
initialDownlinkBWP
The initial downlink BWP configuration for a serving cell.The network configures the locationAndBandwidth so that the initial downlink BWP contains the entire CORESET#0 of this serving cell in the frequency domain.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
InterFreqHOAndServCellAdd
This field is mandatory present for inter-frequency handover, and upon serving cell (PSCell/SCell) addition. Otherwise, the field is optionally present, Need M.
ServCellAdd
This field is mandatory present upon serving cell addition (for PSCell and SCell) and upon handover from E-UTRA to NR. It is optionally present, Need M otherwise.

–DownlinkConfigCommonSIB
The IE DownlinkConfigCommonSIB provides common downlink parameters of a cell.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DOWNLINKCONFIGCOMMONSIB-START DownlinkConfigCommonSIB ::= SEQUENCE { frequencyInfoDL FrequencyInfoDL-SIB,
initialDownlinkBWPThe initial downlink BWP configuration for a PCell. The network configures the locationAndBandwidth so that the initial downlink BWP contains the entire CORESET#0 of this serving cell in the frequency domain. The UE applies the locationAndBandwidthupon reception of this field (e.g. to determine the frequency position of signals described in relation to this locationAndBandwidth) but it keeps CORESET#0 until after reception of RRCSetup/RRCResume/RRCReestablishment.
BWP-DownlinkCommon,
bcch-ConfigThe modification period related configuration.
BCCH-Config,
pcch-ConfigThe paging related configuration.
PCCH-Config, ... } BCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
modificationPeriodCoeffActual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames m = modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle, see clause 5.2.2.2.2. n2 corresponds to value 2, n4 corresponds to value 4, and so on.
ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8, n16}, ... } PCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
defaultPagingCycleDefault paging cycle, used to derive 'T' in TS 38.304 [20]. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
PagingCycle,
nAndPagingFrameOffsetUsed to derive the number of total paging frames in T (corresponding to parameter N in TS 38.304 [20]) and paging frame offset (corresponding to parameter PF_offset in TS 38.304 [20]). A value of oneSixteenthT corresponds to T / 16, a value of oneEighthT corresponds to T / 8, and so on. If pagingSearchSpace is set to zero and if SS/PBCH block and CORESET multiplexing pattern is 2 or 3 (as specified in TS 38.213 [13]): -for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 5 or 10 ms, N can be set to one of {oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT} -for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 20 ms, N can be set to one of {halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT} -for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 40 ms, N can be set to one of {quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT} -for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 80 ms, N can be set to one of {oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT} -for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 160 ms, N can be set to oneSixteenthT If pagingSearchSpace is set to zero and if SS/PBCH block and CORESET multiplexing pattern is 1 (as specified in TS 38.213 [13]), N can be set to one of {halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT} If pagingSearchSpace is not set to zero, N can be configured to one of {oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
CHOICE { oneT NULL, halfT INTEGER (0..1), quarterT INTEGER (0..3), oneEighthT INTEGER (0..7), oneSixteenthT INTEGER (0..15) },
nsNumber of paging occasions per paging frame.
ENUMERATED {four, two, one},
firstPDCCH-MonitoringOccasionOfPOPoints out the first PDCCH monitoring occasion for paging of each PO of the PF, see TS 38.304 [20].
CHOICE { sCS15KHZoneT SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..139), sCS30KHZoneT-SCS15KHZhalfT SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..279), sCS60KHZoneT-SCS30KHZhalfT-SCS15KHZquarterT SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..559), sCS120KHZoneT-SCS60KHZhalfT-SCS30KHZquarterT-SCS15KHZoneEighthT SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..1119), sCS120KHZhalfT-SCS60KHZquarterT-SCS30KHZoneEighthT-SCS15KHZoneSixteenthT SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..2239), sCS120KHZquarterT-SCS60KHZoneEighthT-SCS30KHZoneSixteenthT SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..4479), sCS120KHZoneEighthT-SCS60KHZoneSixteenthT SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..8959), sCS120KHZoneSixteenthT SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPO-perPF)) OF INTEGER (0..17919) } OPTIONAL, -- Need R ..., [[
nrofPDCCH-MonitoringOccasionPerSSB-InPO-r16The number of PDCCH monitoring occasions corresponding to an SSB within a Paging Occasion, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 7.1.
INTEGER (2..4) OPTIONAL -- Cond SharedSpectrum2 ]] } -- TAG-DOWNLINKCONFIGCOMMONSIB-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DownlinkConfigCommonSIB field descriptions
bcch-Config
The modification period related configuration.
frequencyInfoDL-SIB
Basic parameters of a downlink carrier and transmission thereon.
initialDownlinkBWP
The initial downlink BWP configuration for a PCell. The network configures the locationAndBandwidth so that the initial downlink BWP contains the entire CORESET#0 of this serving cell in the frequency domain. The UE applies the locationAndBandwidthupon reception of this field (e.g. to determine the frequency position of signals described in relation to this locationAndBandwidth) but it keeps CORESET#0 until after reception of RRCSetup/RRCResume/RRCReestablishment.
nrofPDCCH-MonitoringOccasionPerSSB-InPO
The number of PDCCH monitoring occasions corresponding to an SSB within a Paging Occasion, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 7.1.
pcch-Config
The paging related configuration.
BCCH-Config field descriptions
modificationPeriodCoeff
Actual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames m = modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle, see clause 5.2.2.2.2. n2 corresponds to value 2, n4 corresponds to value 4, and so on.
PCCH-Config field descriptions
defaultPagingCycle
Default paging cycle, used to derive 'T' in TS 38.304 [20]. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
firstPDCCH-MonitoringOccasionOfPO
Points out the first PDCCH monitoring occasion for paging of each PO of the PF, see TS 38.304 [20].
nAndPagingFrameOffset
Used to derive the number of total paging frames in T (corresponding to parameter N in TS 38.304 [20]) and paging frame offset (corresponding to parameter PF_offset in TS 38.304 [20]). A value of oneSixteenthT corresponds to T / 16, a value of oneEighthT corresponds to T / 8, and so on. If pagingSearchSpace is set to zero and if SS/PBCH block and CORESET multiplexing pattern is 2 or 3 (as specified in TS 38.213 [13]): -for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 5 or 10 ms, N can be set to one of {oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT} -for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 20 ms, N can be set to one of {halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT} -for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 40 ms, N can be set to one of {quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT} -for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 80 ms, N can be set to one of {oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT} -for ssb-periodicityServingCell of 160 ms, N can be set to oneSixteenthT If pagingSearchSpace is set to zero and if SS/PBCH block and CORESET multiplexing pattern is 1 (as specified in TS 38.213 [13]), N can be set to one of {halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT} If pagingSearchSpace is not set to zero, N can be configured to one of {oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, oneSixteenthT}
ns
Number of paging occasions per paging frame.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
SharedSpectrum2
The field is optional present, Need R, if this cell operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.

–DownlinkPreemption
The IE DownlinkPreemption is used to configure the UE to monitor PDCCH for the INT-RNTI (interruption).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DOWNLINKPREEMPTION-START DownlinkPreemption ::= SEQUENCE {
int-RNTIRNTI used for indication pre-emption in DL (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10).
RNTI-Value,
timeFrequencySetSet selection for DL-preemption indication (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2) The set determines how the UE interprets the DL preemption DCI payload.
ENUMERATED {set0, set1},
dci-PayloadSizeTotal length of the DCI payload scrambled with INT-RNTI (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2).
INTEGER (0..maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize),
int-ConfigurationPerServingCellIndicates (per serving cell) the position of the 14 bit INT values inside the DCI payload (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF INT-ConfigurationPerServingCell, ... } INT-ConfigurationPerServingCell ::= SEQUENCE { servingCellId ServCellIndex,
positionInDCIStarting position (in number of bit) of the 14 bit INT value applicable for this serving cell (servingCellId) within the DCI payload (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2). Must be multiples of 14 (bit).
INTEGER (0..maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize-1) } -- TAG-DOWNLINKPREEMPTION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DownlinkPreemption field descriptions
dci-PayloadSize
Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with INT-RNTI (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2).
int-ConfigurationPerServingCell
Indicates (per serving cell) the position of the 14 bit INT values inside the DCI payload (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2).
int-RNTI
RNTI used for indication pre-emption in DL (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10).
timeFrequencySet
Set selection for DL-preemption indication (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2) The set determines how the UE interprets the DL preemption DCI payload.
INT-ConfigurationPerServingCell field descriptions
positionInDCI
Starting position (in number of bit) of the 14 bit INT value applicable for this serving cell (servingCellId) within the DCI payload (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 11.2). Must be multiples of 14 (bit).

–DRB-Identity
The IE DRB-Identity is used to identify a DRB used by a UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DRB-IDENTITY-START DRB-Identity ::= INTEGER (1..32) -- TAG-DRB-IDENTITY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–DRX-Config
The IE DRX-Config is used to configure DRX related parameters.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DRX-CONFIG-START DRX-Config ::= SEQUENCE { drx-onDurationTimer CHOICE { subMilliSeconds INTEGER (1..31), milliSeconds ENUMERATED { ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, ms800, ms1000, ms1200, ms1600, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } }, drx-InactivityTimer ENUMERATED { ms0, ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL INTEGER (0..56), drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL INTEGER (0..56), drx-RetransmissionTimerDL ENUMERATED { sl0, sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6, sl8, sl16, sl24, sl33, sl40, sl64, sl80, sl96, sl112, sl128, sl160, sl320, spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL ENUMERATED { sl0, sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6, sl8, sl16, sl24, sl33, sl40, sl64, sl80, sl96, sl112, sl128, sl160, sl320, spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 }, drx-LongCycleStartOffset CHOICE { ms10 INTEGER(0..9), ms20 INTEGER(0..19), ms32 INTEGER(0..31), ms40 INTEGER(0..39), ms60 INTEGER(0..59), ms64 INTEGER(0..63), ms70 INTEGER(0..69), ms80 INTEGER(0..79), ms128 INTEGER(0..127), ms160 INTEGER(0..159), ms256 INTEGER(0..255), ms320 INTEGER(0..319), ms512 INTEGER(0..511), ms640 INTEGER(0..639), ms1024 INTEGER(0..1023), ms1280 INTEGER(0..1279), ms2048 INTEGER(0..2047), ms2560 INTEGER(0..2559), ms5120 INTEGER(0..5119), ms10240 INTEGER(0..10239) }, shortDRX SEQUENCE { drx-ShortCycle ENUMERATED { ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms7, ms8, ms10, ms14, ms16, ms20, ms30, ms32, ms35, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms256, ms320, ms512, ms640, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 }, drx-ShortCycleTimer INTEGER (1..16) } OPTIONAL, -- Need R drx-SlotOffset INTEGER (0..31) } -- TAG-DRX-CONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup
The IE DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup is used to configure DRX related parameters for the second DRX group as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DRX-CONFIGSECONDARYGROUP-START DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup ::= SEQUENCE { drx-onDurationTimer CHOICE { subMilliSeconds INTEGER (1..31), milliSeconds ENUMERATED { ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, ms800, ms1000, ms1200, ms1600, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } }, drx-InactivityTimer ENUMERATED { ms0, ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} } -- TAG-DRX-CONFIGSECONDARYGROUP-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–FilterCoefficient
The IE FilterCoefficient specifies the measurement filtering coefficient. Value fc0 corresponds to k = 0, fc1 corresponds to k = 1, and so on.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-FILTERCOEFFICIENT-START FilterCoefficient ::= ENUMERATED { fc0, fc1, fc2, fc3, fc4, fc5, fc6, fc7, fc8, fc9, fc11, fc13, fc15, fc17, fc19, spare1, ...} -- TAG-FILTERCOEFFICIENT-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DRX-Config field descriptions
drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL
Value in number of symbols of the BWP where the transport block was received.
drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL
Value in number of symbols of the BWP where the transport block was transmitted.
drx-InactivityTimer
Value in multiple integers of 1 ms. ms0 corresponds to 0, ms1 corresponds to 1 ms, ms2 corresponds to 2 ms, and so on.
drx-LongCycleStartOffset
drx-LongCycle in ms and drx-StartOffset in multiples of 1 ms. If drx-ShortCycle is configured, the value of drx-LongCycle shall be a multiple of the drx-ShortCycle value.
drx-onDurationTimer
Value in multiples of 1/32 ms (subMilliSeconds) or in ms (milliSecond). For the latter, value ms1 corresponds to 1 ms, value ms2 corresponds to 2 ms, and so on.
drx-RetransmissionTimerDL
Value in number of slot lengths of the BWP where the transport block was received. value sl0 corresponds to 0 slots, sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, and so on.
drx-RetransmissionTimerUL
Value in number of slot lengths of the BWP where the transport block was transmitted. sl0 corresponds to 0 slots, sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, and so on.
drx-ShortCycleTimer
Value in multiples of drx-ShortCycle. A value of 1 corresponds to drx-ShortCycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * drx-ShortCycle and so on.
drx-ShortCycle
Value in ms. ms1 corresponds to 1 ms, ms2 corresponds to 2 ms, and so on.
drx-SlotOffset
Value in 1/32 ms. Value 0 corresponds to 0 ms, value 1 corresponds to 1/32 ms, value 2 corresponds to 2/32 ms, and so on.
DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup field descriptions
drx-InactivityTimer
Value in multiple integers of 1 ms. ms0 corresponds to 0, ms1 corresponds to 1 ms, ms2 corresponds to 2 ms, and so on, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. The network configures a drx-InactivityTimer value for the second DRX group that is smaller than the drx-InactivityTimer configured for the default DRX group in IE DRX-Config.
drx-onDurationTimer
Value in multiples of 1/32 ms (subMilliSeconds) or in ms (milliSecond). For the latter, value ms1 corresponds to 1 ms, value ms2 corresponds to 2 ms, and so on, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. The network configures a drx-onDurationTimer value for the second DRX group that is smaller than the drx-onDurationTimer configured for the default DRX group in IE DRX-Config.

–FreqBandIndicatorNR
The IE FreqBandIndicatorNR is used to convey an NR frequency band number as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15] and TS 38.101-2 [39].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-FREQBANDINDICATORNR-START FreqBandIndicatorNR ::= INTEGER (1..1024) -- TAG-FREQBANDINDICATORNR-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–FrequencyInfoDL
The IE FrequencyInfoDL provides basic parameters of a downlink carrier and transmission thereon.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFODL-START FrequencyInfoDL ::= SEQUENCE {
absoluteFrequencySSBFrequency of the SSB to be used for this serving cell. SSB related parameters (e.g. SSB index) provided for a serving cell refer to this SSB frequency unless mentioned otherwise. The cell-defining SSB of the PCell is always on the sync raster. Frequencies are considered to be on the sync raster if they are also identifiable with a GSCN value (see TS 38.101-1 [15]). If the field is absent, the SSB related parameters should be absent, e.g. ssb-PositionsInBurst, ssb-periodicityServingCell and subcarrierSpacing in ServingCellConfigCommon IE. If the field is absent, the UE obtains timing reference from the SpCell. This is only supported in case the SCell is in the same frequency band as the SpCell.
ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, -- Cond SpCellAdd
frequencyBandListList containing only one frequency band to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are not supported.
MultiFrequencyBandListNR,
absoluteFrequencyPointAAbsolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2). Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList.
ARFCN-ValueNR,
scs-SpecificCarrierListA set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A. The network configures a scs-SpecificCarrier at least for each numerology (SCS) that is used e.g. in a BWP (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier, ... } -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFODL-STOP -- ASN1STOP
FrequencyInfoDL field descriptions
absoluteFrequencyPointA
Absolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2). Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList.
absoluteFrequencySSB
Frequency of the SSB to be used for this serving cell. SSB related parameters (e.g. SSB index) provided for a serving cell refer to this SSB frequency unless mentioned otherwise. The cell-defining SSB of the PCell is always on the sync raster. Frequencies are considered to be on the sync raster if they are also identifiable with a GSCN value (see TS 38.101-1 [15]). If the field is absent, the SSB related parameters should be absent, e.g. ssb-PositionsInBurst, ssb-periodicityServingCell and subcarrierSpacing in ServingCellConfigCommon IE. If the field is absent, the UE obtains timing reference from the SpCell. This is only supported in case the SCell is in the same frequency band as the SpCell.
frequencyBandList
List containing only one frequency band to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are not supported.
scs-SpecificCarrierList
A set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A. The network configures a scs-SpecificCarrier at least for each numerology (SCS) that is used e.g. in a BWP (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3).
Conditional PresenceExplanation
SpCellAdd
The field is mandatory present if this FrequencyInfoDL is for SpCell. Otherwise the field is optionally present, Need S.

–FrequencyInfoDL-SIB
The IE FrequencyInfoDL-SIB provides basic parameters of a downlink carrier and transmission thereon.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFODL-SIB-START FrequencyInfoDL-SIB ::= SEQUENCE {
frequencyBandListList of one or multiple frequency bands to which this carrier(s) belongs.
MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB,
offsetToPointARepresents the offset to Point A as defined in TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2.
INTEGER (0..2199),
scs-SpecificCarrierListA set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3). The network configures this for all SCSs that are used in DL BWPs in this serving cell.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier } -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFODL-SIB-STOP -- ASN1STOP
FrequencyInfoDL-SIB field descriptions
offsetToPointA
Represents the offset to Point A as defined in TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2.
frequencyBandList
List of one or multiple frequency bands to which this carrier(s) belongs.
scs-SpecificCarrierList
A set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3). The network configures this for all SCSs that are used in DL BWPs in this serving cell.

–FrequencyInfoUL
The IE FrequencyInfoUL provides basic parameters of an uplink carrier and transmission thereon.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFOUL-START FrequencyInfoUL ::= SEQUENCE {
frequencyBandListList containing only one frequency band to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are not supported.
MultiFrequencyBandListNR OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
absoluteFrequencyPointAAbsolute frequency of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A. Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2).
ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
scs-SpecificCarrierListA set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A. The network configures a scs-SpecificCarrier at least for each numerology (SCS) that is used e.g. in a BWP (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier,
additionalSpectrumEmissionThe additional spectrum emission requirements to be applied by the UE on this uplink. If the field is absent, the UE uses value 0 for the additionalSpectrumEmission (see TS 38.101-1 [15], table 6.2.3.1-1A, and TS 38.101-2 [39], table 6.2.3.1-2).Network configures the same value in additionalSpectrumEmission for all uplink carrier(s) of the same band with UL configured. The additionalSpectrumEmission is applicable for all uplink carriers of the same band with UL configured.
AdditionalSpectrumEmission OPTIONAL, -- Need S
p-MaxMaximum transmit power allowed in this serving cell. The maximum transmit power that the UE may use on this serving cell may be additionally limited by p-NR-FR1 (configured for the cell group) and by p-UE-FR1 (configured total for all serving cells operating on FR1). If absent, the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15]in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39]. Value in dBm.This field is ignored by IAB-MT, the IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need S
frequencyShift7p5khzEnable the NR UL transmission with a 7.5 kHz shift to the LTE raster. If the field is absent, the frequency shift is disabled.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-TDD-OrSUL-Optional ... } -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFOUL-STOP -- ASN1STOP
FrequencyInfoUL field descriptions
absoluteFrequencyPointA
Absolute frequency of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A. Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2).
additionalSpectrumEmission
The additional spectrum emission requirements to be applied by the UE on this uplink. If the field is absent, the UE uses value 0 for the additionalSpectrumEmission (see TS 38.101-1 [15], table 6.2.3.1-1A, and TS 38.101-2 [39], table 6.2.3.1-2).Network configures the same value in additionalSpectrumEmission for all uplink carrier(s) of the same band with UL configured. The additionalSpectrumEmission is applicable for all uplink carriers of the same band with UL configured.
frequencyBandList
List containing only one frequency band to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are not supported.
frequencyShift7p5khz
Enable the NR UL transmission with a 7.5 kHz shift to the LTE raster. If the field is absent, the frequency shift is disabled.
p-Max
Maximum transmit power allowed in this serving cell. The maximum transmit power that the UE may use on this serving cell may be additionally limited by p-NR-FR1 (configured for the cell group) and by p-UE-FR1 (configured total for all serving cells operating on FR1). If absent, the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15]in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39]. Value in dBm.This field is ignored by IAB-MT, the IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
scs-SpecificCarrierList
A set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A. The network configures a scs-SpecificCarrier at least for each numerology (SCS) that is used e.g. in a BWP (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3).
Conditional PresenceExplanation
FDD-OrSUL
The field is mandatory present if this FrequencyInfoUL is for the paired UL for a DL (defined in a FrequencyInfoDL) or if this FrequencyInfoUL is for a supplementary uplink (SUL). It is absent, Need R, otherwise (if this FrequencyInfoUL is for an unpaired UL (TDD).
FDD-TDD-OrSUL-Optional
The field is optionally present, Need R, if this FrequencyInfoUL is for the paired UL for a DL (defined in a FrequencyInfoDL), or if this FrequencyInfoUL is for an unpaired UL (TDD) in certain bands (as defined in clause 5.4.2.1 of TS 38.101-1 and in clause 5.4.2.1 of TS 38.104 [12]), or if this FrequencyInfoUL is for a supplementary uplink (SUL). It is absent, Need R, otherwise.

–FrequencyInfoUL-SIB
The IE FrequencyInfoUL-SIB provides basic parameters of an uplink carrier and transmission thereon.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFOUL-SIB-START FrequencyInfoUL-SIB ::= SEQUENCE {
frequencyBandListProvides the frequency band indicator and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15], table 6.2.3.1-1, and TS 38.101-2 [39], table 6.2.3.1-2. The UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the frequencyBandList field.
MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
absoluteFrequencyPointAAbsolute frequency of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A. Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2).
ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
scs-SpecificCarrierListA set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3). The network configures this for all SCSs that are used in UL BWPs configured in this serving cell.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier,
p-MaxValue in dBm applicable for the cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39]. This field is ignored by IAB-MT, the IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need S
frequencyShift7p5khzEnable the NR UL transmission with a 7.5 kHz shift to the LTE raster. If the field is absent, the frequency shift is disabled.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-TDD-OrSUL-Optional ... } -- TAG-FREQUENCYINFOUL-SIB-STOP -- ASN1STOP
FrequencyInfoUL-SIB field descriptions
absoluteFrequencyPointA
Absolute frequency of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A. Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.4.4.2).
frequencyBandList
Provides the frequency band indicator and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15], table 6.2.3.1-1, and TS 38.101-2 [39], table 6.2.3.1-2. The UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the frequencyBandList field.
frequencyShift7p5khz
Enable the NR UL transmission with a 7.5 kHz shift to the LTE raster. If the field is absent, the frequency shift is disabled.
p-Max
Value in dBm applicable for the cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell or TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39]. This field is ignored by IAB-MT, the IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
scs-SpecificCarrierList
A set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3). The network configures this for all SCSs that are used in UL BWPs configured in this serving cell.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
FDD-OrSUL
The field is mandatory present if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for the paired UL for a DL (defined in a FrequencyInfoDL-SIB) or if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for a supplementary uplink (SUL). It is absent otherwise (if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for an unpaired UL (TDD).
FDD-TDD-OrSUL-Optional
The field is optionally present, Need R, if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for the paired UL for a DL (defined in a FrequencyInfoDL-SIB), or if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for an unpaired UL (TDD) in certain bands (as defined in clause 5.4.2.1 of TS 38.101-1 and in clause 5.4.2.1 of TS 38.104 [12]), or if this FrequencyInfoUL-SIB is for a supplementary uplink (SUL). It is absent otherwise.

–HighSpeedConfig
The IE HighSpeedConfig is used to configure parameters for high speed scenarios.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-HIGHSPEEDCONFIG-START HighSpeedConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
highSpeedMeasFlag-r16If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced RRM requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
highSpeedDemodFlag-r16If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced demodulation processing for HST-SFN joint transmission scheme with velocity up to 500km/h as specified in TS 38.101-4 [59].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } -- TAG-HIGHSPEEDCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
HighSpeedConfig field descriptions
highSpeedMeasFlag-r16
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced RRM requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
highSpeedDemodFlag-r16
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced demodulation processing for HST-SFN joint transmission scheme with velocity up to 500km/h as specified in TS 38.101-4 [59].

–Hysteresis
The IE Hysteresis is a parameter used within the entry and leave condition of an event triggered reporting condition. The actual value is field value * 0.5 dB.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-HYSTERESIS-START Hysteresis ::= INTEGER (0..30) -- TAG-HYSTERESIS-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–InvalidSymbolPattern
The IE InvalidSymbolPattern is used to configure one invalid symbol pattern for PUSCH transmission repetition type B applicable for both DCI format 0_1 and 0_2, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-INVALIDSYMBOLPATTERN-START InvalidSymbolPattern-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
symbols-r16A symbol level bitmap in time domain (see TS 38.214[19], clause 6.1).
CHOICE { oneSlot BIT STRING (SIZE (14)), twoSlots BIT STRING (SIZE (28)) },
periodicityAndPattern-r16A time domain repetition pattern at which the pattern. This slot pattern repeats itself continuously. When the field is not configured, the UE uses the value n1 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1).
CHOICE { n2 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)), n4 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), n5 BIT STRING (SIZE (5)), n8 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), n10 BIT STRING (SIZE (10)), n20 BIT STRING (SIZE (20)), n40 BIT STRING (SIZE (40)) } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ... } -- TAG-INVALIDSYMBOLPATTERN-STOP -- ASN1STOP
InvalidSymbolPattern field descriptions
periodicityAndPattern
A time domain repetition pattern at which the pattern. This slot pattern repeats itself continuously. When the field is not configured, the UE uses the value n1 (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1).
symbols
A symbol level bitmap in time domain (see TS 38.214[19], clause 6.1).

–I-RNTI-Value
The IE I-RNTI-Value is used to identify the suspended UE context of a UE in RRC_INACTIVE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-I-RNTI-VALUE-START I-RNTI-Value ::= BIT STRING (SIZE(40)) -- TAG-I-RNTI-VALUE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–LBT-FailureRecoveryConfig
The IE LBT-FailureRecoveryConfig-r16 is used to configure the parameters used for detection of consistent uplink LBT failures for operation with shared spectrum channel access, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-LBT-FAILURERECOVERYCONFIG-START LBT-FailureRecoveryConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { lbt-FailureInstanceMaxCount-r16 ENUMERATED {n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, n128}, lbt-FailureDetectionTimer-r16 ENUMERATED {ms10, ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160, ms320}, ... } -- TAG-LBT-FAILURERECOVERYCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–LocationInfo
The IE LocationInfo is used to transfer available detailed location information, Bluetooth, WLAN and sensor available measurement results at the UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-LOCATIONINFO-START LocationInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { commonLocationInfo-r16 CommonLocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL, bt-LocationInfo-r16 LogMeasResultListBT-r16 OPTIONAL, wlan-LocationInfo-r16 LogMeasResultListWLAN-r16 OPTIONAL, sensor-LocationInfo-r16 Sensor-LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-LOCATIONINFO-STOP -- ASN1STOP
LBT-FailureRecoveryConfig field descriptions
lbt-FailureDetectionTimer
Timer for consistent uplink LBT failure detection (see TS 38.321 [3]). Value ms10 corresponds to 10 ms, value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, and so on.
lbt-FailureInstanceMaxCount
This field determines after how many consistent uplink LBT failure events the UE triggers uplink LBT failure recovery (see TS 38.321 [3]). Value n4 corresponds to 4, value n8 corresponds to 8, and so on.

–LocationMeasurementInfo
The IE LocationMeasurementInfo defines the information sent by the UE to the network to assist with the configuration of measurement gaps for location related measurements.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINFO-START LocationMeasurementInfo ::= CHOICE { eutra-RSTD EUTRA-RSTD-InfoList, ..., eutra-FineTimingDetection NULL, nr-PRS-Measurement-r16 NR-PRS-MeasurementInfoList-r16 } EUTRA-RSTD-InfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxInterRAT-RSTD-Freq)) OF EUTRA-RSTD-Info EUTRA-RSTD-Info ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqThe EARFCN value of the carrier received from upper layers for which the UE needs to perform the inter-RAT RSTD measurements.
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
measPRS-OffsetIndicates the requested gap offset for performing RSTD measurements towards E-UTRA. It is the smallest subframe offset from the beginning of subframe 0 of SFN=0 of the serving cell of the requested gap for measuring PRS positioning occasions in the carrier frequency carrierFreq for which the UE needs to perform the inter-RAT RSTD measurements. The PRS positioning occasion information is received from upper layers. The value of measPRS-Offset is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod 40. The UE shall take into account any additional time required by the UE to start PRS measurements on the other carrier when it does this mapping for determining the measPRS-Offset. NOTE:Figure 6.2.2-1 in TS 36.331[10] illustrates the measPRS-Offset field.
INTEGER (0..39), ... } NR-PRS-MeasurementInfoList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqLayers)) OF NR-PRS-MeasurementInfo-r16 NR-PRS-MeasurementInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
dl-PRS-PointA-r16The ARFCN value of the carrier received from upper layers for which the UE needs to perform the NR DL-PRS measurements.
ARFCN-ValueNR,
nr-MeasPRS-RepetitionAndOffset-r16Indicates the gap periodicity in ms and offset in number of subframes of the requested measurement gap for performing NR DL-PRS measurements.
CHOICE { ms20-r16 INTEGER (0..19), ms40-r16 INTEGER (0..39), ms80-r16 INTEGER (0..79), ms160-r16 INTEGER (0..159), ... },
nr-MeasPRS-length-r16Indicates measurement gap length in ms of the requested measurement gap for performing NR DL-PRS measurements. The measurement gap length is according to in Table 9.1.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14].
ENUMERATED {ms1dot5, ms3, ms3dot5, ms4, ms5dot5, ms6, ms10, ms20}, ... } -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINFO-STOP -- ASN1STOP
LocationMeasurementInfo field descriptions
carrierFreq
The EARFCN value of the carrier received from upper layers for which the UE needs to perform the inter-RAT RSTD measurements.
measPRS-Offset
Indicates the requested gap offset for performing RSTD measurements towards E-UTRA. It is the smallest subframe offset from the beginning of subframe 0 of SFN=0 of the serving cell of the requested gap for measuring PRS positioning occasions in the carrier frequency carrierFreq for which the UE needs to perform the inter-RAT RSTD measurements. The PRS positioning occasion information is received from upper layers. The value of measPRS-Offset is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod 40. The UE shall take into account any additional time required by the UE to start PRS measurements on the other carrier when it does this mapping for determining the measPRS-Offset. NOTE:Figure 6.2.2-1 in TS 36.331[10] illustrates the measPRS-Offset field.
dl-PRS-PointA
The ARFCN value of the carrier received from upper layers for which the UE needs to perform the NR DL-PRS measurements.
nr-MeasPRS-RepetitionAndOffset
Indicates the gap periodicity in ms and offset in number of subframes of the requested measurement gap for performing NR DL-PRS measurements.
nr-MeasPRS-length
Indicates measurement gap length in ms of the requested measurement gap for performing NR DL-PRS measurements. The measurement gap length is according to in Table 9.1.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14].

–LogicalChannelConfig
The IE LogicalChannelConfig is used to configure the logical channel parameters.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-LOGICALCHANNELCONFIG-START LogicalChannelConfig ::= SEQUENCE { ul-SpecificParameters SEQUENCE {
priorityLogical channel priority, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
INTEGER (1..16),
prioritisedBitRateValue in kiloBytes/s. Value kBps0 corresponds to 0 kiloBytes/s, value kBps8 corresponds to 8 kiloBytes/s, value kBps16 corresponds to 16 kiloBytes/s, and so on. For SRBs, the value can only be set to infinity.
ENUMERATED {kBps0, kBps8, kBps16, kBps32, kBps64, kBps128, kBps256, kBps512, kBps1024, kBps2048, kBps4096, kBps8192, kBps16384, kBps32768, kBps65536, infinity},
bucketSizeDurationValue in ms. ms5 corresponds to 5 ms, value ms10 corresponds to 10 ms, and so on.
ENUMERATED {ms5, ms10, ms20, ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms1000, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3,spare2, spare1},
allowedServingCellsIf present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the serving cells indicated in this list. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any configured serving cell of this cell group. Corresponds to 'allowedServingCells' in TS 38.321 [3].
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells-1)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Cond PDCP-CADuplication
allowedSCS-ListIf present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the indicated numerology. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any configured numerology. Only the values 15/30/60 kHz (for FR1) and 60/120 kHz (for FR2) are applicable. Corresponds to 'allowedSCS-List' as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, -- Need R
maxPUSCH-DurationIf present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be transmitted using uplink grants that result in a PUSCH duration shorter than or equal to the duration indicated by this field. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be transmitted using an uplink grant resulting in any PUSCH duration. Corresponds to "maxPUSCH-Duration" in TS 38.321 [3]. The PUSCH duration is calculated based on the same length of all symbols, and the shortest length applies if the symbol lengths are different.
ENUMERATED {ms0p02, ms0p04, ms0p0625, ms0p125, ms0p25, ms0p5, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
configuredGrantType1AllowedIf present, or if the capability lcp-Restriction as specified in TS 38.306 [26] is not supported, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be transmitted on a configured grant type 1. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel cannot be transmitted on a configured grant type 1. Corresponds to 'configuredGrantType1Allowed' in TS 38.321 [3].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
logicalChannelGroupID of the logical channel group, as specified in TS 38.321 [3], which the logical channel belongs to.
INTEGER (0..maxLCG-ID) OPTIONAL, -- Need R schedulingRequestID SchedulingRequestId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
logicalChannelSR-MaskControls SR triggering when a configured uplink grant of type1 or type2 is configured. true indicates that SR masking is configured for this logical channelas specified in TS 38.321 [3].
BOOLEAN,
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerAppliedIndicates whether to apply the delay timer for SR transmission for this logical channel. Set to false if logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer is not included in BSR-Config.
BOOLEAN, ...,
bitRateQueryProhibitTimerThe timer is used for bit rate recommendation query in TS 38.321 [3], in seconds. Value s0 means 0 s, s0dot4 means 0.4 s and so on.
ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot4, s0dot8, s1dot6, s3, s6, s12, s30} OPTIONAL, -- Need R [[
allowedCG-List-r16This restriction applies only when the UL grant is a configured grant. If present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the indicated configured grant configuration. If the size of the sequence is zero, then UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel cannot be mapped to any configured grant configurations. If the field is not present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any configured grant configurations. If the field configuredGrantType1Allowed is present, only those configured grant type 1 configuration indicated in this sequence are allowed for use by this logical channel; otherwise, this sequence shall not include any configured grant type 1 configuration. Corresponds to "allowedCG-List" as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
SEQUENCE (SIZE (0.. maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfigMAC-r16-1)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfigIndexMAC-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need S
allowedPHY-PriorityIndex-r16This restriction applies only when the UL grant is a dynamic grant. If the field is present and the dynamic grant has a PHY-priority index, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the dynamic grants indicating PHY-priority index equal to the values configured by this field. If the field is present and the dynamic grant does not have a PHY-priority index, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to this dynamic grant if the value of the field is p0, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9. If the field is not present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any dynamic grants. Corresponds to "allowedPHY-PriorityIndex" as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
ENUMERATED {p0, p1} OPTIONAL -- Need S ]] } OPTIONAL, -- Cond UL ..., [[
channelAccessPriority-r16Indicates the Channel Access Priority Class (CAPC), as specified in TS 38.300 [2], to be used on uplink transmissions for operation with shared spectrum channel access. The network configures this field only for SRB2 and DRBs.
INTEGER (1..4) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
bitRateMultiplier-r16Bit rate multiplier for recommended bit rate MAC CE as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. Value x40 indicates bit rate multiplier 40, value x70 indicates bit rate multiplier 70 and so on.
ENUMERATED {x40, x70, x100, x200} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } -- TAG-LOGICALCHANNELCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
LogicalChannelConfig field descriptions
allowedCG-List
This restriction applies only when the UL grant is a configured grant. If present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the indicated configured grant configuration. If the size of the sequence is zero, then UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel cannot be mapped to any configured grant configurations. If the field is not present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any configured grant configurations. If the field configuredGrantType1Allowed is present, only those configured grant type 1 configuration indicated in this sequence are allowed for use by this logical channel; otherwise, this sequence shall not include any configured grant type 1 configuration. Corresponds to "allowedCG-List" as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
allowedPHY-PriorityIndex
This restriction applies only when the UL grant is a dynamic grant. If the field is present and the dynamic grant has a PHY-priority index, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the dynamic grants indicating PHY-priority index equal to the values configured by this field. If the field is present and the dynamic grant does not have a PHY-priority index, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to this dynamic grant if the value of the field is p0, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9. If the field is not present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any dynamic grants. Corresponds to "allowedPHY-PriorityIndex" as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
allowedSCS-List
If present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the indicated numerology. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any configured numerology. Only the values 15/30/60 kHz (for FR1) and 60/120 kHz (for FR2) are applicable. Corresponds to 'allowedSCS-List' as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
allowedServingCells
If present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the serving cells indicated in this list. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any configured serving cell of this cell group. Corresponds to 'allowedServingCells' in TS 38.321 [3].
bitRateMultiplier
Bit rate multiplier for recommended bit rate MAC CE as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. Value x40 indicates bit rate multiplier 40, value x70 indicates bit rate multiplier 70 and so on.
bitRateQueryProhibitTimer
The timer is used for bit rate recommendation query in TS 38.321 [3], in seconds. Value s0 means 0 s, s0dot4 means 0.4 s and so on.
bucketSizeDuration
Value in ms. ms5 corresponds to 5 ms, value ms10 corresponds to 10 ms, and so on.
channelAccessPriority
Indicates the Channel Access Priority Class (CAPC), as specified in TS 38.300 [2], to be used on uplink transmissions for operation with shared spectrum channel access. The network configures this field only for SRB2 and DRBs.
configuredGrantType1Allowed
If present, or if the capability lcp-Restriction as specified in TS 38.306 [26] is not supported, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be transmitted on a configured grant type 1. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel cannot be transmitted on a configured grant type 1. Corresponds to 'configuredGrantType1Allowed' in TS 38.321 [3].
logicalChannelGroup
ID of the logical channel group, as specified in TS 38.321 [3], which the logical channel belongs to.
logicalChannelSR-Mask
Controls SR triggering when a configured uplink grant of type1 or type2 is configured. true indicates that SR masking is configured for this logical channelas specified in TS 38.321 [3].
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerApplied
Indicates whether to apply the delay timer for SR transmission for this logical channel. Set to false if logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer is not included in BSR-Config.
maxPUSCH-Duration
If present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be transmitted using uplink grants that result in a PUSCH duration shorter than or equal to the duration indicated by this field. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be transmitted using an uplink grant resulting in any PUSCH duration. Corresponds to "maxPUSCH-Duration" in TS 38.321 [3]. The PUSCH duration is calculated based on the same length of all symbols, and the shortest length applies if the symbol lengths are different.
priority
Logical channel priority, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
prioritisedBitRate
Value in kiloBytes/s. Value kBps0 corresponds to 0 kiloBytes/s, value kBps8 corresponds to 8 kiloBytes/s, value kBps16 corresponds to 16 kiloBytes/s, and so on. For SRBs, the value can only be set to infinity.
schedulingRequestId
If present, it indicates the scheduling request configuration applicable for this logical channel, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
Conditional PresenceExplanation
PDCP-CADuplication
The field is mandatory present if the DRB/SRB associated with this logical channel is configured with PDCP CA duplication in UL in the cell group in which this IE is included (i.e. the PDCP entity is associated with multiple RLC entities belonging to this cell group). Otherwise the field is optionally present, need R.
UL
The field is mandatory present for a logical channel with uplink if it serves DRB. It is optionally present, Need R, for a logical channel with uplink if it serves an SRB. Otherwise it is absent.

–LogicalChannelIdentity
The IE LogicalChannelIdentity is used to identify one logical channel (LogicalChannelConfig) and the corresponding RLC bearer (RLC-BearerConfig).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-LOGICALCHANNELIDENTITY-START LogicalChannelIdentity ::= INTEGER (1..maxLC-ID) -- TAG-LOGICALCHANNELIDENTITY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MAC-CellGroupConfig
The IE MAC-CellGroupConfig is used to configure MAC parameters for a cell group, including DRX.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MAC-CELLGROUPCONFIG-START MAC-CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
drx-ConfigUsed to configure DRX as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
SetupRelease { DRX-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M schedulingRequestConfig SchedulingRequestConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M bsr-Config BSR-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need M
tag-ConfigThe field is used to configure parameters for a time-alignment group. The field is not present if any DAPS bearer is configured.
TAG-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need M phr-Config SetupRelease { PHR-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M skipUplinkTxDynamic BOOLEAN, ..., [[
csi-MaskIf set to true, the UE limits CSI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 38.321 [3].
BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need M
dataInactivityTimerReleases the RRC connection upon data inactivity as specified in clause 5.3.8.5 and in TS 38.321 [3]. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, value s2 corresponds to 2 seconds, and so on.
SetupRelease { DataInactivityTimer } OPTIONAL -- Cond MCG-Only ]], [[
usePreBSR-r16If set to true, the MAC entity of the IAB-MT may use the Pre-emptive BSR, see TS 38.321 [3].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
schedulingRequestID-LBT-SCell-r16Indicates the scheduling request configuration applicable for consistent uplink LBT recovery on SCell, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
SchedulingRequestId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
lch-BasedPrioritization-r16If this field is present, the corresponding MAC entity of the UE is configured with prioritization between overlapping grants and between scheduling request and overlapping grants based on LCH priority, see TS 38.321 [3].
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
schedulingRequestID-BFR-SCell-r16Indicates the scheduling request configuration applicable for BFR on SCell, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
SchedulingRequestId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup-r16Used to configure DRX related parameters for the second DRX group as specified in TS 38.321 [3].The network does not configure secondary DRX group with DCP simultaneously nor secondary DRX group with a dormant BWP simultaneously.
SetupRelease { DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup } OPTIONAL -- Need M ]], [[ enhancedSkipUplinkTxDynamic-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R enhancedSkipUplinkTxConfigured-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } DataInactivityTimer ::= ENUMERATED {s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20, s40, s50, s60, s80, s100, s120, s150, s180} -- TAG-MAC-CELLGROUPCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MAC-CellGroupConfig field descriptions
usePreBSR
If set to true, the MAC entity of the IAB-MT may use the Pre-emptive BSR, see TS 38.321 [3].
csi-Mask
If set to true, the UE limits CSI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 38.321 [3].
dataInactivityTimer
Releases the RRC connection upon data inactivity as specified in clause 5.3.8.5 and in TS 38.321 [3]. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, value s2 corresponds to 2 seconds, and so on.
drx-Config
Used to configure DRX as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup
Used to configure DRX related parameters for the second DRX group as specified in TS 38.321 [3].The network does not configure secondary DRX group with DCP simultaneously nor secondary DRX group with a dormant BWP simultaneously.
lch-BasedPrioritization
If this field is present, the corresponding MAC entity of the UE is configured with prioritization between overlapping grants and between scheduling request and overlapping grants based on LCH priority, see TS 38.321 [3].
schedulingRequestID-BFR-SCell
Indicates the scheduling request configuration applicable for BFR on SCell, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
schedulingRequestID-LBT-SCell
Indicates the scheduling request configuration applicable for consistent uplink LBT recovery on SCell, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
skipUplinkTxDynamic, enhancedSkipUplinkTxDynamic, enhancedSkipUplinkTxConfigured
If set to true, the UE skips UL transmissions as described in TS 38.321 [3].
tag-Config
The field is used to configure parameters for a time-alignment group. The field is not present if any DAPS bearer is configured.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
MCG-Only
This field is optionally present, Need M, for the MAC-CellGroupConfig of the MCG. It is absent otherwise.

–MeasConfig
The IE MeasConfig specifies measurements to be performed by the UE,and covers intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT mobility as well as configuration of measurement gaps.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASCONFIG-START MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
measObjectToRemoveListList of measurement objects to remove.
MeasObjectToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
measObjectToAddModListList of measurement objects to add and/or modify.
MeasObjectToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
reportConfigToRemoveListList of measurement reporting configurations to remove.
ReportConfigToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
reportConfigToAddModListList of measurement reporting configurations to add and/or modify.
ReportConfigToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
measIdToRemoveListList of measurement identities to remove.
MeasIdToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
measIdToAddModListList of measurement identities to add and/or modify.
MeasIdToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
s-MeasureConfigThreshold for NR SpCell RSRP measurement controlling when the UE is required to perform measurements on non-serving cells. Choice of ssb-RSRP corresponds to cell RSRP based on SS/PBCH block and choice of csi-RSRP corresponds to cell RSRP of CSI-RS.
CHOICE { ssb-RSRP RSRP-Range, csi-RSRP RSRP-Range } OPTIONAL, -- Need M quantityConfig QuantityConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
measGapConfigUsed to setup and release measurement gaps in NR.
MeasGapConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
measGapSharingConfigSpecifies the measurement gap sharing scheme and controls setup/ release of measurement gap sharing.
MeasGapSharingConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
interFrequencyConfig-NoGap-r16If the field is set to true, UE is configured to perform SSB based inter-frequency measurement without measurement gaps when the inter-frequency SSB is completely contained in the active DL BWP of the UE, as specified in TS 38.133 [14], clause 9.3. Otherwise, the SSB based inter-frequency measurement is performed within measurement gaps.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } MeasObjectToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectId MeasIdToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasId ReportConfigToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigId -- TAG-MEASCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MeasConfig field descriptions
interFrequencyConfig-NoGap-r16
If the field is set to true, UE is configured to perform SSB based inter-frequency measurement without measurement gaps when the inter-frequency SSB is completely contained in the active DL BWP of the UE, as specified in TS 38.133 [14], clause 9.3. Otherwise, the SSB based inter-frequency measurement is performed within measurement gaps.
measGapConfig
Used to setup and release measurement gaps in NR.
measIdToAddModList
List of measurement identities to add and/or modify.
measIdToRemoveList
List of measurement identities to remove.
measObjectToAddModList
List of measurement objects to add and/or modify.
measObjectToRemoveList
List of measurement objects to remove.
reportConfigToAddModList
List of measurement reporting configurations to add and/or modify.
reportConfigToRemoveList
List of measurement reporting configurations to remove.
s-MeasureConfig
Threshold for NR SpCell RSRP measurement controlling when the UE is required to perform measurements on non-serving cells. Choice of ssb-RSRP corresponds to cell RSRP based on SS/PBCH block and choice of csi-RSRP corresponds to cell RSRP of CSI-RS.
measGapSharingConfig
Specifies the measurement gap sharing scheme and controls setup/ release of measurement gap sharing.

–MeasGapConfig
The IE MeasGapConfig specifies the measurement gap configuration and controls setup/release of measurement gaps.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASGAPCONFIG-START MeasGapConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
gapFR2Indicates measurement gap configuration applies to FR2 only. In (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC, gapFR2 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR2 gap). In NR-DC, gapFR2 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapFR2 cannot be configured together with gapUE. The applicability of the FR2 measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
SetupRelease { GapConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
gapFR1Indicates measurement gap configuration that applies to FR1 only. In (NG)EN-DC, gapFR1 cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure FR1 measurement gap). In NE-DC, gapFR1 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR1 gap). In NR-DC, gapFR1 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapFR1 can not be configured together with gapUE. The applicability of the FR1 measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
SetupRelease { GapConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
gapUEIndicates measurement gap configuration that applies to all frequencies (FR1 and FR2). In (NG)EN-DC, gapUE cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure per UE measurement gap). In NE-DC, gapUE can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure per UE gap). In NR-DC, gapUE can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. If gapUE is configured, then neither gapFR1 nor gapFR2 can be configured. The applicability of the per UE measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
SetupRelease { GapConfig } OPTIONAL -- Need M ]] } GapConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
gapOffsetValue gapOffset is the gap offset of the gap pattern with MGRP indicated in the field mgrp. The value range is from 0 to mgrp-1.
INTEGER (0..159),
mglValue mgl is the measurement gap length in ms of the measurement gap. The measurement gap length is according to in Table 9.1.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14]. Value ms1dot5 corresponds to 1.5 ms, ms3 corresponds to 3 ms and so on. If mgl-r16 is present, UE shall ignore the mgl (without suffix).
ENUMERATED {ms1dot5, ms3, ms3dot5, ms4, ms5dot5, ms6},
mgrpValue mgrp is measurement gap repetition period in (ms) of the measurement gap. The measurement gap repetition period is according to Table 9.1.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14].
ENUMERATED {ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160},
mgtaValue mgta is the measurement gap timing advance in ms. The applicability of the measurement gap timing advance is according to clause 9.1.2 of TS 38.133 [14]. Value ms0 corresponds to 0 ms, ms0dot25 corresponds to 0.25 ms and ms0dot5 corresponds to 0.5 ms. For FR2, the network only configures 0 ms and 0.25 ms.
ENUMERATED {ms0, ms0dot25, ms0dot5}, ..., [[
refServCellIndicatorIndicates the serving cell whose SFN and subframe are used for gap calculation for this gap pattern. Value pCell corresponds to the PCell, pSCell corresponds to the PSCell, and mcg-FR2 corresponds to a serving cell on FR2 frequency in MCG.
ENUMERATED {pCell, pSCell, mcg-FR2} OPTIONAL -- Cond NEDCorNRDC ]], [[ refFR2ServCellAsyncCA-r16 ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Cond AsyncCA
mgl-r16Value mgl is the measurement gap length in ms of the measurement gap. The measurement gap length is according to in Table 9.1.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14]. Value ms1dot5 corresponds to 1.5 ms, ms3 corresponds to 3 ms and so on. If mgl-r16 is present, UE shall ignore the mgl (without suffix).
ENUMERATED {ms10, ms20} OPTIONAL -- Cond PRS ]] } -- TAG-MEASGAPCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MeasGapConfig field descriptions
gapFR1
Indicates measurement gap configuration that applies to FR1 only. In (NG)EN-DC, gapFR1 cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure FR1 measurement gap). In NE-DC, gapFR1 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR1 gap). In NR-DC, gapFR1 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapFR1 can not be configured together with gapUE. The applicability of the FR1 measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
gapFR2
Indicates measurement gap configuration applies to FR2 only. In (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC, gapFR2 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR2 gap). In NR-DC, gapFR2 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapFR2 cannot be configured together with gapUE. The applicability of the FR2 measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
gapUE
Indicates measurement gap configuration that applies to all frequencies (FR1 and FR2). In (NG)EN-DC, gapUE cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure per UE measurement gap). In NE-DC, gapUE can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure per UE gap). In NR-DC, gapUE can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. If gapUE is configured, then neither gapFR1 nor gapFR2 can be configured. The applicability of the per UE measurement gap is according to Table 9.1.2-2 and Table 9.1.2-3 in TS 38.133 [14].
gapOffset
Value gapOffset is the gap offset of the gap pattern with MGRP indicated in the field mgrp. The value range is from 0 to mgrp-1.
mgl
Value mgl is the measurement gap length in ms of the measurement gap. The measurement gap length is according to in Table 9.1.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14]. Value ms1dot5 corresponds to 1.5 ms, ms3 corresponds to 3 ms and so on. If mgl-r16 is present, UE shall ignore the mgl (without suffix).
mgrp
Value mgrp is measurement gap repetition period in (ms) of the measurement gap. The measurement gap repetition period is according to Table 9.1.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14].
mgta
Value mgta is the measurement gap timing advance in ms. The applicability of the measurement gap timing advance is according to clause 9.1.2 of TS 38.133 [14]. Value ms0 corresponds to 0 ms, ms0dot25 corresponds to 0.25 ms and ms0dot5 corresponds to 0.5 ms. For FR2, the network only configures 0 ms and 0.25 ms.
refFR2ServCellIAsyncCA
Indicates the FR2 serving cell identifier whose SFN and subframe is used for FR2 gap calculation for this gap pattern with asynchronous CA involving FR2 carrier(s).
refServCellIndicator
Indicates the serving cell whose SFN and subframe are used for gap calculation for this gap pattern. Value pCell corresponds to the PCell, pSCell corresponds to the PSCell, and mcg-FR2 corresponds to a serving cell on FR2 frequency in MCG.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
AsyncCA
This field is mandatory present when configuring FR2 gap pattern to UE in:
- (NG)EN-DC or NR SA with asynchronous CA involving FR2 carrier(s); - NE-DC or NR-DC with asynchronous CA involving FR2 carrier(s), if the fieldrefServCellIndicator is set to mcg-FR2. In case the gap pattern to UE in NE-DC and NR-DC is already configured and the serving cell used for the gap calculation corresponds to a serving cell on FR2 frequency in MCG, then the field is optionally present, need M. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.
NEDCorNRDC
This field is mandatory present when configuring gap pattern to UE in NE-DC or NR-DC. In case the gap pattern to UE in NE-DC and NR-DC is already configured, then the field is absent, need M. Otherwise, it is absent.
PRS
This field is optionally present, Need R, when configuring gap pattern to UE for measurements of DL-PRS configured via LPP (TS 37.355 [49]).Otherwise, it is absent.

–MeasGapSharingConfig
The IE MeasGapSharingConfig specifies the measurement gap sharing scheme and controls setup/ release of measurement gap sharing.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASGAPSHARINGCONFIG-START MeasGapSharingConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
gapSharingFR2Indicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set for FR2 only. In (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC, gapSharingFR2 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR2 gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingFR2 can only be set up by MCG in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapSharingFR2 cannot be configured together with gapSharingUE. For applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.
SetupRelease { MeasGapSharingScheme } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
gapSharingFR1Indicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set for FR1 only. In (NG)EN-DC, gapSharingFR1 cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure FR1 gap sharing). In NE-DC, gapSharingFR1 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR1 gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingFR1 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapSharingFR1 can not be configured together with gapSharingUE. For the applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.
SetupRelease { MeasGapSharingScheme } OPTIONAL, --Need M
gapSharingUEIndicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set per UE. In (NG)EN-DC, gapSharingUE cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure per UE gap sharing). In NE-DC, gapSharingUE can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure per UE gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingUE can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. If gapSharingUE is configured, then neither gapSharingFR1 nor gapSharingFR2 can be configured. For the applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.
SetupRelease { MeasGapSharingScheme } OPTIONAL --Need M ]] } MeasGapSharingScheme::= ENUMERATED {scheme00, scheme01, scheme10, scheme11} -- TAG-MEASGAPSHARINGCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MeasGapSharingConfig field descriptions
gapSharingFR1
Indicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set for FR1 only. In (NG)EN-DC, gapSharingFR1 cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure FR1 gap sharing). In NE-DC, gapSharingFR1 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR1 gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingFR1 can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapSharingFR1 can not be configured together with gapSharingUE. For the applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.
gapSharingFR2
Indicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set for FR2 only. In (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC, gapSharingFR2 can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure FR2 gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingFR2 can only be set up by MCG in the measConfig associated with MCG. gapSharingFR2 cannot be configured together with gapSharingUE. For applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.
gapSharingUE
Indicates the measurement gap sharing scheme that applies to the gap set per UE. In (NG)EN-DC, gapSharingUE cannot be set up by NR RRC (i.e. only LTE RRC can configure per UE gap sharing). In NE-DC, gapSharingUE can only be set up by NR RRC (i.e. LTE RRC cannot configure per UE gap sharing). In NR-DC, gapSharingUE can only be set up in the measConfig associated with MCG. If gapSharingUE is configured, then neither gapSharingFR1 nor gapSharingFR2 can be configured. For the applicability of the different gap sharing schemes, see TS 38.133 [14]. Value scheme00 corresponds to scheme "00", value scheme01 corresponds to scheme "01", and so on.

–MeasId
The IE MeasId is used to identify a measurement configuration, i.e., linking of a measurement object and a reporting configuration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASID-START MeasId ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofMeasId) -- TAG-MEASID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MeasIdleConfig
The IE MeasIdleConfig is used to convey information to UE about measurements requested to be done while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASIDLECONFIG-START MeasIdleConfigSIB-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
measIdleCarrierListNR-r16Indicates the NR carriers to be measured during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIdle-r16)) OF MeasIdleCarrierNR-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need S
measIdleCarrierListEUTRA-r16Indicates the E-UTRA carriers to be measured during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIdle-r16)) OF MeasIdleCarrierEUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need S ... } MeasIdleConfigDedicated-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
measIdleCarrierListNR-r16Indicates the NR carriers to be measured during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIdle-r16)) OF MeasIdleCarrierNR-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
measIdleCarrierListEUTRA-r16Indicates the E-UTRA carriers to be measured during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIdle-r16)) OF MeasIdleCarrierEUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
measIdleDuration-r16Indicates the duration for performing idle/inactive measurements while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE. Value sec10 correspond to 10 seconds, value sec30 to 30 seconds and so on.
ENUMERATED{sec10, sec30, sec60, sec120, sec180, sec240, sec300, spare},
validityAreaList-r16Indicates the list of frequencies and optionally, for each frequency, a list of cells within which the UE is required to perform measurements while in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE.
ValidityAreaList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N ... } ValidityAreaList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIdle-r16)) OF ValidityArea-r16 ValidityArea-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreq-r16Indicates the NR carrier frequency to be used for measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
ARFCN-ValueNR, validityCellList-r16 ValidityCellList OPTIONAL -- Need N } ValidityCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellMeasIdle-r16)) OF PCI-Range MeasIdleCarrierNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreq-r16Indicates the NR carrier frequency to be used for measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
ARFCN-ValueNR,
ssbSubcarrierSpacing-r16Indicates subcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
SubcarrierSpacing,
frequencyBandListIndicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR idle/inactive measurement parameters apply. The UE shall select the first listed band which it supports in the frequencyBandList field to represent the NR neighbour carrier frequency.
MultiFrequencyBandListNR OPTIONAL, -- Need R
measCellListNR-r16Indicates the list of NR cells which the UE is requested to measure and report for idle/inactive measurements.
CellListNR-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
reportQuantities-r16Indicates which measurement quantities UE is requested to report in the idle/inactive measurement report.
ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq, both},
qualityThreshold-r16Indicates the quality thresholds for reporting the measured cells for idle/inactive NR measurements.
SEQUENCE { idleRSRP-Threshold-NR-r16 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R idleRSRQ-Threshold-NR-r16 RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL, -- Need R ssb-MeasConfig-r16 SEQUENCE {
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage-r16Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation.
INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation-r16Threshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index.
ThresholdNR OPTIONAL, -- Need S
smtc-r16Indicates the measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency measurement. If this field is absent in VarMeasIdleConfig, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms in this frequency.
SSB-MTC OPTIONAL, -- Need S
ssb-ToMeasure-r16The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent in VarMeasIdleConfig, the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
SSB-ToMeasure OPTIONAL, -- Need S
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell-r16This field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the neighbor frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
BOOLEAN,
ss-RSSI-Measurement-r16Indicates the SSB-based RSSI measurement configuration. If the field is absent in VarMeasIdleConfig, the UE behaviour is defined in TS 38.215 [89], clause 5.1.3.
SS-RSSI-Measurement OPTIONAL -- Need S } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
beamMeasConfigIdle-r16Indicates the beam level measurement configuration.
BeamMeasConfigIdle-NR-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } MeasIdleCarrierEUTRA-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqEUTRA-r16Indicates the E-UTRA carrier frequency to be used for measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, allowedMeasBandwidth-r16 EUTRA-AllowedMeasBandwidth,
measCellListEUTRA-r16Indicates the list of E-UTRA cells which the UE is requested to measure and report for idle/inactive measurements.
CellListEUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
reportQuantitiesEUTRA-r16Indicates which E-UTRA measurement quantities the UE is requested to report in the idle/inactive measurement report.
ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq, both},
qualityThresholdEUTRA-r16Indicates the quality thresholds for reporting the measured cells for idle/inactive E-UTRA measurements.
SEQUENCE { idleRSRP-Threshold-EUTRA-r16 RSRP-RangeEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Need R idleRSRQ-Threshold-EUTRA-r16 RSRQ-RangeEUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL, -- Need S ... } CellListNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasIdle-r16)) OF PCI-Range CellListEUTRA-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasIdle-r16)) OF EUTRA-PhysCellIdRange BeamMeasConfigIdle-NR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
reportQuantityRS-Indexes-r16Indicates which measurement information per beam index the UE shall include in the NR idle/inactive measurement results.
ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq, both},
maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport-r16Max number of beam indices to include in the idle/inactive measurement result.
INTEGER (1.. maxNrofIndexesToReport),
includeBeamMeasurements-r16Indicates whether or not the UE shall include beam measurements in the NR idle/inactive measurement results.
BOOLEAN } RSRQ-RangeEUTRA-r16 ::= INTEGER (-30..46) -- TAG-MEASIDLECONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MeasIdleConfig field descriptions
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
Threshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index.
beamMeasConfigIdle
Indicates the beam level measurement configuration.
carrierFreq
Indicates the NR carrier frequency to be used for measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
carrierFreqEUTRA
Indicates the E-UTRA carrier frequency to be used for measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
This field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the neighbor frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
frequencyBandList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR idle/inactive measurement parameters apply. The UE shall select the first listed band which it supports in the frequencyBandList field to represent the NR neighbour carrier frequency.
includeBeamMeasurements
Indicates whether or not the UE shall include beam measurements in the NR idle/inactive measurement results.
maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport
Max number of beam indices to include in the idle/inactive measurement result.
measCellListEUTRA
Indicates the list of E-UTRA cells which the UE is requested to measure and report for idle/inactive measurements.
measCellListNR
Indicates the list of NR cells which the UE is requested to measure and report for idle/inactive measurements.
measIdleCarrierListEUTRA
Indicates the E-UTRA carriers to be measured during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
measIdleCarrierListNR
Indicates the NR carriers to be measured during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
measIdleDuration
Indicates the duration for performing idle/inactive measurements while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE. Value sec10 correspond to 10 seconds, value sec30 to 30 seconds and so on.
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation.
qualityThreshold
Indicates the quality thresholds for reporting the measured cells for idle/inactive NR measurements.
qualityThresholdEUTRA
Indicates the quality thresholds for reporting the measured cells for idle/inactive E-UTRA measurements.
reportQuantities
Indicates which measurement quantities UE is requested to report in the idle/inactive measurement report.
reportQuantitiesEUTRA
Indicates which E-UTRA measurement quantities the UE is requested to report in the idle/inactive measurement report.
reportQuantityRS-Indexes
Indicates which measurement information per beam index the UE shall include in the NR idle/inactive measurement results.
smtc
Indicates the measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency measurement. If this field is absent in VarMeasIdleConfig, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms in this frequency.
ssbSubcarrierSpacing
Indicates subcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent in VarMeasIdleConfig, the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
ss-RSSI-Measurement
Indicates the SSB-based RSSI measurement configuration. If the field is absent in VarMeasIdleConfig, the UE behaviour is defined in TS 38.215 [89], clause 5.1.3.
validityAreaList
Indicates the list of frequencies and optionally, for each frequency, a list of cells within which the UE is required to perform measurements while in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE.

–MeasIdToAddModList
The IE MeasIdToAddModList concerns a list of measurement identities to add or modify, with for each entry the measId, the associated measObjectId and the associated reportConfigId.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASIDTOADDMODLIST-START MeasIdToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod MeasIdToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE { measId MeasId, measObjectId MeasObjectId, reportConfigId ReportConfigId } -- TAG-MEASIDTOADDMODLIST-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MeasObjectCLI
The IE MeasObjectCLI specifies information applicable for SRS-RSRP measurements and/or CLI-RSSI measurements.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASOBJECTCLI-START MeasObjectCLI-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
cli-ResourceConfig-r16SRS and/or CLI-RSSI resource configuration for CLI measurement.
CLI-ResourceConfig-r16, ... } CLI-ResourceConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
srs-ResourceConfig-r16SRS resources to be used for CLI measurements.
SetupRelease { SRS-ResourceListConfigCLI-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
rssi-ResourceConfig-r16CLI-RSSI resources to be used for CLI measurements.
SetupRelease { RSSI-ResourceListConfigCLI-r16 } OPTIONAL -- Need M } SRS-ResourceListConfigCLI-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofCLI-SRS-Resources-r16)) OF SRS-ResourceConfigCLI-r16 RSSI-ResourceListConfigCLI-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofCLI-RSSI-Resources-r16)) OF RSSI-ResourceConfigCLI-r16 SRS-ResourceConfigCLI-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { srs-Resource-r16 SRS-Resource,
srs-SCS-r16Subcarrier spacing for SRS. Only the values 15, 30 kHz or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
SubcarrierSpacing,
refServCellIndex-r16The index of the reference serving cell. Frequency reference point of the RSSI resource is subcarrier 0 of CRB0 of the reference serving cell. If this field is absent, the reference serving cell is PCell.
ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need S
refBWP-r16DL BWP id that is used to derive the reference point of the SRS resource (see TS 38.211[16], clause 6.4.1.4.3)
BWP-Id, ... } RSSI-ResourceConfigCLI-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { rssi-ResourceId-r16 RSSI-ResourceId-r16, rssi-SCS-r16 SubcarrierSpacing,
startPRB-r16Starting PRB index of the measurement bandwidth. For the case where the reference subcarrier spacing is smaller than subcarrier spacing of active DL BWP(s), network configures startPRB and nrofPRBs are as a multiple of active BW SCS divided by reference SCS.
INTEGER (0..2169),
nrofPRBs-r16Allowed size of the measurement BW. Only multiples of 4 are allowed. The smallest configurable number is the minimum of 4 and the width of the active DL BWP. If the configured value is larger than the width of the active DL BWP, the UE shall assume that the actual CLI-RSSI resource bandwidth is within the active DL BWP.
INTEGER (4..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocksPlus1),
startPosition-r16OFDM symbol location of the CLI-RSSI resource within a slot.
INTEGER (0..13),
nrofSymbols-r16Within a slot that is configured for CLI-RSSI measurement (see slotConfiguration), the UE measures the RSSI from startPosition to startPosition + nrofSymbols - 1. The configured CLI-RSSI resource does not exceed the slot boundary of the reference SCS. If the SCS of configured DL BWP(s) is larger than the reference SCS, network configures startPosition and nrofSymbols such that the configured CLI-RSSI resource not to exceed the slot boundary corresponding to the configured BWP SCS. If the reference SCS is larger than SCS of configured DL BWP(s), network ensures startPosition and nrofSymbols are integer multiple of reference SCS divided by configured BWP SCS.
INTEGER (1..14),
rssi-PeriodicityAndOffset-r16Periodicity and slot offset for this CLI-RSSI resource.All values are in "number of slots". Value sl1 corresponds to a periodicity of 1 slot, value sl2 corresponds to a periodicity of 2 slots, and so on. For each periodicity the corresponding offset is given in number of slots.
RSSI-PeriodicityAndOffset-r16,
refServCellIndex-r16The index of the reference serving cell. Frequency reference point of the RSSI resource is subcarrier 0 of CRB0 of the reference serving cell. If this field is absent, the reference serving cell is PCell.
ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need S ... } RSSI-ResourceId-r16 ::= INTEGER (0.. maxNrofCLI-RSSI-Resources-r16-1) RSSI-PeriodicityAndOffset-r16 ::= CHOICE { sl10 INTEGER(0..9), sl20 INTEGER(0..19), sl40 INTEGER(0..39), sl80 INTEGER(0..79), sl160 INTEGER(0..159), sl320 INTEGER(0..319), s1640 INTEGER(0..639), ... } -- TAG-MEASOBJECTCLI-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CLI-ResourceConfig field descriptions
srs-ResourceConfig
SRS resources to be used for CLI measurements.
rssi-ResourceConfig
CLI-RSSI resources to be used for CLI measurements.
MeasObjectCLI field descriptions
cli-ResourceConfig
SRS and/or CLI-RSSI resource configuration for CLI measurement.
SRS-ResourceConfigCLI field descriptions
refBWP
DL BWP id that is used to derive the reference point of the SRS resource (see TS 38.211[16], clause 6.4.1.4.3)
refServCellIndex
The index of the reference serving cell that the refBWP belongs to. If this field is absent, the reference serving cell is PCell.
srs-SCS
Subcarrier spacing for SRS. Only the values 15, 30 kHz or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
RSSI-ResourceConfigCLI field descriptions
nrofPRBs
Allowed size of the measurement BW. Only multiples of 4 are allowed. The smallest configurable number is the minimum of 4 and the width of the active DL BWP. If the configured value is larger than the width of the active DL BWP, the UE shall assume that the actual CLI-RSSI resource bandwidth is within the active DL BWP.
nrofSymbols
Within a slot that is configured for CLI-RSSI measurement (see slotConfiguration), the UE measures the RSSI from startPosition to startPosition + nrofSymbols - 1. The configured CLI-RSSI resource does not exceed the slot boundary of the reference SCS. If the SCS of configured DL BWP(s) is larger than the reference SCS, network configures startPosition and nrofSymbols such that the configured CLI-RSSI resource not to exceed the slot boundary corresponding to the configured BWP SCS. If the reference SCS is larger than SCS of configured DL BWP(s), network ensures startPosition and nrofSymbols are integer multiple of reference SCS divided by configured BWP SCS.
refServCellIndex
The index of the reference serving cell. Frequency reference point of the RSSI resource is subcarrier 0 of CRB0 of the reference serving cell. If this field is absent, the reference serving cell is PCell.
rssi-PeriodicityAndOffset
Periodicity and slot offset for this CLI-RSSI resource.All values are in "number of slots". Value sl1 corresponds to a periodicity of 1 slot, value sl2 corresponds to a periodicity of 2 slots, and so on. For each periodicity the corresponding offset is given in number of slots.
rssi-scs
Reference subcarrier spacing for CLI-RSSI measurement. Only the values 15, 30 kHz or 60 kHz (FR1), and 60 or 120 kHz (FR2) are applicable. UE performs CLI-RSSI measurement with the SCS of the active bandwidth part within the configured CLI-RSSI resource in the active BWP regardless of the reference SCS of the measurement resource.
startPosition
OFDM symbol location of the CLI-RSSI resource within a slot.
startPRB
Starting PRB index of the measurement bandwidth. For the case where the reference subcarrier spacing is smaller than subcarrier spacing of active DL BWP(s), network configures startPRB and nrofPRBs are as a multiple of active BW SCS divided by reference SCS.

–MeasObjectEUTRA
The IE MeasObjectEUTRA specifies information applicable for EUTRA cells.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASOBJECTEUTRA-START MeasObjectEUTRA::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqIdentifies EUTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. Network does not configure more than one MeasObjectEUTRA for the same physical frequency, regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this.
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
allowedMeasBandwidthThe maximum allowed measurement bandwidth on a carrier frequency as defined by the parameter Transmission Bandwidth Configuration "NRB" TS 36.104 [33].
EUTRA-AllowedMeasBandwidth,
cellsToRemoveListEUTRANList of cells to remove from the cell list.
EUTRA-CellIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
cellsToAddModListEUTRANList of cells to add/ modify in the cell list.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasEUTRA)) OF EUTRA-Cell OPTIONAL, -- Need N
blackCellsToRemoveListEUTRANList of cells to remove from the black list of cells.
EUTRA-CellIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
blackCellsToAddModListEUTRANList of cells to add/ modify in the black list of cells.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasEUTRA)) OF EUTRA-BlackCell OPTIONAL, -- Need N
eutra-PresenceAntennaPort1When set to true, the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna ports are used in all neighbouring cells.
EUTRA-PresenceAntennaPort1,
eutra-Q-OffsetRangeUsed to indicate a cell, or frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value is in dB. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, value dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
EUTRA-Q-OffsetRange OPTIONAL, -- Need R
widebandRSRQ-MeasIf set to true, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [40]. The network may set the field to trueif the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise the network sets this field to false.
BOOLEAN, ... } EUTRA-CellIndexList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasEUTRA)) OF EUTRA-CellIndex EUTRA-CellIndex ::= INTEGER (1..maxCellMeasEUTRA) EUTRA-Cell ::= SEQUENCE {
cellIndexEUTRAEntry index in the cell list.
EUTRA-CellIndex, physCellId EUTRA-PhysCellId,
cellIndividualOffsetCell individual offset applicable to a specific cell. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
EUTRA-Q-OffsetRange } EUTRA-BlackCell ::= SEQUENCE {
cellIndexEUTRAEntry index in the cell list.
EUTRA-CellIndex, physCellIdRange EUTRA-PhysCellIdRange } -- TAG-MEASOBJECTEUTRA-STOP -- ASN1STOP
EUTRAN-BlackCell field descriptions
cellIndexEUTRA
Entry index in the cell list.
physicalCellIdRange
Physical cell identity or a range of physical cell identities.
EUTRAN-Cell field descriptions
physicalCellId
Physical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
cellIndividualOffset
Cell individual offset applicable to a specific cell. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
MeasObjectEUTRA field descriptions
allowedMeasBandwidth
The maximum allowed measurement bandwidth on a carrier frequency as defined by the parameter Transmission Bandwidth Configuration "NRB" TS 36.104 [33].
blackCellsToAddModListEUTRAN
List of cells to add/ modify in the black list of cells.
blackCellsToRemoveListEUTRAN
List of cells to remove from the black list of cells.
carrierFreq
Identifies EUTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. Network does not configure more than one MeasObjectEUTRA for the same physical frequency, regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this.
cellsToAddModListEUTRAN
List of cells to add/ modify in the cell list.
cellsToRemoveListEUTRAN
List of cells to remove from the cell list.
eutra-PresenceAntennaPort1
When set to true, the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna ports are used in all neighbouring cells.
eutra-Q-OffsetRange
Used to indicate a cell, or frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value is in dB. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, value dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
widebandRSRQ-Meas
If set to true, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [40]. The network may set the field to trueif the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise the network sets this field to false.

–MeasObjectId
The IE MeasObjectId used to identify a measurement object configuration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASOBJECTID-START MeasObjectId ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofObjectId) -- TAG-MEASOBJECTID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MeasObjectNR
The IE MeasObjectNR specifies information applicable for SS/PBCH block(s) intra/inter-frequency measurements and/or CSI-RS intra/inter-frequency measurements.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASOBJECTNR-START MeasObjectNR ::= SEQUENCE { ssbFrequency ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, -- Cond SSBorAssociatedSSB
ssbSubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, -- Cond SSBorAssociatedSSB
smtc1Primary measurement timing configuration. (see clause 5.5.2.10).
SSB-MTC OPTIONAL, -- Cond SSBorAssociatedSSB
smtc2Secondary measurement timing configuration for SS corresponding to this MeasObjectNR with PCI listed in pci-List. For these SS, the periodicity is indicated by periodicity in smtc2 and the timing offset is equal to the offset indicated in periodicityAndOffset modulo periodicity. periodicity in smtc2 can only be set to a value strictly shorter than the periodicity indicated by periodicityAndOffset in smtc1 (e.g. if periodicityAndOffset indicates sf10, periodicity can only be set of sf5, if periodicityAndOffset indicates sf5, smtc2 cannot be configured).
SSB-MTC2 OPTIONAL, -- Cond IntraFreqConnected
refFreqCSI-RSPoint A which is used for mapping of CSI-RS to physical resources according to TS 38.211 [16] clause 7.4.1.5.3.
ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, -- Cond CSI-RS
referenceSignalConfigRS configuration for SS/PBCH block and CSI-RS.
ReferenceSignalConfig,
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidationAbsolute threshold for the consolidation of measurement results per SS/PBCH block(s) from L1 filter(s). The field is used for the derivation of cell measurement results as described in 5.5.3.3 and the reporting of beam measurement information per SS/PBCH block index as described in 5.5.5.2.
ThresholdNR OPTIONAL, -- Need R
absThreshCSI-RS-ConsolidationAbsolute threshold for the consolidation of measurement results per CSI-RS resource(s) from L1 filter(s). The field is used for the derivation of cell measurement results as described in 5.5.3.3 and the reporting of beam measurement information per CSI-RS resource as described in 5.5.5.2.
ThresholdNR OPTIONAL, -- Need R
nrofSS-BlocksToAverageIndicates the maximum number of measurement results per beam based on SS/PBCH blocks to be averaged. The same value applies for each detected cell associated with this MeasObject.
INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage) OPTIONAL, -- Need R nrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage INTEGER (2..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
quantityConfigIndexIndicates the n-th element of quantityConfigNR-List provided in MeasConfig.
INTEGER (1..maxNrofQuantityConfig),
offsetMOOffset values applicable to all measured cells with reference signal(s) indicated in this MeasObjectNR.
Q-OffsetRangeList,
cellsToRemoveListList of cells to remove from the cell list.
PCI-List OPTIONAL, -- Need N
cellsToAddModListList of cells to add/modify in the cell list.
CellsToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
blackCellsToRemoveListList of cells to remove from the black list of cells.
PCI-RangeIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
blackCellsToAddModListList of cells to add/modify in the black list of cells. It applies only to SSB resources.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)) OF PCI-RangeElement OPTIONAL, -- Need N
whiteCellsToRemoveListList of cells to remove from the white list of cells.
PCI-RangeIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
whiteCellsToAddModListList of cells to add/modify in the white list of cells.It applies only to SSB resources.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)) OF PCI-RangeElement OPTIONAL, -- Need N ..., [[
freqBandIndicatorNRThe frequency band in which the SSB and/or CSI-RS indicated in this MeasObjectNR are located and according to which the UE shall perform the RRM measurements. This field is always provided when the network configures measurements with this MeasObjectNR.
FreqBandIndicatorNR OPTIONAL, -- Need R
measCycleSCellThe parameter is used only when an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObjectNR and is in deactivated state, see TS 38.133 [14]. gNB configures the parameter whenever an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObjectNR, but the field may also be signalled when an SCell is not configured. Value sf160 corresponds to 160 sub-frames, valuesf256 corresponds to 256 sub-frames and so on.
ENUMERATED {sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[
smtc3list-r16Measurement timing configuration list for SS corresponding to IAB-MT. This is used for the IAB-node's discovery of other IAB-nodes and the IAB-Donor-DUs.
SSB-MTC3List-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R rmtc-Config-r16 SetupRelease {RMTC-Config-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
t312-r16The value of timer T312. Value ms0 represents 0 ms, ms50 represents 50 ms and so on.
SetupRelease { T312-r16 } OPTIONAL -- Need M ]] } SSB-MTC3List-r16::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF SSB-MTC3-r16 T312-r16 ::= ENUMERATED { ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms1000} ReferenceSignalConfig::= SEQUENCE {
ssb-ConfigMobilitySSB configuration for mobility (nominal SSBs, timing configuration).
SSB-ConfigMobility OPTIONAL, -- Need M
csi-rs-ResourceConfigMobilityCSI-RS resources to be used for CSI-RS based RRM measurements.
SetupRelease { CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility } OPTIONAL -- Need M } SSB-ConfigMobility::= SEQUENCE {
ssb-ToMeasureThe set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to SS/PBCH block index 0, the second bit corresponds to SS/PBCH block index 1, and so on. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding SS/PBCH block is not to be measured while value 1 indicates that the corresponding SS/PBCH block is to be measured (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is not configured the UE measures on all SS blocks. Regardless of the value of this field, SS/PBCH blocks outside of the applicable smtc are not to be measured. See TS 38.215 [9] clause 5.1.1.
SetupRelease { SSB-ToMeasure } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
deriveSSB-IndexFromCellIf this field is set to true, UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the same frequency carrier as specified in TS 38.133 [14]. Hence, if the UE is configured with a serving cell for which (absoluteFrequencySSB, subcarrierSpacing) in ServingCellConfigCommon is equal to (ssbFrequency, ssbSubcarrierSpacing) in this MeasObjectNR, this field indicates whether the UE can utilize the timing of this serving cell to derive the index of SS block transmitted by neighbour cell. Otherwise, this field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that target frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency.
BOOLEAN, ss-RSSI-Measurement SS-RSSI-Measurement OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
ssb-PositionQCL-Common-r16Indicates the QCL relationship between SS/PBCH blocks for all measured cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond SharedSpectrum ssb-PositionQCL-CellsToAddModList-r16 SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddModList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N ssb-PositionQCL-CellsToRemoveList-r16 PCI-List OPTIONAL -- Need N ]] } Q-OffsetRangeList ::= SEQUENCE { rsrpOffsetSSB Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0, rsrqOffsetSSB Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0, sinrOffsetSSB Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0, rsrpOffsetCSI-RS Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0, rsrqOffsetCSI-RS Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0, sinrOffsetCSI-RS Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0 } ThresholdNR ::= SEQUENCE{ thresholdRSRP RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R thresholdRSRQ RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R thresholdSINR SINR-Range OPTIONAL -- Need R } CellsToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddMod CellsToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellIdPhysical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
PhysCellId,
cellIndividualOffsetCell individual offsets applicable to a specific cell.
Q-OffsetRangeList } RMTC-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
rmtc-Periodicity-r16Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) periodicity (see TS 38.215 [9], clause 5.1.21).
ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640},
rmtc-SubframeOffset-r16Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) subframe offset for this frequency (see TS 38.215 [9], clause 5.1.21). For inter-frequency measurements, this field is optional present and if it is not configured, the UE chooses a random value as rmtc-SubframeOffset for measDurationSymbols which shall be selected to be between 0 and the configured rmtc-Periodicity with equal probability.
INTEGER(0..639) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
measDurationSymbols-r16Number of consecutive symbols for which the Physical Layer reports samples of RSSI (see TS 38.215 [9], clause 5.1.21). Value sym1 corresponds to one symbol, sym14or12 corresponds to 14 symbolsof the reference numerology for NCP and 12 symbols for ECP, and so on.
ENUMERATED {sym1, sym14or12, sym28or24, sym42or36, sym70or60},
rmtc-Frequency-r16Indicates the center frequency of the measured bandwidth (see TS 38. 215 [9], clause 5.1.21).
ARFCN-ValueNR,
ref-SCS-CP-r16Indicates a reference subcarrier spacing and cyclic prefix to be used for RSSI measurements (see TS 38.215 [9]). Value kHz15 corresponds to 15kHz, kHz30 corresponds to 30 kHz, value kHz60-NCP corresponds to 60 kHz using normal cyclic prefix (NCP), and kHz60-ECP corresponds to 60 kHz using extended cyclic prefix (ECP).
ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz60-NCP, kHz60-ECP}, ... } SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddModList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCellMeas)) OF SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddMod-r16 SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddMod-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r16Physical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
PhysCellId,
ssb-PositionQCL-r16Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common.
SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16 } -- TAG-MEASOBJECTNR-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CellsToAddMod field descriptions
cellIndividualOffset
Cell individual offsets applicable to a specific cell.
physCellId
Physical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
MeasObjectNR field descriptions
absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation
Absolute threshold for the consolidation of measurement results per CSI-RS resource(s) from L1 filter(s). The field is used for the derivation of cell measurement results as described in 5.5.3.3 and the reporting of beam measurement information per CSI-RS resource as described in 5.5.5.2.
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
Absolute threshold for the consolidation of measurement results per SS/PBCH block(s) from L1 filter(s). The field is used for the derivation of cell measurement results as described in 5.5.3.3 and the reporting of beam measurement information per SS/PBCH block index as described in 5.5.5.2.
blackCellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/modify in the black list of cells. It applies only to SSB resources.
blackCellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the black list of cells.
cellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/modify in the cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the cell list.
freqBandIndicatorNR
The frequency band in which the SSB and/or CSI-RS indicated in this MeasObjectNR are located and according to which the UE shall perform the RRM measurements. This field is always provided when the network configures measurements with this MeasObjectNR.
measCycleSCell
The parameter is used only when an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObjectNR and is in deactivated state, see TS 38.133 [14]. gNB configures the parameter whenever an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObjectNR, but the field may also be signalled when an SCell is not configured. Value sf160 corresponds to 160 sub-frames, valuesf256 corresponds to 256 sub-frames and so on.
nrofCSInrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage
Indicates the maximum number of measurement results per beam based on CSI-RS resources to be averaged. The same value applies for each detected cell associated with this MeasObjectNR.
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage
Indicates the maximum number of measurement results per beam based on SS/PBCH blocks to be averaged. The same value applies for each detected cell associated with this MeasObject.
offsetMO
Offset values applicable to all measured cells with reference signal(s) indicated in this MeasObjectNR.
quantityConfigIndex
Indicates the n-th element of quantityConfigNR-List provided in MeasConfig.
referenceSignalConfig
RS configuration for SS/PBCH block and CSI-RS.
refFreqCSI-RS
Point A which is used for mapping of CSI-RS to physical resources according to TS 38.211 [16] clause 7.4.1.5.3.
smtc1
Primary measurement timing configuration. (see clause 5.5.2.10).
smtc2
Secondary measurement timing configuration for SS corresponding to this MeasObjectNR with PCI listed in pci-List. For these SS, the periodicity is indicated by periodicity in smtc2 and the timing offset is equal to the offset indicated in periodicityAndOffset modulo periodicity. periodicity in smtc2 can only be set to a value strictly shorter than the periodicity indicated by periodicityAndOffset in smtc1 (e.g. if periodicityAndOffset indicates sf10, periodicity can only be set of sf5, if periodicityAndOffset indicates sf5, smtc2 cannot be configured).
smtc3list
Measurement timing configuration list for SS corresponding to IAB-MT. This is used for the IAB-node's discovery of other IAB-nodes and the IAB-Donor-DUs.
ssbFrequencyIndicates the frequency of the SS associated to this MeasObjectNR. For operation with shared spectrum channel access, this field is a k*30 kHz shift from the sync raster where k = 0,1,2, and so on if the reportType within the corresponding ReportConfigNR is set to reportCGI (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1). Frequencies are considered to be on the sync raster if they are also identifiable with a GSCN value (see TS 38.101-1 [15]).
ssb-PositionQCL-Common
Indicates the QCL relationship between SS/PBCH blocks for all measured cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
ssbSubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), and 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2) are applicable.
t312
The value of timer T312. Value ms0 represents 0 ms, ms50 represents 50 ms and so on.
whiteCellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/modify in the white list of cells.It applies only to SSB resources.
whiteCellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the white list of cells.
RMTC-Configfield descriptions
measDurationSymbols
Number of consecutive symbols for which the Physical Layer reports samples of RSSI (see TS 38.215 [9], clause 5.1.21). Value sym1 corresponds to one symbol, sym14or12 corresponds to 14 symbolsof the reference numerology for NCP and 12 symbols for ECP, and so on.
ref-SCS-CP
Indicates a reference subcarrier spacing and cyclic prefix to be used for RSSI measurements (see TS 38.215 [9]). Value kHz15 corresponds to 15kHz, kHz30 corresponds to 30 kHz, value kHz60-NCP corresponds to 60 kHz using normal cyclic prefix (NCP), and kHz60-ECP corresponds to 60 kHz using extended cyclic prefix (ECP).
rmtc-Frequency
Indicates the center frequency of the measured bandwidth (see TS 38. 215 [9], clause 5.1.21).
rmtc-Periodicity
Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) periodicity (see TS 38.215 [9], clause 5.1.21).
rmtc-SubframeOffset
Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) subframe offset for this frequency (see TS 38.215 [9], clause 5.1.21). For inter-frequency measurements, this field is optional present and if it is not configured, the UE chooses a random value as rmtc-SubframeOffset for measDurationSymbols which shall be selected to be between 0 and the configured rmtc-Periodicity with equal probability.
ReferenceSignalConfig field descriptions
csi-rs-ResourceConfigMobility
CSI-RS resources to be used for CSI-RS based RRM measurements.
ssb-ConfigMobility
SSB configuration for mobility (nominal SSBs, timing configuration).
SSB-ConfigMobility field descriptions
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
If this field is set to true, UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the same frequency carrier as specified in TS 38.133 [14]. Hence, if the UE is configured with a serving cell for which (absoluteFrequencySSB, subcarrierSpacing) in ServingCellConfigCommon is equal to (ssbFrequency, ssbSubcarrierSpacing) in this MeasObjectNR, this field indicates whether the UE can utilize the timing of this serving cell to derive the index of SS block transmitted by neighbour cell. Otherwise, this field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that target frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to SS/PBCH block index 0, the second bit corresponds to SS/PBCH block index 1, and so on. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding SS/PBCH block is not to be measured while value 1 indicates that the corresponding SS/PBCH block is to be measured (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is not configured the UE measures on all SS blocks. Regardless of the value of this field, SS/PBCH blocks outside of the applicable smtc are not to be measured. See TS 38.215 [9] clause 5.1.1.
SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddMod field descriptions
physCellId
Physical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
ssb-PositionQCL
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
CSI-RS
This field is mandatory present if csi-rs-ResourceConfigMobility is configured, otherwise, it is absent.
SSBorAssociatedSSB
This field is mandatory present if ssb-ConfigMobility is configured or associatedSSB is configured in at least one cell. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.
IntraFreqConnected
This field is optionally present, Need R if the UE is configured with a serving cell for which (absoluteFrequencySSB, subcarrierSpacing) in ServingCellConfigCommon is equal to (ssbFrequency, ssbSubcarrierSpacing) in this MeasObjectNR, otherwise, it is absent.
SharedSpectrum
This field is mandatory present if this MeasObject is for a frequency which operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.

–MeasObjectNR-SL
The IE MeasObjectNR-SL concerns a measurement object including a list of transmission resource pool(s) for which CBR measurement is performed for NR sidelink communication.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASOBJECTNR-SL-START MeasObjectNR-SL-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { tx-PoolMeasToRemoveList-r16 Tx-PoolMeasList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N tx-PoolMeasToAddModList-r16 Tx-PoolMeasList-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need N } Tx-PoolMeasList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-PoolToMeasureNR-r16)) OF SL-ResourcePoolID-r16 -- TAG-MEASOBJECTNR-SL-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MeasObjectToAddModList
The IE MeasObjectToAddModList concerns a list of measurement objects to add or modify.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASOBJECTTOADDMODLIST-START MeasObjectToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod MeasObjectToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE { measObjectId MeasObjectId, measObject CHOICE { measObjectNR MeasObjectNR, ..., measObjectEUTRA MeasObjectEUTRA, measObjectUTRA-FDD-r16 MeasObjectUTRA-FDD-r16, measObjectNR-SL-r16 MeasObjectNR-SL-r16, measObjectCLI-r16 MeasObjectCLI-r16 } } -- TAG-MEASOBJECTTOADDMODLIST-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MeasObjectUTRA-FDD
The IE MeasObjectUTRA-FDD specifies information applicable for inter-RAT UTRA-FDD neighbouring cells.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASOBJECTUTRA-FDD-START MeasObjectUTRA-FDD-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreq-r16Identifies UTRA-FDD carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid.NR does not configure more than one measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this.
ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-r16,
utra-FDD-Q-OffsetRange-r16Used to indicate a frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value is in dB.
UTRA-FDD-Q-OffsetRange-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cellsToRemoveList-r16List of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
UTRA-FDD-CellIndexList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
cellsToAddModList-r16List of UTRA-FDD cells to add/modify in the neighbouring cell list.
CellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N ... } CellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasUTRA-FDD-r16)) OF CellsToAddModUTRA-FDD-r16 CellsToAddModUTRA-FDD-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellIndexUTRA-FDD-r16Entry index in the neighbouring cell list.
UTRA-FDD-CellIndex-r16, physCellId-r16 PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD-r16 } UTRA-FDD-CellIndexList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasUTRA-FDD-r16)) OF UTRA-FDD-CellIndex-r16 UTRA-FDD-CellIndex-r16 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCellMeasUTRA-FDD-r16) -- TAG-MEASOBJECTUTRA-FDD-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MeasObjectUTRA-FDD field descriptions
carrierFreq
Identifies UTRA-FDD carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid.NR does not configure more than one measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this.
cellIndexUTRA-FDD
Entry index in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModList
List of UTRA-FDD cells to add/modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
utra-FDD-Q-OffsetRange
Used to indicate a frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value is in dB.

–MeasResultCellListSFTD-NR
The IE MeasResultCellListSFTD-NR consists of SFN and radio frame boundary difference between the PCell and an NR cell as specified in TS 38.215 [9] and TS 38.133 [14].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASRESULTCELLLISTSFTD-NR-START MeasResultCellListSFTD-NR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF MeasResultCellSFTD-NR MeasResultCellSFTD-NR ::= SEQUENCE { physCellId PhysCellId,
sfn-OffsetResultIndicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [9].
INTEGER (0..1023),
frameBoundaryOffsetResultIndicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [9].
INTEGER (-30720..30719), rsrp-Result RSRP-Range OPTIONAL } -- TAG-MEASRESULTCELLLISTSFTD-NR-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MeasResultCellSFTD-NR field descriptions
sfn-OffsetResult
Indicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [9].
frameBoundaryOffsetResult
Indicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [9].

–MeasResultCellListSFTD-EUTRA
The IE MeasResultCellListSFTD-EUTRA consists of SFN and radio frame boundary difference between the PCell and an E-UTRA PSCell.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASRESULTCELLLISTSFTD-EUTRA-START MeasResultCellListSFTD-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF MeasResultSFTD-EUTRA MeasResultSFTD-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
eutra-PhysCellIdIdentifies the physical cell identity of the E-UTRA cell for which the reporting is being performed.
EUTRA-PhysCellId,
sfn-OffsetResultIndicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the E-UTRA cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [9].
INTEGER (0..1023),
frameBoundaryOffsetResultIndicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the E-UTRA cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [9].
INTEGER (-30720..30719), rsrp-Result RSRP-Range OPTIONAL } -- TAG-MEASRESULTCELLLISTSFTD-EUTRA-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MeasResultSFTD-EUTRA field descriptions
eutra-PhysCellId
Identifies the physical cell identity of the E-UTRA cell for which the reporting is being performed.
sfn-OffsetResult
Indicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the E-UTRA cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [9].
frameBoundaryOffsetResult
Indicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the E-UTRA cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [9].

–MeasResults
The IE MeasResults covers measured results for intra-frequency, inter-frequency, inter-RAT mobility and measured results for sidelink.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASRESULTS-START MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {
measIdIdentifies the measurement identity for which the reporting is being performed.
MeasId,
measResultServingMOListMeasured results of measured cells with reference signals indicated in the serving cell measurement objects including measurement results of SpCell, configured SCell(s) and best neighbouring cell within measured cells with reference signals indicated in on each serving cell measurement object. If the sending of the MeasurementReport message is triggered by a measurement configured by the field sl-ConfigDedicatedForNR received within an E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message (i.e. CBR measurements), this field is not applicable and its contents is ignored by the network.
MeasResultServMOList, measResultNeighCells CHOICE {
measResultListNRList of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for an NR measurement identity.
MeasResultListNR, ...,
measResultListEUTRAList of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for an E-UTRA measurement identity.
MeasResultListEUTRA,
measResultListUTRA-FDD-r16List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a UTRA-FDD measurement identity.
MeasResultListUTRA-FDD-r16 } OPTIONAL, ..., [[
measResultServFreqListEUTRA-SCGMeasured results of the E-UTRA SCG serving frequencies: the measurement result of PSCell and each SCell, if any, and of the best neighbouring cell on each E-UTRA SCG serving frequency.
MeasResultServFreqListEUTRA-SCG OPTIONAL,
measResultServFreqListNR-SCGMeasured results of the NR SCG serving frequencies: the measurement result of PSCell and each SCell, if any, and of the best neighbouring cell on each NR SCG serving frequency.
MeasResultServFreqListNR-SCG OPTIONAL,
measResultSFTD-EUTRASFTD measurement results between the PCell and the E-UTRA PScell in NE-DC.
MeasResultSFTD-EUTRA OPTIONAL,
measResultSFTD-NRSFTD measurement results between the PCell and the NR PScell in NR-DC.
MeasResultCellSFTD-NR OPTIONAL ]], [[
measResultCellListSFTD-NRSFTD measurement results between the PCell and the NR neighbour cell(s) in NR standalone.
MeasResultCellListSFTD-NR OPTIONAL ]], [[
measResultForRSSI-r16Includes measured RSSI result in dBm (see TS 38.215 [9]) and channelOccupancy which is the percentage of samples when the RSSI was above the configured channelOccupancyThreshold for the associated reportConfig.
MeasResultForRSSI-r16 OPTIONAL,
locationInfo-r16Positioning related information and measurements.
LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL, ul-PDCP-DelayValueResultList-r16 UL-PDCP-DelayValueResultList-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultsSL-r16CBR measurements results for NR sidelink communication.
MeasResultsSL-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultCLI-r16CLI measurement results.
MeasResultCLI-r16 OPTIONAL ]] } MeasResultServMOList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO MeasResultServMO ::= SEQUENCE { servCellId ServCellIndex, measResultServingCell MeasResultNR, measResultBestNeighCell MeasResultNR OPTIONAL, ... } MeasResultListNR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR MeasResultNR ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellIdThe physical cell identity of the UTRA-FDD cell for which the reporting is being performed.
PhysCellId OPTIONAL, measResult SEQUENCE {
cellResultsCell level measurement results.
SEQUENCE{
resultsSSB-CellCell level measurement results based on SS/PBCH related measurements.
MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL,
resultsCSI-RS-CellCell level measurement results based on CSI-RS related measurements.
MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL },
rsIndexResultsBeam level measurement results.
SEQUENCE{
resultsSSB-IndexesBeam level measurement results based on SS/PBCH related measurements.
ResultsPerSSB-IndexList OPTIONAL,
resultsCSI-RS-IndexesBeam level measurement results based on CSI-RS related measurements.
ResultsPerCSI-RS-IndexList OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL }, ..., [[ cgi-Info CGI-InfoNR OPTIONAL ]] } MeasResultListEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultEUTRA MeasResultEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
eutra-PhysCellIdIdentifies the physical cell identity of the E-UTRA cell for which the reporting is being performed. The UE reports a value in the range 0..503, other values are reserved.
PhysCellId, measResult MeasQuantityResultsEUTRA, cgi-Info CGI-InfoEUTRA OPTIONAL, ... } MultiBandInfoListEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicatorEUTRA MeasQuantityResults ::= SEQUENCE { rsrp RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, rsrq RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL, sinr SINR-Range OPTIONAL } MeasQuantityResultsEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { rsrp RSRP-RangeEUTRA OPTIONAL, rsrq RSRQ-RangeEUTRA OPTIONAL, sinr SINR-RangeEUTRA OPTIONAL } ResultsPerSSB-IndexList::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerSSB-Index ResultsPerSSB-Index ::= SEQUENCE { ssb-Index SSB-Index, ssb-Results MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL } ResultsPerCSI-RS-IndexList::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index ::= SEQUENCE { csi-RS-Index CSI-RS-Index, csi-RS-Results MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL } MeasResultServFreqListEUTRA-SCG ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA MeasResultServFreqListNR-SCG ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResult2NR MeasResultListUTRA-FDD-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultUTRA-FDD-r16 MeasResultUTRA-FDD-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r16The physical cell identity of the UTRA-FDD cell for which the reporting is being performed.
PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD-r16, measResult-r16 SEQUENCE {
utra-FDD-RSCP-r16According to CPICH_RSCP in TS 25.133 [46]for FDD.
INTEGER (-5..91) OPTIONAL,
utra-FDD-EcN0-r16According to CPICH_Ec/No in TS 25.133 [46]for FDD.
INTEGER (0..49) OPTIONAL } } MeasResultForRSSI-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { rssi-Result-r16 RSSI-Range-r16, channelOccupancy-r16 INTEGER (0..100) } MeasResultCLI-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { measResultListSRS-RSRP-r16 MeasResultListSRS-RSRP-r16 OPTIONAL, measResultListCLI-RSSI-r16 MeasResultListCLI-RSSI-r16 OPTIONAL } MeasResultListSRS-RSRP-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCLI-Report-r16)) OF MeasResultSRS-RSRP-r16 MeasResultSRS-RSRP-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { srs-ResourceId-r16 SRS-ResourceId, srs-RSRP-Result-r16 SRS-RSRP-Range-r16 } MeasResultListCLI-RSSI-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCLI-Report-r16)) OF MeasResultCLI-RSSI-r16 MeasResultCLI-RSSI-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { rssi-ResourceId-r16 RSSI-ResourceId-r16, cli-RSSI-Result-r16 CLI-RSSI-Range-r16 } UL-PDCP-DelayValueResultList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF UL-PDCP-DelayValueResult-r16 UL-PDCP-DelayValueResult-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
drb-Id-r16Indicates DRB value for which uplink PDCP delay ratio or value is provided, according to TS 38.314 [53].
DRB-Identity,
averageDelay-r16Indicates average delay for the packets during the reporting period, as specified in TS 38.314 [53]. Value 0 corresponds to 0 millisecond, value 1 corresponds to 0.1 millisecond, value 2 corresponds to 0.2 millisecond, and so on.
INTEGER (0..10000), ... } -- TAG-MEASRESULTS-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MeasResultEUTRA field descriptions
eutra-PhysCellId
Identifies the physical cell identity of the E-UTRA cell for which the reporting is being performed. The UE reports a value in the range 0..503, other values are reserved.
MeasResultNR field descriptions
averageDelay
Indicates average delay for the packets during the reporting period, as specified in TS 38.314 [53]. Value 0 corresponds to 0 millisecond, value 1 corresponds to 0.1 millisecond, value 2 corresponds to 0.2 millisecond, and so on.
cellResults
Cell level measurement results.
drb-Id
Indicates DRB value for which uplink PDCP delay ratio or value is provided, according to TS 38.314 [53].
locationInfo
Positioning related information and measurements.
physCellId
The physical cell identity of the NR cell for which the reporting is being performed.
resultsSSB-Cell
Cell level measurement results based on SS/PBCH related measurements.
resultsSSB-Indexes
Beam level measurement results based on SS/PBCH related measurements.
resultsCSI-RS-Cell
Cell level measurement results based on CSI-RS related measurements.
resultsCSI-RS-Indexes
Beam level measurement results based on CSI-RS related measurements.
rsIndexResults
Beam level measurement results.
MeasResultUTRA-FDD field descriptions
physCellId
The physical cell identity of the UTRA-FDD cell for which the reporting is being performed.
utra-FDD-EcN0
According to CPICH_Ec/No in TS 25.133 [46]for FDD.
utra-FDD-RSCP
According to CPICH_RSCP in TS 25.133 [46]for FDD.
MeasResults field descriptions
measId
Identifies the measurement identity for which the reporting is being performed.
measQuantityResults
The value sinr is not included when it is used for LogMeasReport-r16.
measResultCellListSFTD-NR
SFTD measurement results between the PCell and the NR neighbour cell(s) in NR standalone.
measResultCLI
CLI measurement results.
measResultEUTRA
Measured results of an E-UTRA cell.
measResultForRSSI
Includes measured RSSI result in dBm (see TS 38.215 [9]) and channelOccupancy which is the percentage of samples when the RSSI was above the configured channelOccupancyThreshold for the associated reportConfig.
measResultListEUTRA
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for an E-UTRA measurement identity.
measResultListNR
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for an NR measurement identity.
measResultListUTRA-FDD
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a UTRA-FDD measurement identity.
measResultNR
Measured results of an NR cell.
measResultServFreqListEUTRA-SCG
Measured results of the E-UTRA SCG serving frequencies: the measurement result of PSCell and each SCell, if any, and of the best neighbouring cell on each E-UTRA SCG serving frequency.
measResultServFreqListNR-SCG
Measured results of the NR SCG serving frequencies: the measurement result of PSCell and each SCell, if any, and of the best neighbouring cell on each NR SCG serving frequency.
measResultServingMOList
Measured results of measured cells with reference signals indicated in the serving cell measurement objects including measurement results of SpCell, configured SCell(s) and best neighbouring cell within measured cells with reference signals indicated in on each serving cell measurement object. If the sending of the MeasurementReport message is triggered by a measurement configured by the field sl-ConfigDedicatedForNR received within an E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message (i.e. CBR measurements), this field is not applicable and its contents is ignored by the network.
measResultSFTD-EUTRA
SFTD measurement results between the PCell and the E-UTRA PScell in NE-DC.
measResultSFTD-NR
SFTD measurement results between the PCell and the NR PScell in NR-DC.
measResultsSL
CBR measurements results for NR sidelink communication.
measResultUTRA-FDD
Measured result of a UTRA-FDD cell.

–MeasResult2EUTRA
The IE MeasResult2EUTRA contains measurements on E-UTRA frequencies.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASRESULT2EUTRA-START MeasResult2EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreq ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, measResultServingCell MeasResultEUTRA OPTIONAL, measResultBestNeighCell MeasResultEUTRA OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-MEASRESULT2EUTRA-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MeasResult2NR
The IE MeasResult2NR contains measurements on NR frequencies.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASRESULT2NR-START MeasResult2NR ::= SEQUENCE { ssbFrequency ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, refFreqCSI-RS ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, measResultServingCell MeasResultNR OPTIONAL, measResultNeighCellListNR MeasResultListNR OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-MEASRESULT2NR-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MeasResultIdleEUTRA
The IE MeasResultIdleEUTRA covers the E-UTRA measurement results performed in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASRESULTIDLEEUTRA-START MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { measResultsPerCarrierListIdleEUTRA-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreqIdle-r16)) OF MeasResultsPerCarrierIdleEUTRA-r16, ... } MeasResultsPerCarrierIdleEUTRA-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreqEUTRA-r16 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, measResultsPerCellListIdleEUTRA-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasIdle-r16)) OF MeasResultsPerCellIdleEUTRA-r16, ... } MeasResultsPerCellIdleEUTRA-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { eutra-PhysCellId-r16 EUTRA-PhysCellId, measIdleResultEUTRA-r16 SEQUENCE { rsrp-ResultEUTRA-r16 RSRP-RangeEUTRA OPTIONAL, rsrq-ResultEUTRA-r16 RSRQ-RangeEUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL }, ... } -- TAG-MEASRESULTIDLEEUTRA-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MeasResultIdleNR
The IE MeasResultIdleNR covers the NR measurement results performed in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASRESULTIDLENR-START MeasResultIdleNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
measResultServingCell-r16Measured results of the serving cell (i.e., PCell) from idle/inactive measurements.
SEQUENCE { rsrp-Result-r16 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, rsrq-Result-r16 RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL,
resultsSSB-Indexes-r16Beam level measurement results (indexes and optionally, beam measurements).
ResultsPerSSB-IndexList-r16 OPTIONAL }, measResultsPerCarrierListIdleNR-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreqIdle-r16)) OF MeasResultsPerCarrierIdleNR-r16 OPTIONAL, ... } MeasResultsPerCarrierIdleNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreq-r16Indicates the NR carrier frequency.
ARFCN-ValueNR,
measResultsPerCellListIdleNR-r16List of idle/inactive measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a given NR carrier.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasIdle-r16)) OF MeasResultsPerCellIdleNR-r16, ... } MeasResultsPerCellIdleNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { physCellId-r16 PhysCellId,
measIdleResultNR-r16Idle/inactive measurement results for an NR cell (optionally including beam level measurements).
SEQUENCE { rsrp-Result-r16 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, rsrq-Result-r16 RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL,
resultsSSB-Indexes-r16Beam level measurement results (indexes and optionally, beam measurements).
ResultsPerSSB-IndexList-r16 OPTIONAL }, ... } ResultsPerSSB-IndexList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofIndexesToReport)) OF ResultsPerSSB-IndexIdle-r16 ResultsPerSSB-IndexIdle-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { ssb-Index-r16 SSB-Index, ssb-Results-r16 SEQUENCE { ssb-RSRP-Result-r16 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, ssb-RSRQ-Result-r16 RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL } -- TAG-MEASRESULTIDLENR-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MeasResultIdleEUTRA field descriptions
carrierFreqEUTRA
Indicates the E-UTRA carrier frequency.
eutra-PhysCellId
Indicates the physical cell identity of an E-UTRA cell.
measIdleResultEUTRA
Idle/inactive measurement results for an E-UTRA cell.
measResultsPerCarrierListIdleEUTRA
List of idle/inactive measured results for the maximum number of reported E-UTRA carriers.
measResultsPerCellListIdleEUTRA
List of idle/inactive measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a given E-UTRA carrier.
MeasResultIdleNR field descriptions
carrierFreq
Indicates the NR carrier frequency.
measIdleResultNR
Idle/inactive measurement results for an NR cell (optionally including beam level measurements).
measResultServingCell
Measured results of the serving cell (i.e., PCell) from idle/inactive measurements.
measResultsPerCellListIdleNR
List of idle/inactive measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a given NR carrier.
resultsSSB-Indexes
Beam level measurement results (indexes and optionally, beam measurements).

–MeasResultSCG-Failure
The IE MeasResultSCG-Failure is used to provide information regarding failures detected by the UE in (NG)EN-DC and NR-DC.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASRESULTSCG-FAILURE-START MeasResultSCG-Failure ::= SEQUENCE { measResultPerMOList MeasResultList2NR, ..., [[ locationInfo-r16 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL ]] } MeasResultList2NR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2NR -- TAG-MEASRESULTSCG-FAILURE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MeasResultsSL
The IE MeasResultsSL covers measured results for NR sidelink communication.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASRESULTSSL-START MeasResultsSL-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { measResultsListSL-r16 CHOICE {
measResultNR-SL-r16Include the measured results for NR sidelink communication.
MeasResultNR-SL-r16, ... }, ... } MeasResultNR-SL-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
measResultListCBR-NR-r16CBR measurement results for NR sidelink communication.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofSL-PoolToMeasureNR-r16)) OF MeasResultCBR-NR-r16, ... } MeasResultCBR-NR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-poolReportIdentity-r16The identity of the transmission resource pool which is corresponding to the sl-ResourcePoolID configured in a resource pool for NR sidelink communication.
SL-ResourcePoolID-r16, sl-CBR-ResultsNR-r16 SL-CBR-r16, ... } -- TAG-MEASRESULTSSL-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MeasResultsSL field descriptions
measResultNR-SL
Include the measured results for NR sidelink communication.
MeasResultNR-SL field descriptions
measResultListCBR-NR
CBR measurement results for NR sidelink communication.
sl-poolReportIdentity
The identity of the transmission resource pool which is corresponding to the sl-ResourcePoolID configured in a resource pool for NR sidelink communication.

–MeasTriggerQuantityEUTRA
The IE MeasTriggerQuantityEUTRA is used to configure the trigger quantity and reporting range for E-UTRA measurements. The RSRP,RSRQ and SINR ranges correspond to RSRP-Range, RSRQ-Range and RS-SINR-Range in TS 36.331 [10], respectively.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASTRIGGERQUANTITYEUTRA-START MeasTriggerQuantityEUTRA::= CHOICE { rsrp RSRP-RangeEUTRA, rsrq RSRQ-RangeEUTRA, sinr SINR-RangeEUTRA } RSRP-RangeEUTRA ::= INTEGER (0..97) RSRQ-RangeEUTRA ::= INTEGER (0..34) SINR-RangeEUTRA ::= INTEGER (0..127) -- TAG-MEASTRIGGERQUANTITYEUTRA-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MobilityStateParameters
The IE MobilityStateParameters contains parameters to determine UE mobility state.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MOBILITYSTATEPARAMETERS-START MobilityStateParameters ::= SEQUENCE{
t-EvaluationThe duration for evaluating criteria to enter mobility states. Corresponds to TCRmax in TS 38.304 [20]. Value in seconds, s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.
ENUMERATED { s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, spare3, spare2, spare1},
t-HystNormalThe additional duration for evaluating criteria to enter normal mobility state. Corresponds to TCRmaxHyst in TS 38.304 [20]. Value in seconds, value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds and so on.
ENUMERATED { s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, spare3, spare2, spare1},
n-CellChangeMediumThe number of cell changes to enter medium mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_M in TS 38.304 [20].
INTEGER (1..16),
n-CellChangeHighThe number of cell changes to enter high mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_H in TS 38.304 [20].
INTEGER (1..16) } -- TAG-MOBILITYSTATEPARAMETERS-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MobilityStateParameters field descriptions
n-CellChangeHigh
The number of cell changes to enter high mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_H in TS 38.304 [20].
n-CellChangeMedium
The number of cell changes to enter medium mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_M in TS 38.304 [20].
t-Evaluation
The duration for evaluating criteria to enter mobility states. Corresponds to TCRmax in TS 38.304 [20]. Value in seconds, s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.
t-HystNormal
The additional duration for evaluating criteria to enter normal mobility state. Corresponds to TCRmaxHyst in TS 38.304 [20]. Value in seconds, value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds and so on.

–MsgA-ConfigCommon
The IE MsgA-ConfigCommon is used to configure the PRACH and PUSCH resource for transmission of MsgA in 2-step random access type procedure.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MSGACONFIGCOMMON-START MsgA-ConfigCommon-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
rach-ConfigCommonTwoStepRA-r16Configuration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free 2-step random access type procedure as well as for 2-step RA type contention based beam failure recovery in this BWP.
RACH-ConfigCommonTwoStepRA-r16,
msgA-PUSCH-Config-r16Configuration of cell-specific MsgA PUSCH parameters which the UE uses for contention-based MsgA PUSCH transmission of this BWP. If the field is not configured for the selected UL BWP, the UE shall use the MsgA PUSCH configuration of initial UL BWP.
MsgA-PUSCH-Config-r16 OPTIONAL --Cond InitialBWPConfig } -- TAG-MSGACONFIGCOMMON-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MsgA-ConfigCommon field descriptions
msgA-PUSCH-Config
Configuration of cell-specific MsgA PUSCH parameters which the UE uses for contention-based MsgA PUSCH transmission of this BWP. If the field is not configured for the selected UL BWP, the UE shall use the MsgA PUSCH configuration of initial UL BWP.
rach-ConfigCommonTwoStepRA
Configuration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free 2-step random access type procedure as well as for 2-step RA type contention based beam failure recovery in this BWP.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
InitialBWPConfig
The field is mandatory present when MsgA-ConfigCommon is configured for the initial uplink BWP, or when MsgA-ConfigCommon is configured for a non-initial uplink BWP and MsgA-ConfigCommon is not configured for the initial uplink BWP, otherwise the field is optionally present, Need S.

–MsgA-PUSCH-Config
The IE MsgA-PUSCH-Config is used to specify the PUSCH allocation for MsgA in 2-step random access type procedure.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MSGA-PUSCH-CONFIG-START MsgA-PUSCH-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
msgA-PUSCH-ResourceGroupA-r16MsgA PUSCH resources that the UE shall use when performing MsgA transmission using preambles group A. If field is not configured for the selected UL BWP, the UE shall use the MsgA PUSCH configuration for group A of initial UL BWP.
MsgA-PUSCH-Resource-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond InitialBWPConfig
msgA-PUSCH-ResourceGroupB-r16MsgA PUSCH resources that the UE shall use when performing MsgA transmission using preambles group B.
MsgA-PUSCH-Resource-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond GroupBConfigured
msgA-TransformPrecoder-r16Enables or disables the transform precoder for MsgA transmission (see clause 6.1.3 of TS 38.214 [19]).
ENUMERATED {enabled, disabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
msgA-DataScramblingIndex-r16Identifier used to initiate data scrambling (c_init) for msgA PUSCH. If the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellID).
INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
msgA-DeltaPreamble-r16Power offset of msgA PUSCH relative to the preamble received target power.Actual value = field value * 2 [dB] (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1).
INTEGER (-1..6) OPTIONAL -- Need R } MsgA-PUSCH-Resource-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
msgA-MCS-r16Indicates the MCS index for msgA PUSCH from the Table 6.1.4.1-1 for DFT-s-OFDM and Table 5.1.3.1-1 for CP-OFDM in TS 38.214 [19].
INTEGER (0..15),
nrofSlotsMsgA-PUSCH-r16Number of slots (in active UL BWP numerology) containing one or multiple PUSCH occasions, each slot has the same time domain resource allocation (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A).
INTEGER (1..4),
nrofMsgA-PO-PerSlot-r16Number of time domain PUSCH occasions in each slot. PUSCH occasions including guard period are contiguous in time domain within a slot (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A).
ENUMERATED {one, two, three, six},
msgA-PUSCH-TimeDomainOffset-r16A single time offset with respect to the start of each PRACH slot (with at least one valid RO), counted as the number of slots (based on the numerology of active UL BWP). See TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A.
INTEGER (1..32),
msgA-PUSCH-TimeDomainAllocation-r16Indicates a combination of start symbol and length and PUSCH mapping type from the TDRA table (PUSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList if provided in PUSCH-ConfigCommon, or else the default Table 6.1.2.1.1-2 in 38.214 [19] is used if pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList is not provided in PUSCH-ConfigCommon). The parameter K2 in the table is not used for msgA PUSCH. The network configures one of msgA-PUSCH-TimeDomainAllocation and startSymbolAndLengthMsgA-PO, but not both. If the field is absent, the UE shall use the value of startSymbolAndLenghtMsgA-PO.
INTEGER (1..maxNrofUL-Allocations) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
startSymbolAndLengthMsgA-PO-r16An index giving valid combinations of start symbol, length and mapping type as start and length indicator (SLIV) for the first msgA PUSCH occasion, for RRC_CONNECTED UEs in non-initial BWP as described in TS 38.214 [19] clause 6.1.2. The network configures the field so that the allocation does not cross the slot boundary. The number of occupied symbols excludes the guard period. If the field is absent, the UE shall use the value in msgA-PUSCH-TimeDomainAllocation (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A). The network configures one of msgA-PUSCH-TimeDomainAllocation and startSymbolAndLengthMsgA-PO, but not both. If the field is absent, the UE shall use the value of msgA-PUSCH-TimeDomainAllocation.
INTEGER (0..127) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
mappingTypeMsgA-PUSCH-r16PUSCH mapping type A or B. If the field is absent, the UE shall use the parameter msgA-PUSCH-TimeDomainAllocation (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A).
ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
guardPeriodMsgA-PUSCH-r16Guard period between PUSCH occasions in the unit of symbols (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A).
INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
guardBandMsgA-PUSCH-r16PRB-level guard band between FDMed PUSCH occasions (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A). If interlaced PUSCH is configured, value 0 is applied.
INTEGER (0..1),
frequencyStartMsgA-PUSCH-r16Offset of lowest PUSCH occasion in frequency domain with respect to PRB 0 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A).
INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1),
nrofPRBs-PerMsgA-PO-r16Number of PRBs per PUSCH occasion (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A).
INTEGER (1..32),
nrofMsgA-PO-FDM-r16The number of msgA PUSCH occasions FDMed in one time instance (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A).
ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight},
msgA-IntraSlotFrequencyHopping-r16Intra-slot frequency hopping per PUSCH occasion (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A).
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
msgA-HoppingBits-r16Value of hopping bits to indicate which frequency offset to be used for second hop. See Table 8.3-1 in TS 38.213 [13].
BIT STRING (SIZE(2)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond FreqHopConfigured
msgA-DMRS-Config-r16DMRS configuration for msgA PUSCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A and TS 38.214 [19] clause 6.2.2).
MsgA-DMRS-Config-r16,
nrofDMRS-Sequences-r16Number of DMRS sequences for MsgA PUSCH for CP-OFDM. In case of single PUSCH configuration or if the DMRS symbols of multiple configurations are not overlapped, if the DMRS resources configured in one PUSCH occasion is no larger than 8 (for len2) or 4 (for len1), then only DMRS port is configured.
INTEGER (1..2),
msgA-Alpha-r16Dedicated alpha value for MsgA PUSCH. If the field is absent, the UE shall use the value of msg3-Alpha if configured, else UE applies value 1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1).
ENUMERATED {alpha0, alpha04, alpha05, alpha06, alpha07, alpha08, alpha09, alpha1} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
interlaceIndexFirstPO-MsgA-PUSCH-r16Interlace index of the first PUSCH occasion in frequency domain if interlaced PUSCH is configured. For 30kHz SCS only the integers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 are applicable (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A).
INTEGER (1..10) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
nrofInterlacesPerMsgA-PO-r16Number of consecutive interlaces per PUSCH occasion if interlaced PUSCH is configured. For 30kHz SCS only the integers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 are applicable (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1A).
INTEGER (1..10) OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } MsgA-DMRS-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
msgA-DMRS-AdditionalPosition-r16Indicates the position for additional DM-RS. If the field is absent, the UE applies value pos2.
ENUMERATED {pos0, pos1, pos3} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
msgA-MaxLength-r16indicates single-symbol or double-symbol DMRS. If the field is absent,